Crop protection, Food, Feed and Flavor Chemicals

LONZABAC 12.100
LONZABAC 12.30; Bis ( 3- aminopropyl) dodecylamine; N-(3-aminopropyl)-N-dodecylpropane-1,3-diamine; N,N-Bis-(3-aminopropyl)-dodecylamine C A S No.: 2372-82-9
LONZABAC 12.30
Lonzabac 12.30 is a novel, non-toxic and biodegradable surfactant that has recently been developed for use in various scientific applications.
Lonzabac 12.30 is compatible with selected anionic surfactants.
Lonzabac 12.30 has broad spectrum activity against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria.


CAS Number: 2372-82-9
EINECS-Number: 219-145-8
INCI/Chemical Name: Laurylamine Dipropylenediamine


Lonzabac 12.30 maintains high efficacy also in presence of heavy organic soiling, such as blood and protein.
Lonzabac 12.30 is active against enveloped viruses (eg. Hepatitis-B).
Lonzabac 12.30 has good surfactant properties.
Furthermore, Lonzabac 12.30 has been found to possess a number of advantageous properties, such as low toxicity, high biodegradability, and excellent solubility in water.


Lonzabac 12.30 is a distilled dodecyl dipropylene triamine. Applications of Lonzabac 12.30 include algicide / algistat and disinfectant / sanitizer / biocide.
Lonzabac 12.30, also called N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)dodecylamine and laurylamine dipropylenediamine, is dodecylamine substituted with 2 propylamine units.
Lonzabac 12.30 is a non-ionic surfactant, antimicrobial agent, preservative, emulsifying agent, dispersing agent, corrosion inhibitor and an anti-static agent used in hair products.


Lonzabac 12.30 is compatible with selected anionic surfactants.
Lonzabac 12.30 is an active material with broad spectrum activity against both gram positive and gram negative bacteria.
Lonzabac 12.30 maintains its high efficacy in the presence of heavy organic soiling while also having good surfactant properties.


Lonzabac 12.30 is a broad-spectrum biocidal active ingredient with good surfactant properties and is compatible with anionic surfactants.
Lonzabac 12.30 is effective against both gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria as well as Mycobacterium terrae and Mycobacterium avium.
Lonzabac 12.30 maintains high efficacy even at low temperatures and in the presence of heavy organic soil, such as blood and protein, and is also effective against enveloped viruses such as Hepatitis-B (HBV).


Lonzabac 12.30 has broad spectrum activity against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria.
Lonzabac 12.30 is offered in two product forms, ~27% or ~91% aqueous solution:
Lonzabac 12.30.30 and Lonzabac 12.30.100 respectively.


Lonzabac 12.30 Antimicrobial is being supported through the European Union Biocidal Products Regulation (BPR)1 Active Substance Review Program for Product Types, 2, 3, 4 and 6, and with the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), with full toxicological and ecological documentation.
Lonzabac 12.30, also called N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)dodecylamine and laurylamine dipropylenediamine, is dodecylamine substituted with 2 propylamine units.



USES and APPLICATIONS of LONZABAC 12.30:
Lonzabac 12.30 is used as disinfectant for food processing industry, institutions, hospitals (surfaces and instruments).
Lonzabac 12.30 is a reactant used in the synthesis of gluconamide derivatives as cationic surfactants with antimicrobial properties.
Application of Lonzabac 12.30: Algicide


Lonzabac 12.30 has been found to have a wide range of applications, including synthesis and purification of proteins, liposomes, and other biomolecules; drug delivery systems; and as a detergent for various industrial processes.
Lonzabac 12.30 is for formulation into antimicrobial/disinfectant product for use on hard nonporous surfaces.


Lonzabac 12.30 is used for formulation into antimicrobial/disinfectant products for use on hard, non-porous non-food contact surfaces in: businesses and office buildings, hotels, motels, correctional facilities, athletic facilities, schools, barber shops, locker rooms, nonfood areas of food-processing plants and restaurants, bars and cafeterias, convenience rooms, public restrooms, animal laboratories, pet shops, factories, and medical facilities including: hospitals, clinics, nursing homes and other medical offices.


Formulators using Lonzabac 12.30 are responsible for providing data for the EPA registration of their formulated products
Lonzabac 12.30 is stable across a wide range of pH levels and is usable in formulations for a number of applications such as food processing, institutional, veterinary and medical areas.


Lonzabac 12.30 can also be used to formulate products used to control antimicrobial contamination in oil field water flood systems and metalworking fluids.
Lonzabac 12.30 is used as disinfectant for food processing industry, institutions, hospitals (surfaces and instruments).
Lonzabac 12.30 is a reactant used in the synthesis of gluconamide derivatives as cationic surfactants with antimicrobial properties.


Lonzabac 12.30 is used as disinfectant for food processing industry, institutions, hospitals (surfaces and instruments).
Lonzabac 12.30 is a non-ionic surfactant, antimicrobial agent, preservative, emulsifying agent, dispersing agent, corrosion inhibitor and an anti-static agent used in hair products.


-Use areas of Lonzabac 12.30:
*Disinfectant and disinfectant cleaner for hospitals, food industry, industrial kitchens, I+I applications.
*Surgical instrument disinfectant (Tb).
*Bactericidal carpet shampoo.
*Bactericidal ingredient for laundry detergents and treatment of textile fibers such as towels, overalls etc.
*Technical preservative for surfactants and formulations.
*Industrial preservative of aerobic and anaerobic aqueous systems.



FUNCTIONS OF LONZABAC 12.30:
*Bactericide
*Fungicide
*Biocide
*Algicide



BENEFITS OF LONZABAC 12.30:
*A tertiary amine with disinfectant properties,
*compatible with nonionic and cationic substrates.



SYNTHESIS METHOD OF LONZABAC 12.30:
Lonzabac 12.30 is produced by the condensation reaction of N-dodecylpropane-1,3-diamine (DPA) and 3-aminopropylamine (APA).
The reaction is catalyzed by a base, such as sodium hydroxide, and is conducted at a temperature of around 80°C.
The reaction is carried out in an aqueous solution, and the product is isolated by precipitation.
Lonzabac 12.30 is then purified by recrystallization and is then ready for use.



SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH APPLICATIONS OF LONZABAC 12.30:
Lonzabac 12.30 has been found to have a wide range of applications in scientific research.
Lonzabac 12.30 has been used as a surfactant for the synthesis and purification of proteins, liposomes, and other biomolecules.
Lonzabac 12.30 is also used in drug delivery systems, as it can be used to modify the surface of liposomes to increase their stability and enhance their drug delivery efficiency.
Additionally, Lonzabac 12.30 has been used as a detergent for various industrial processes, such as emulsification, extraction, and separation.



MECHANISM OF ACTION OF LONZABAC 12.30:
Lonzabac 12.30 has been found to act as an amphiphilic surfactant, meaning that it has both hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions.
This allows Lonzabac 12.30 to form micelles, which are aggregates of molecules that are surrounded by a hydrophilic shell and an inner hydrophobic core.
These micelles can then interact with the surface of biomolecules, such as proteins, and modify their surface properties.
This can be used to increase the solubility of proteins, as well as to increase their stability and improve their drug delivery efficiency.



BIOCHEMICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF LONZABAC 12.30:
Lonzabac 12.30 has been found to be non-toxic and biodegradable, making it suitable for use in various scientific applications.
Furthermore, Lonzabac 12.30 has been found to have no significant effect on the biochemical and physiological processes of cells.
This makes Lonzabac 12.30 a safe and reliable surfactant for use in various scientific applications.



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of LONZABAC 12.30:
Odour: slight smell of ammonia
Density: 0.967 g/ml
Viscosity: (Brookfield, sp.1, 10 rpm, 23°C) 200 mPaxs
Average molecular weight: 299
Surface tension: (1% aqueous solution) 32 mN/m
Freeze: thaw stability good
Solubility: soluble in water and polar organic solvents
Compatibility: compatible with some nonionic, cationic and anionic surfactants
Setting point: < 5°C
pH: (concentrate) 11.9
pH: 1 % aqueous solution 10 - 12



FIRST AID MEASURES of LONZABAC 12.30:
-Description of first-aid measures:
*If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
*In case of eye contact:
Flush eyes with water as a precaution.
*If swallowed:
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of LONZABAC 12.30:
-Environmental precautions:
No special environmental precautions required.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Sweep up and shovel.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of LONZABAC 12.30:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
-Further information:
No data available



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of LONZABAC 12.30:
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use equipment for eye protection.
*Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Wash and dry hands.
*Body Protection:
Choose body protection.
*Respiratory protection:
Respiratory protection is not required.
-Control of environmental exposure:
No special environmental precautions required.



HANDLING and STORAGE of LONZABAC 12.30:
-Precautions for safe handling:
*Hygiene measures:
General industrial hygiene practice.
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
*Storage conditions:
Store in cool place.
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
*Storage class:
Storage class (TRGS 510): 13: Non Combustible Solids



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of LONZABAC 12.30:
-Reactivity:
No data available
-Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
-Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No data available
-Conditions to avoid:
No data available



SYNONYMS:
Grotan BA 21
Lonzabac 12
Lonzabac 12.100
Lonzabac 12.30
Lonzabac 1230
_x000B_Mistral
N,N-Bis(3-aminopropyl)dodecylamine
N,N-Bis(3-aminopropyl)laurylamine
_x000B_RC 5637
Triameen Y 12
Triameen Y 12D
Triamine Y 12D
Grotan BA 21
Lonzabac 12
Lonzabac 12.100
Lonzabac 12.30
Lonzabac 1230
_x000B_Mistral
N,N-Bis(3-aminopropyl)dodecylamine
N,N-Bis(3-aminopropyl)laurylamine
_x000B_RC 5637
Triameen Y 12
Triameen Y 12D
Triamine Y 12D
dpta-y12d-30
bis(aminopropyl)laurylamine
lonzabac(r) 12.100
lonzabac12.100
laurylamine dipropylenediamine
rc 5637
lonzabac(r) 12.30
n-dodecyl-dipropylenetriamines
lonzabac 1230
dpta-y12d
1,3-propanediamine
n-(3-aminopropyl)-n-dodecyl- (9ci)
dodecylamine
n,n-bis(3-aminopropyl)-(6ci,7ci,8ci)
triameen y 12
lonzabac 12.100
n,n-bis(3-aminopropyl)dodecylamine
1,3-propanediamine,n1-(3-aminopropyl)-n1-dodecyl-
methylenediamine
n,n-bis(3-aminopropyl)laurylamine
lonzabac 12
Dodecyl dipropylene triamine
N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)dodecylamine
Triameen Y12D
Triameen Y12D-30
Lonzabac 12.100
Lonzabac 12.30
Triamine Y12D
Triamine Y12D-30



LOPON 800
Lopon 800 LOPON 800 is a VOC-free universal dispersing agent based on sodium polyacrylates for interior and exterior water based paints. FEATURES LOPON 800 offers good storage stability, high gloss attributes, and demonstrated stability when used in combination with glycol. BENEFITS LOPON 800 is highly compatible with polyphosphates such as POLYRON N to improve scrub resistance. This product offers very good storage stability. RECOMMENDATIONS Emulsions paints, varnishes, plasters, silicate emulsion paints, and adhesives. Dispersing agent for emulsion paints, varnishes, plasters, silicate emulsion paints and adhesives Nomenclature Polyacrylate, sodium salt Appearance amber liquid Characteristics pH-value: 7.0 – 8.5 Spec. Properties Density: approx. 1300 g/l Residual monomer: < 0.1 % Application LOPON 800 offers the following advantages: • easy dosage • highly effective • excellent deflocculation, high solids content available • ideally adjusted to polyphosphates like CALGON N for obtaining washing and scrubbing resistant emulsion paints • good storage stability • stable with glycol • high gloss The usual dosage of LOPON 800 in a formulation is 0.2 – 0.5% Storage protect from frost; carefully close open packaging after usage Packaging Container of 1.200 kg net; PE-drum of 250 kg net LOPON 800 is a dispersing agent for emulsion paints, varnishes, plasters, silicate emulsion paints and adhesives. This clear, yellowish liquid is a polyacrylate, sodium salt. It is ideally adjusted to polyphosphates like CALGON N for obtaining washing and scrubbing resistant emulsion paints. It also offers good storage stability, high gloss, and is stable with glycol. Product description of Lopon 800 Dispersing additives LOPON 800 by ICL Industrial is a highly effective, VOC-free universal dispersing agent. It is based on sodium polyacrylate. It is recommended for interior and exterior water-based paints. It offers easy dosage, excellent deflocculation and high solids content. It is ideally adjusted to polyphosphates like CALGON N for obtaining washing and scrubbing resistant silicate emulsion paints & varnishes. It provides good storage stability, stability with glycol and high gloss. The dosage level of LOPON 800 is 0.2–0.5%. Product Type Dispersing Agents > Surfactants-like > Sodium Polyacrylates / Polyacrylic Acids Chemical Composition Sodium polyacrylate-based CAS Number 9003-04-7 Physical Form Liquid Appearance Amber Product Status COMMERCIAL Applications/ Recommended for Coatings > Waterborne Resins > Silicates Lopon 800, also known as waterlock, is a sodium salt of polyacrylic acid with the chemical formula [−CH2−CH(CO2Na)−]n and has broad applications in consumer products.[1] This super-absorbent polymer (SAP) has the ability to absorb 100 to 1000 times its mass in water. Lopon 800 is an anionic polyelectrolyte with negatively charged carboxylic groups in the main chain. Lopon 800 is a chemical polymer made up of chains of acrylate compounds. It contains sodium, which gives it the ability to absorb large amounts of water. Lopon 800 is also classified as an anionic polyelectrolyte.[2] When dissolved in water, it forms a thick and transparent solution due to the ionic interactions of the molecules. Lopon 800 has many favorable mechanical properties. Some of these advantages include good mechanical stability, high heat resistance, and strong hydration. It has been used as an additive for food products including bread, juice, and ice cream. While sodium neutralized polyacrylic acids are the most common form used in industry, there are also other salts available including potassium, lithium and ammonium.[3] The origins of super-absorbent polymer chemistry trace back to the early 1960s when the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) developed the first super-absorbent polymer materials. Identifiers of Lopon 800 CAS Number 9003-04-7 (2500000 MW) check ECHA InfoCard 100.118.171 Edit this at Wikidata EC Number 618-349-8 UNII 05I15JNI2J (2500000 MW) check CompTox Dashboard (EPA) DTXSID0049783 Edit this at Wikidata Properties of Lopon 800 Chemical formula (C3H3NaO2)n Molar mass Variable Density 1.22 g/cm3 Background and History of Lopon 800 Super-absorbent polymers similar to Lopon 800 were developed in the 1960s by the U.S. Department of Agriculture.[3] Before the development of these substances, the best water absorbing materials were cellulosic or fiber-based like tissue paper, sponge, cotton, or fluff pulp. These materials can only retain 20 times their weight in water, whereas Lopon 800 can retain hundreds of times its own weight in water. The USDA was interested in developing this technology because they wanted to find materials that could improve water conservation in soil. Through extensive research, they found that the gels they created did not expel water as fiber-based materials would. Early adopters of this technology were Dow Chemical, Hercules, General Mills Chemical, and DuPont. Ultra-thin baby diapers were some of the first hygiene products to be developed which uses only a fraction of the material compared to fluff pulp diapers. Super-absorbent technology is in high demand in the disposable hygiene industry for products like diapers and sanitary napkins. SAPs used in hygiene products are typically sodium neutralized whereas SAPs used in agricultural applications are potassium neutralized. Fabrication Methods Overview Methods to fabricate Lopon 800, like solution polymerization in water, inverse emulsion polymerization, inverse suspension polymerization, plasma polymerization, and pressure-induced polymerization have been employed to synthesize various polyacrylates.[4] However, the process to obtain a solid-state product using these methods requires a lot of equipment and is very expensive. The products obtained from these methods also have defects like poor solubility and broad molecular weight distribution. Despite having drawbacks, the polymerization methods aforementioned are often used to form Lopon 800 and other SAPs. Another method tested in a study to produce Lopon 800 as an alternative to current methods began with Butyl acrylate-acrylic acid copolymer and poly (butyl acrylate).[4] They were synthesized via suspension polymerization by using butyl acrylate as the main monomer and acrylic acid as a secondary monomer. Suspension polymerization uses physical and mechanical movement and agitation in order to mix monomers to form polymers. This process requires dispersing medium, monomers, stabilizing agents, and initiators. Next, the polymers were swollen in ethanol and hydrolyzed in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide. Finally, water-soluble Lopon 800s were obtained by washing and drying the hydrolyzed resultant. This is a different method compared to the manufacturing processes that have been previously utilized, but could be a potential method to specifically manufacture Lopon 800. Overall, the various production methods of Lopon 800 will influence its swelling capability, absorbency, and other mechanical properties. It is also important to consider cost and feasibility when manufacturing polymers like Lopon 800. Super-absorbent Nanofibers (SANs) Lopon 800 Super-absorbent polymers are an innovative class of hydrogel products that can be used in many applications including hygiene products, drug delivery systems, agriculture, biomedicine, and wastewater treatment.[6] A method called electrospinning is used to fabricate super-absorbent nanofibers (SANs) because of their advantageous properties like high surface area and porous structure. Electrospinning is a simple method that uses an electric field that collects filaments by forcing polymer melts or solutions. SANs have been successfully created by using Lopon 800 and poly(vinyl alcohol) (PVA) as a polymer matrix, which is a water soluble polymer that is highly hydrophilic. As a result of this method of fabrication, SANs created in a study displayed high rates of absorption due to the capillary phenomenon shown by their highly porous structures. Also, the cross-linking structure improved the water absorption ability of the SANs. Adding PVA in this case gave structural stability to the SAN and prevented it from being dissolved in water. Overall, Lopon 800 can be combined with PVA in a nanofiber to produce a strong and effective structure. Composites Clay-Polymer Hydrogels Studies have been conducted which observe the effect of the mechanical properties of hydrogels based on the amount of clay combined with the polymer.[7] When combining polymers with clay, the results are promising, showing an increase in the elastic modulus and the tensile strength of clay-polymer hydrogels. In general, combining inorganic substances with polymers can improve the electrical, mechanical, thermal, and gas barrier properties of materials like hydrogels. In order to obtain these results, ultra-high molecular mass polymers higher than a few millions are recommended to be used so that the mechanical properties can improve regardless of the type of polymer used. The mechanical properties for clay-polymer hydrogels have been studied including clay and polyethylene oxide (PEO) as well as clay and Lopon 800 (PAAS).[7] A study compared laponite/PEO and laponite/PAAS blend hydrogels. Laponite is a synthetic clay that has the ability to swell when placed in water. The results showed that both hydrogels have a similar elastic modulus. However, the tensile strength of laponite/PAAS is much stronger than laponite/PEO blend hydrogels. The reason for this difference is based on the clay-polymer interaction strength in each hydrogel blend. In laponite/PAAS, the interaction is much stronger compared to the laponite/PEO blend. Metal Ions Experiments and studies have shown that the incorporation of 0.3 wt% Lopon 800 in collagen (Co) fibers can improve the mechanical properties and thermal stability of the composite films.[2] Lopon 800 can form films and composites with different cationic polymers, proteins, and other substances which can benefit the properties of the film. Furthermore, Lopon 800 has the potential to combine with metal ions because of its characteristic polyanionic property which would allow for more reinforcing of the material. When collagen and Lopon 800 (Co-PAAS) blend films were combined with Ca2+, Fe3+, and Ag+ ranging from 0.001 to 0.004 mol/g, the surface of the composites became coarser and the internal structure became more stratified as more metal ions were added. When the ions were added, tensile strength increased. The optimal amounts for each ion are as follows: Ca2+ (0.003 mol/g), Fe3+ (0.002 mol/g), and Ag+ (0.001 mol/g). The composite films also had better thermal stability. Overall, the study showed that metal ions added to Co-PAAS blend composite films can be used as an alternative to reinforce collagenous composite materials.[2] These three ions were combined with the Co-PAAS film because of their relevant biological applications. Ca2+ is one of the major elements in animal tissues including bone and teeth and has a strong interaction with collagen. Next, Fe3+ is an important trace element in the human body and participates in protein chelation. Finally, Ag+ has antibacterial properties and can improve the stability and transparency of the Co-PAAS film. Chitosan Lopon 800 is a commonly used electronegative polyelectrolyte which could be used to construct self-healing hydrogels and super-absorbents.[8] Novel chitosan/Lopon 800 polyelectrolyte complex hydrogels (CPG) have been fabricated successfully in a study by cross-linking chitosan and Lopon 800 with epichlorohydrin (ECH) through the inhibiting protonation effect of chitosan in an alkali/urea aqueous solution. The CPG had a high swelling ratio because of Lopon 800 and acted differently in various pH solutions, physiological solutions, and salt solutions with different concentrations. As a result, CPG had smart responsive properties to different situations and exhibited high compressive strength, good biocompatibility and in-vitro biodegradability. This fabrication process has shown success and has potential applications in the fields of agriculture, foods, tissue engineering, and drug delivery. Applications of Lopon 800 Overview Water-soluble polymers are used in many industries, especially polyacrylates.[4] Some applications include thickeners, flocculants, dispersants, and drag reducing agents. Polyacrylates are also used as environmentally friendly adhesives or coatings. In addition, Lopon 800 is used in paper diapers and Maximum Absorbency Garments as the absorbent material.[9] It is also used in ice packs to convert the water used as the cooling agent into a gel, in order to reduce spillage in case the ice pack leaks.[10][11] Lopon 800 has also been studied for utilization in many applications such as nanofiltration of water to absorb water and concentrate the liquid with microbes.[12] Also, it is used for eco-engineering as a water-retaining agent in rocky slopes for increasing moisture availability in the soil. This can improve the water retention availability of the soil and infiltration capacity in sandy soil. Below is a table containing categories and lists of some products and applications that utilize Lopon 800:[13] Lopon 800 Applications Overview Health Care Animals Industry Environment Other Products Paper/disposable diaper (baby, child, and adult) Sanitary napkin Nursing mat Medical bandage Wound dressings Pet pad Horse urine odor absorbing Drown-free water source for feeder insects Waste liquid control Drilling fluid Concrete protection Anti-flood Bag Excreta collection Wire and cable water blocking Artificial snow hot/cold gel pack Urine bag Growing toys Thickening agent Fragrance carrier Fire-retardant gel Anti-fogging packing material Waterbed Some of the items listed above will be discussed in further detail in the next application sections. However, it is important to note that the table provided above is not comprehensive and does not contain all of the possible or potential applications for using Lopon 800. Sequestering Agents Lopon 800 is commonly used in detergents as a chelating agent.[1] A chelating agent is used in detergents because it has the ability to neutralize heavy metals that can be found in dirt, water, and other substances that could be in clothes. The addition of Lopon 800 makes detergent more effective when cleaning clothes. Thickening Agents Since Lopon 800 can absorb and retain water molecules, it is used often in diapers, hair gels, and soaps.[1] Lopon 800 is considered a thickening agent because it increases the viscosity of water-based compounds. In diapers, Lopon 800 absorbs water found in urine in order to increase the capacity to store liquid and to reduce rashes. Coatings Lopon 800 can also be utilized as a coating for electrical wires in order to reduce the amount of moisture around wires.[1] Water and moisture near wires can cause issues with transmitting electrical signals. This could cause potential fire hazards. Due to the effective absorption and swelling capacity of Lopon 800, it can absorb water and prevent it from surrounding or infiltrating wires. Agriculture In the agricultural industry, Lopon 800 is used to help plants retain moisture in the soil.[1] It can act as a water reservoir for plants and is commonly used by florists to keep flowers fresh. Furthermore, the use of Lopon 800 for growing domestic fruit and vegetables has been approved by the U.S. Department of Agriculture. NASA Maximum Absorbency Garments (MAGs) Lopon 800 is used in the fabric of spacesuits designed by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) to prevent rashes from developing during flight by absorbing various liquids.[1][14] These garments are called Maximum Absorbency Garments or MAGs and Lopon 800 is used in the innermost layers of these spacesuits to aid in the absorption of liquid from the surface of the skin. Specifically, MAGs absorb liquid from urine and feces and can hold approximately 2 L of liquid. Environmental Applications Inhibition of Hydrogen Production from Waste-Diaper Material Although Lopon 800 has beneficial environmental applications, in one study, Lopon 800 was found to have inhibitory effects on the bioH2 fermentation of cellulosic wastes.[15] Lopon 800 is commonly used in diapers to absorb liquids from urine and feces, but Lopon 800 has been found that waste disposable diapers (WDD) accumulate in landfills since Lopon 800 prevents and negatively affects H2 production from the dark fermentation of WDD. To be specific, WDD represents 7% of urban solid refuse and the current option is landfilling, which is degradable only during biological conditions. Such conditions include anaerobic degradation and composting. Considering the high amounts of cellulosic waste in WDD, in order to be more sustainable it has been recommended that Lopon 800 be replaced with special starches that can absorb significant amounts of water yet are still degradable by dark fermentation (DF). Overall, despite having many beneficial environmental applications, the usage of Lopon 800 in diapers can prevent waste from degrading properly over time. Low Salt Animal Skin Preservation In the leather industry, salt-based preservation is typically used because it is versatile, cost-effective, and readily available.[12] However, the salt removed from the soaking process can cause pollution including elevated total dissolved solids (TDS). A study was conducted to measure the effectiveness of instead using a low-salt skin preservation method with Lopon 800 which has a reduced amount of NaCl. The main goal was to retain the properties of commercial leather while reducing pollution. The results showed that Lopon 800 with low salt levels had an adequate curing efficiency with a significant reduction (>65%) of TDS. Around 40% NaCl is used in conventional curing processes but the process conducted with Lopon 800 used 15% NaCl and 5% Lopon 800. Removal of Metal Ions from the Environment Studies have shown that Lopon 800 and other super-absorbent polymers or SAPs can be used to absorb and recover metal ions.[16] Heavy metals are very harmful pollutants and can have detrimental effects on aquatic environments and human beings because of high toxicity, bioaccumulation, and non-degradability. Activities like mining and petroleum refining can produce these heavy metals which necessitates a simple and environmentally sustainable process to absorb these harmful metals to prevent disastrous results. Lopon 800 can absorb solutions quickly by swelling porous structure networks to reduce mass-transfer resistance. Also, Lopon 800 is a low-cost, non-toxic, and biocompatible option for water purification to recover metal ions. A study demonstrated that a Lopon 800 composite had high adsorption and desorption efficiency, implying that Lopon 800 can be recycled and reused as an effective absorbent for Cu(II) recovery.[16] Lopon 800 is able to do this because of its function group (-COO-) in its matrix which contributes to its effective adsorption capacity. Lopon 800 has a very high adsorption capacity and one of the highest adsorption capacities for Lopon 800 was found with Cu(II) ions. Using a mild concentration of 0.01 M nitric acid, almost all of the copper could be recovered from the Lopon 800 matrix. The results of the study indicate the effectiveness of using Lopon 800 to rid the environment of toxic metals like copper. It is also a sustainable solution since Lopon 800 can be recycled and reused, therefore, reducing waste. Drug Delivery Applications Lopon 800 can be used for microencapsulation to deliver substances like probiotics.[17] The delivery of probiotics to the digestive system can be difficult because the viability of probiotics decreases sharply throughout the gastrointestinal tract due to strong acid conditions. Although Alginate (Alg) is the most extensively used native microcapsule matrix, combining Alg with Lopon 800 yields better results based on research comparing different encapsulation methods. Lopon 800 is an oral safe food additive approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and has repeated carboxylate groups along its molecular chain. As a result, the acid buffering effect of Lopon 800 could be better than small molecular acid. Also, the binding capacity of Lopon 800 with calcium ions could be higher than Alg because of the high concentration of carboxylate groups and the increased flexible nature of the polymer chain. Lopon 800 has been found useful in drug delivery applications.[17] When Lopon 800 combined with alginate (Alg), Lopon 800 was able to successfully encapsulate Lactobacillus plantarum MA2 and allowed better probiotic delivery compared to an Alg microcapsule. This result is true for both the small and large intestine. This research has shown that Alg-PAAS(1:2) could be a potentially effective microcapsule matrix in probiotic drug delivery. This capsule enhanced the survival of the probiotic when traveling both in-vitro and in-vivo. Safety Lopon 800 itself does not irritate the skin.[18] Lopon 800 is made up of large polymers that do not have the ability to infiltrate the skin. However, sometimes Lopon 800 is mixed with acrylic acid which is leftover from the manufacturing process. As a leftover of producing Lopon 800, acrylic acid can cause a rash in contact with skin. It should be less than 300 PPM as the absorbent material in paper diapers. Also, if Lopon 800 is being used in a powder form it should not be inhaled. If spilled in an area with water, Lopon 800 could cause the ground to be very slippery. Finally, Lopon 800 can cause severe clogging if it enters sewers or drainage systems in large quantities. Otherwise, Lopon 800 is non-toxic and safe from any major risks. Lopon 800 Usage And Synthesis Description of Lopon 800 Lopon 800 is the sodium salt of polyarylic acid. As a chemical polymer, it has various kinds of application in consumer products. It is capable of absorbing extremely high amount of water which can reach up to as much as 200 to 300 times its mass; therefore, it is used in agriculture industry and is infused in the soil of many plants to maintain the moisture of plant. It can be commonly used as a sequestering agent, or chelating agent in many detergents. It can also be used as a thickening agent to be used in diapers and hair gels because of its high capability of absorbing and holding water. Furthermore, it can be included in the coatings of sensitive electrical wiring to remove moisture in the wires. Dispersant Lopon 800 is a commonly used dispersant, also known as 2-sodium acrylate homopolymer, S Lopon 800. It is colorless or light yellow viscous liquid in room temperature, and non-toxic, alkaline, insoluble in organic solvents such as ethanol, acetone but easily soluble in water and aqueous sodium hydroxide. However, for aqueous solution of calcium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, due to the increase of alkaline metal ions, Lopon 800 is first dissolved and then precipitated. Lopon 800 can work without entrustment under alkaline conditions or being concentrated for several folds with molecular weight of about 500-3000. Lopon 800 can disperse the microcrystalline or sediment of calcium carbonate, calcium sulfate salts into the water without precipitation, and thus achieving the purpose of preventing entrustment. Besides used as the descaling dispersant in power plants, chemical plants, fertilizer plants, refineries and air conditioning systems, cooling water system, it is also widely used in industries like paper and textile, ceramics, paints, building materials. When used as a paper coating dispersant, it has a relative molecular mass in 2000-4000. When Lopon 800 coating concentration is 65% to 70%, it can still have a good rheology and aging stability. The product in molecular weight from 1000 to 3000 is used as water quality stabilizer as well as scaling control agent of concentrated black liquor. Products with molecular weight higher than 100,000 is used as coatings thickener and water retention agent, which can increase the viscosity of synthetic emulsion such as carboxylated styrene-butadiene latex and acrylate emulsion latex and prevent the water from being separated out as well as maintain the stability of the coating system . Product of molecular weight of 1 million or more can be used as a flocculant. It can also be used as super absorbent polymer, soil conditioners, as well as a thickening agent and emulsion dispersant in the food industry. The molecular structure of Lopon 800 molecule is water soluble linear polymers. Small molecular weight molecule is as liquid with large molecule counterparts shown as solid. Solid product is shown as a white powder or granules, and is odorless, water-swellable, and soluble in aqueous caustic soda. Moreover, it is extremely hygroscopic. It is a polymer compound containing hydrophilic and hydrophobic groups. Lopon 800 is slowly soluble in water and form a highly viscous transparent liquid whose 0.5% solution having a viscosity of about 1000cp with the viscosity being not as swelling as CMC and sodium alginate. But owing to the ion phenomenon of many anionic groups in the molecule makes the molecular chain being longer, increasing the apparent viscosity to form highly viscous solution. Lopon 800 has a viscosity which is 15-20 times as high as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) and sodium alginate. It has a high alkali resistance with viscosity changing only little and it is also non-perishable. Heat treatment, neutral salts, and organic acids have very small effects on its viscosity. However, it has increased viscosity upon alkaline condition. Intense heating to 300 degrees will not cause decomposition of it. Due to its property as a kind of electrolyte, it is vulnerable to acids and metal ions which cause the decrease of viscosity. In case of more than a sufficient amount of divalent metal ions (e.g. aluminum, lead, iron, calcium, magnesium, zinc), it will form insoluble salt which cause intermolecular crosslink and thus gelation and further precipitation. But it is still as solution upon a low amount of divalent metal ion, making it be able to be used as detergent additives which play a role in preventing soil re-deposition. Food grade Lopon 800 In abroad, it has begun to apply Lopon 800 for being used in a variety of food for thickening, gluten and preservation since 1960s. In 2000, the Ministry of Health of china also officially approved it as a food grade thickener. Application limitation: According to China's food additive standards. The applications of food grade Lopon 800 used are as follows: 1. being used as a thickener in foods has the following effects: (1) Enhance the adhesion ability to raw flour protein. (2) Make starch particle to combine with each other and dispersion penetrate into the mesh structure of the protein. (3) Form dough with a dense texture and being smooth in its glossy surface. (4) It forms a stable dough colloid for preventing soluble starch exudation. (5) It has a strong water-holding capacity which can make moisture be uniformly maintained in dough and prevent drying. (6) It can be used to improve the dough extensibility. (7) Make the raw material in the oil component be stably dispersed into the dough. 2. it is used as the electrolyte for protein interactions, change the protein structure, and enhance food viscoelasticity and improve the organization. 3. Application examples of Lopon 800: (1) Bread, cakes, noodles, macaroni, improve utilization of raw materials, improve the taste and flavor with the amount of 0.05%. (2) Fish paste-like products, canned food, dried seaweed, etc., to strengthen its organization, to keep fresh flavor, enhanced sense of smell. (3) Sauce, tomato sauce, mayonnaise, jam, cream, soy sauce, thickeners and stabilizers. (4) Fruit juice, wine, etc., dispersants. (5) Ice cream, Kara honey Seoul sugar, improve taste and the stability. (6) Frozen food, aquatic products, surface jellies (preservation). 4. Owing to its slow dissolution rate in water; it can be pre-mixed with sugar, powdered starch syrup, emulsifier, etc., to improve the dissolution rate. 5. Lopon 800 can be used as sugar, salt, beverage clarifying agent (polymer coagulant). Uses of Lopon 800 1. It can be used as a corrosion scale inhibitor, water stabilizer, paint thickener and water retention agent, flocculants, drilling mud treatment agent. 2. The agent is used for the circulating cooling water treatment for equipment copper material with a excellent scale effect. At the amount of 100 mg/L, it can form chelate with the scale-forming ions in water of medium hardness and further flow with water, and can prevent the formation of iron oxide scale. 3. It can be used as a thickener and stabilizer in butter products, cream, tomato sauce. It can also be used as a dispersing agent in fruit juice, wine and spirits. It can improve the sense of taste of ice cream, and enhance its stability. It can also be used as surface freezing glue for freezing products and aquatic products, and can also play a role in preservation. It can also alter protein structure and enhance the viscoelasticity of food, and thus further improving the organization. 4. Thickener. It has many functions in food as following: (1) Enhance the adhesion ability to raw flour protein. (2) Make starch particle to combine with each other and dispersion penetrate into the mesh structure of the protein. (3) Form dough with a dense texture and being smooth in its glossy surface. (4) It forms a stable dough colloid for preventing soluble starch exudation. (5) It has a strong water-holding capacity which can make moisture be uniformly maintained in dough and prevent drying. (6) It can be used to improve the dough extensibility. (7) Make the raw material in the oil component be stably dispersed into the dough. 2, it is used as the electrolyte for protein interactions, change the protein structure, and enhance food viscoelasticity and improve the organization. Application Example: (1) Bread, cakes, noodles, macaroni, improve utilization of raw materials, improve the taste and flavor with the amount of 0.05%. (2) Fish paste-like products, canned food, dried seaweed, etc., to strengthen its organization, to keep fresh flavor, enhanced sense of smell. (3) Sauce, tomato sauce, mayonnaise, jam, cream, soy sauce, thickeners and stabilizers. (4) Fruit juice, wine, etc., dispersants. (5) Ice cream, Kara honey Seoul sugar, improve taste and the stability. (6) Frozen food, aquatic products, surface jellies (preservation). 4, Owing to its slow dissolution rate in water; it can be pre-mixed with sugar, powdered starch syrup, emulsifier, etc., to improve the dissolution rate. 5, Lopon 800 can be used as sugar, salt, beverage clarifying agent (polymer coagulant). 5. It can be used as a filtrate reducer in solid drilling industry. 6. This product is a good anion detergent and dispersants which can be combined with other water treatment agent compound used for oil field water, cooling water, boiler water treatment at high pH and at high concentration process without scaling. Production methods of Lopon 800 1. Add deionized water and 34 kg of isopropanol chain transfer agent to the kettle separately and heat it to 80~82 °C. Add drop wise 14 kg of ammonium per-sulfate aqueous solution and 170 kg of acrylic monomers. After completion of dropping, perform the reaction for 3 h; cool to 40 °C; add 30% aqueous NaOH solution to a pH value of 8.0 to 9.0 and then have water and isopropanol been distilled to get the final liquid products. Spray dry to give a solid product. 2. Acrylate or acrylic acid is reacted with sodium hydroxide to get sodium acrylate, remove the alcohol by-produced; concentrate; adjust the pH, and undergo polymerization reaction to get the final product with the catalysis of ammonium per-sulfate. 3. Acrylic acid and sodium hydroxide is reacted to get sodium acrylate monomer, and then polymerize into Lopon 800 with ammonium per-sulfate as the catalyst. 4. Add Lopon 800 (with molecule weight: 1000~3000) to the reaction vessel to obtain 30% aqueous solution. Description of Lopon 800 Lopon 800, also known as waterlock, is a sodium salt of poly acrylic acid with the chemical formula [-CH2-CH(COONa)-]n and broad application in consumer produc
L-Ornithine
L-Ornithine; L-(+)-2,5-Diaminopentanoic acid hydrochloride; L-Ornithine Hydrochloride; (S)-2,5-Diaminopentanoic acid monohydrochloride; (S)-(+)-2,5-Diaminopentanoic acid hydrochloride; L-2,5-Diaminovaleric acid; cas no: 3184-13-2
L-ORNİTHİNE HCL
L-(+)-2,5-Diaminopentanoic acid hydrochloride; L-Ornithine Hydrochloride; (S)-2,5-Diaminopentanoic acid monohydrochloride; (S)-(+)-2,5-Diaminopentanoic acid hydrochloride; L-2,5-Diaminovaleric acid cas no :3184-13-2
LOXANOL OT 5840
LOXANOL OT 5840 Loxanol OT 5840 Company: BASF Formulation Additives DOCUMENTS Loxanol OT 5840 Datasheet BASF Formulation Additives Product Catalog (Asia Pacific) BASF Formulation Additives makes their documentation available in the regions indicated below: Loxanol OT 5840 (formerly Loxanol OT 5840) is a liquid additive supplied in the form of an easy to incorporate emulsion. It prolongs the open time and reduces the cracking of emulsion paints, organo silicate and silicone resin based mortars. When incorporated into plasters, Loxanol OT 5840 prolongs the workable time. This allows a uniform structure to be maintained during the application period. Loxanol OT 5840 gives the mortar a pliable structure and also prevents cracking due to its plasticizing effect. This liquid, white emulsion has no effect on the water absorbtion. Loxanol OT 5840 Company: BASF Dispersions & Pigments Asia Pacific DOCUMENTS Loxanol OT 5840 Datasheet BASF Dispersions & Pigments Asia Pacificmakes their documentation available in the regions indicated below: Loxanol OT 5840 is a liquid additive supplied in the form of an easy to incorporate emulsion. It prolongs the open time and reduces the cracking of emulsion paints, organo silicate and silicone resin based mortars. This product shows improved storage stability and lower emulsifier content. When incorporated into plasters, Loxanol OT 5840 prolongs the workable time. This allows a uniform structure to be maintained during the application period. It gives the mortar a pliable structure and also prevents cracking due to its plasticizing effect. It has no effect on the water absorbtion. Loxanol OT 5840 Technical Datasheet | Supplied by BASF Loxanol OT 5840 by BASF is an aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compound. It is a coalescing agent. It is an open-time prolonger in liquid form. Prevents reduced cracking in resin-based plasters. Suitable for water-based system. Loxanol OT 5840 by BASF is recommended for use in plasters, exterior and elastic paints. Product Type Film Forming / Coalescing Agents Chemical Composition Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compound Physical Form Liquid Loxanol OT 5840 5853 1. 150 years150 years Loxanol OT 5840 5853 VOC-free open time prolonger for plasters with excellent cold storage stability Formulation Additives Dispersions & Pigments Division European Coatings Show 2015 2. 150 years Content 2  Loxanol OT 5840 5853 - VOC-free open time prolonger for plasters with excellent cold storage stability  EIFS – Basic definitions  Open time prolongers – Performance benefits  Open time prolongers – Portfolio  Loxanol OT 5840 5853 – Proven performance  Back-up Content 3. 150 years 3 1 Wärmedämmverbundsystem Exterior insulation finishing systems (EIFS / WDVS1) 4. 150 years Exterior insulation finishing systems (EIFS / WDVS1) 4 Wall Adhesive Plaster Reinforcement Styrofoam Paint 1 Wärmedämmverbundsystem Adhesive 5. 150 years  Rapid drying  Uneven surface structure  Cracks Construction application problems in summer 5 6. 150 years Construction application problems in summer Construction application problems in summer  The plaster is taken out of the bucket and spread on Styrofoam. Then it is equalized (structured) to form a homogeneous surface. On larger buildings, workers start applying the plaster on the highest level and work from (e.g.) left to right and top to bottom. There is always freshly applied plaster overlapping plaster that has been applied 30 min to 1 hour before. The overlapping zones do not look homogeneous if the plaster does not contain an open time prolonger. 6 7. 150 years Structured after several minutes of drying Immediately structured  For plasters without OTP: Appearance of plaster structure changes significantly depending on drying times before structuring 7 Construction application problems in summer Plaster without open time prolonger 8. 150 years Open time prolongers  Overcome the problems caused by drying too fast  Provide extension to open time  Reduce cracking  Help ease the application and improve structure development  Provide hydrophobizing as a side-effect Recommended dosage: 0.2% - 1.0% on the final product 8 Open time prolongers Performance benefits 9. 150 years Open time prolongers Portfolio New product name Old product name Description Solids (%) Viscosity (mPa.s) VOC content*(%) Loxanol OT 5840 5840 Loxanol DPN Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds 20 600 < 0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 Loxanol 842 DP-3 30 ~ 5,000 < 0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 5846 Loxanol OT 5840 DP-6 20 ~ 2,000 < 0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 5900 Loxanol P Oleochemical compound on silica carrier 45 (14% actives) powder < 0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 5853 (New) Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds 30 ~ 1,000 < 0.1 9 * Recommended for low-VOC paints and plasters. Measurements according to the ISO 11890-2 analytical method defined in the European Paints Directive 2004/42/EC. 10. 150 years Loxanol OT 5840 5853 Proven performance: Highlights Environmental aspects  VOC-free according to EU 2004/42 1 method  APEO free  Low odor  Designed for paints with eco-labels 2 Performance highlights  Improved cold storage stability  Improved handling  reduced product viscosity (~ 1,000 mPa.s) at high concentration level (30% active)  Minimization of pore building 1 VOC content < 0,1% acc. EU 2004/42 ( b.p. > 250°C) (750 ppm) 2 Suitable for achieving the European Ecolabel for “indoor paints and varnishes” 2009/544/EC and for “outdoor paints and varnishes” 2009/543/EC for the final plaster 10 11. 150 years Loxanol OT 5840 5853 Proven performance: Open time, pinholes and cracking  Relative rating of open time, pinholes formation and cracking vs. internal benchmark and alternative market product 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Open Time Pinholes Cracks Loxanol OT 5840 5853 shows excellent performance, slightly better than the alternative market product 5 = very good 1 = bad 12. 150 years Loxanol OT 5840 5853 Proven performance: Pinholes and cracking  Reduction of pinholes and crack formation 12 Without open time prolonger Loxanol OT 5840 5843 Loxanol OT 5840 5853 Alternative market product Loxanol OT 5840 shows as excellent performance as Loxanol OT 5840 5843 and better than the alternative market product 13. 150 years Loxanol OT 5840 5853 Proven performance: Cold storage stability  Improved cold storage stability 13 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 start 1.cycle 2.cycle 3.cycle 4.cycle 5.cycle 6.cycle 7.cycle 8.cycle OT 5840 Competitor OT 5853 Storage cycles: 1 cycle = 3 days 3°C -> RT 1 day -> 3 days 3°C Paste Viscosity (mPa.s) 14. 150 years BASF Solution Finder Tool for Formulation Additives 14  This tool provides you the best additive solution for your challenging formulation task : • From dispersing agents, wetting agents and surface modifiers, to defoamers, rheology modifiers and film-forming agents  Explore the BASF formulation additives portfolio for the paints and coatings industry, by : • Receiving recommendations for your formulation challenges • Understanding the main benefits of our products by application and get technical information • Ordering samples or contacting us for more detailed consultations Check out our Solution Finder Tool on Loxanol OT 5840 is an additive to prolong the ‘open time’ and workability of latex-based plasters for exterior insulation and finishing systems (EIFS) with high active content and improved storage stability. chemical nature Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds Properties physical form White viscous liquid shelf life Subject to appropriate storage under the usual storage and temperature conditions, our products are durable for at least 1 year. typical properties viscosity 1000 mPas (no supply specification) active ingredients ~ 30% density at 25 °C ~ 0.97 g/cm3 Solubility with water miscible Application Loxanol OT 5840 is a highly effective additive based on straight long chain alcohols. It prolongs the ‘open time’ and often provides elastification whereby cracks in plaster are avoided to a large extent. The extent to which the ‘open time’ may be prolonged by means of Loxanol OT 5840 depends largely on the type of polymer emulsion involved. Tests have shown that styrene acrylic emulsions require a higher dosage of Loxanol OT 5840 than vinyl acetate copolymers. Film-forming agents Film-forming agents Technical information, features and benefits Product name Description Solids (%) Viscosity (mpa s) VOC content (%) Recommended for low-voc paints* Coalescents Loxanol OT 5840 Dicarboxylic acid esters 100 ~6 <0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 Linear ester, based on renewable raw materials 100 ~5 <0.1 Open-time prolongers Loxanol OT 5840 Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds <0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds 30 ~5,000 <0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds 30 ~1,000 <0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 Oleochemical compounds 45 Powder <0.1 Plasticizers Loxanol OT 5840 Polypropylene glycol alkylphenylether 100 ~94 <0.1 Efka PL 5381 Epoxidized soy bean oil 100 ~550 <0.1 Efka PL 5382 Epoxidized soy bean oil 100 ~550 <0.1 Efka PL 5520 Butyl ester of a fatty acid mixture 100 ~8 <0.1 Efka PL 5590 Ester of an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid 100 ~13 <0.1 Efka PL 5635 Epoxidized linear ester 100 ~30 <0.2 Efka PL 5642 Dibutyl sebacate 100 ~10 <0.1 Efka PL 5643 Di-octyl adipate 100 ~15 <0.1 Efka PL ,2-cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid diisononyl ester 100 ~50 <0.1 Efka PL 5651 Bis(butylcarbitol) formal 100 ~100 <0.1 Efka PL 5688 Di-octyl sebacate 100 ~23 < All products except Loxanol OT 5840 comply with APEO-free claims. APEO has not been intentionally added. Product may comprise minor traces as ubiquitiously occuring impurities cannot be excluded. Loxanol OT 5840 Company: BASF Formulation Additives DOCUMENTS Loxanol OT 5840 Datasheet BASF Formulation Additives Product Catalog (Asia Pacific) BASF Formulation Additives makes their documentation available in the regions indicated below: Loxanol OT 5840 (formerly Loxanol OT 5840) is a liquid additive supplied in the form of an easy to incorporate emulsion. It prolongs the open time and reduces the cracking of emulsion paints, organo silicate and silicone resin based mortars. When incorporated into plasters, Loxanol OT 5840 prolongs the workable time. This allows a uniform structure to be maintained during the application period. Loxanol OT 5840 gives the mortar a pliable structure and also prevents cracking due to its plasticizing effect. This liquid, white emulsion has no effect on the water absorbtion. Loxanol OT 5840 Company: BASF Dispersions & Pigments Asia Pacific DOCUMENTS Loxanol OT 5840 Datasheet BASF Dispersions & Pigments Asia Pacificmakes their documentation available in the regions indicated below: Loxanol OT 5840 is a liquid additive supplied in the form of an easy to incorporate emulsion. It prolongs the open time and reduces the cracking of emulsion paints, organo silicate and silicone resin based mortars. This product shows improved storage stability and lower emulsifier content. When incorporated into plasters, Loxanol OT 5840 prolongs the workable time. This allows a uniform structure to be maintained during the application period. It gives the mortar a pliable structure and also prevents cracking due to its plasticizing effect. It has no effect on the water absorbtion. Loxanol OT 5840 Technical Datasheet | Supplied by BASF Loxanol OT 5840 by BASF is an aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compound. It is a coalescing agent. It is an open-time prolonger in liquid form. Prevents reduced cracking in resin-based plasters. Suitable for water-based system. Loxanol OT 5840 by BASF is recommended for use in plasters, exterior and elastic paints. Product Type Film Forming / Coalescing Agents Chemical Composition Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compound Physical Form Liquid Loxanol OT 5840 5853 1. 150 years150 years Loxanol OT 5840 5853 VOC-free open time prolonger for plasters with excellent cold storage stability Formulation Additives Dispersions & Pigments Division European Coatings Show 2015 2. 150 years Content 2  Loxanol OT 5840 5853 - VOC-free open time prolonger for plasters with excellent cold storage stability  EIFS – Basic definitions  Open time prolongers – Performance benefits  Open time prolongers – Portfolio  Loxanol OT 5840 5853 – Proven performance  Back-up Content 3. 150 years 3 1 Wärmedämmverbundsystem Exterior insulation finishing systems (EIFS / WDVS1) 4. 150 years Exterior insulation finishing systems (EIFS / WDVS1) 4 Wall Adhesive Plaster Reinforcement Styrofoam Paint 1 Wärmedämmverbundsystem Adhesive 5. 150 years  Rapid drying  Uneven surface structure  Cracks Construction application problems in summer 5 6. 150 years Construction application problems in summer Construction application problems in summer  The plaster is taken out of the bucket and spread on Styrofoam. Then it is equalized (structured) to form a homogeneous surface. On larger buildings, workers start applying the plaster on the highest level and work from (e.g.) left to right and top to bottom. There is always freshly applied plaster overlapping plaster that has been applied 30 min to 1 hour before. The overlapping zones do not look homogeneous if the plaster does not contain an open time prolonger. 6 7. 150 years Structured after several minutes of drying Immediately structured  For plasters without OTP: Appearance of plaster structure changes significantly depending on drying times before structuring 7 Construction application problems in summer Plaster without open time prolonger 8. 150 years Open time prolongers  Overcome the problems caused by drying too fast  Provide extension to open time  Reduce cracking  Help ease the application and improve structure development  Provide hydrophobizing as a side-effect Recommended dosage: 0.2% - 1.0% on the final product 8 Open time prolongers Performance benefits 9. 150 years Open time prolongers Portfolio New product name Old product name Description Solids (%) Viscosity (mPa.s) VOC content*(%) Loxanol OT 5840 5840 Loxanol DPN Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds 20 600 < 0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 Loxanol 842 DP-3 30 ~ 5,000 < 0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 5846 Loxanol OT 5840 DP-6 20 ~ 2,000 < 0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 5900 Loxanol P Oleochemical compound on silica carrier 45 (14% actives) powder < 0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 5853 (New) Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds 30 ~ 1,000 < 0.1 9 * Recommended for low-VOC paints and plasters. Measurements according to the ISO 11890-2 analytical method defined in the European Paints Directive 2004/42/EC. 10. 150 years Loxanol OT 5840 5853 Proven performance: Highlights Environmental aspects  VOC-free according to EU 2004/42 1 method  APEO free  Low odor  Designed for paints with eco-labels 2 Performance highlights  Improved cold storage stability  Improved handling  reduced product viscosity (~ 1,000 mPa.s) at high concentration level (30% active)  Minimization of pore building 1 VOC content < 0,1% acc. EU 2004/42 ( b.p. > 250°C) (750 ppm) 2 Suitable for achieving the European Ecolabel for “indoor paints and varnishes” 2009/544/EC and for “outdoor paints and varnishes” 2009/543/EC for the final plaster 10 11. 150 years Loxanol OT 5840 5853 Proven performance: Open time, pinholes and cracking  Relative rating of open time, pinholes formation and cracking vs. internal benchmark and alternative market product 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Open Time Pinholes Cracks Loxanol OT 5840 5853 shows excellent performance, slightly better than the alternative market product 5 = very good 1 = bad 12. 150 years Loxanol OT 5840 5853 Proven performance: Pinholes and cracking  Reduction of pinholes and crack formation 12 Without open time prolonger Loxanol OT 5840 5843 Loxanol OT 5840 5853 Alternative market product Loxanol OT 5840 shows as excellent performance as Loxanol OT 5840 5843 and better than the alternative market product 13. 150 years Loxanol OT 5840 5853 Proven performance: Cold storage stability  Improved cold storage stability 13 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 start 1.cycle 2.cycle 3.cycle 4.cycle 5.cycle 6.cycle 7.cycle 8.cycle OT 5840 Competitor OT 5853 Storage cycles: 1 cycle = 3 days 3°C -> RT 1 day -> 3 days 3°C Paste Viscosity (mPa.s) 14. 150 years BASF Solution Finder Tool for Formulation Additives 14  This tool provides you the best additive solution for your challenging formulation task : • From dispersing agents, wetting agents and surface modifiers, to defoamers, rheology modifiers and film-forming agents  Explore the BASF formulation additives portfolio for the paints and coatings industry, by : • Receiving recommendations for your formulation challenges • Understanding the main benefits of our products by application and get technical information • Ordering samples or contacting us for more detailed consultations Check out our Solution Finder Tool on Loxanol OT 5840 is an additive to prolong the ‘open time’ and workability of latex-based plasters for exterior insulation and finishing systems (EIFS) with high active content and improved storage stability. chemical nature Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds Properties physical form White viscous liquid shelf life Subject to appropriate storage under the usual storage and temperature conditions, our products are durable for at least 1 year. typical properties viscosity 1000 mPas (no supply specification) active ingredients ~ 30% density at 25 °C ~ 0.97 g/cm3 Solubility with water miscible Application Loxanol OT 5840 is a highly effective additive based on straight long chain alcohols. It prolongs the ‘open time’ and often provides elastification whereby cracks in plaster are avoided to a large extent. The extent to which the ‘open time’ may be prolonged by means of Loxanol OT 5840 depends largely on the type of polymer emulsion involved. Tests have shown that styrene acrylic emulsions require a higher dosage of Loxanol OT 5840 than vinyl acetate copolymers. Film-forming agents Film-forming agents Technical information, features and benefits Product name Description Solids (%) Viscosity (mpa s) VOC content (%) Recommended for low-voc paints* Coalescents Loxanol OT 5840 Dicarboxylic acid esters 100 ~6 <0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 Linear ester, based on renewable raw materials 100 ~5 <0.1 Open-time prolongers Loxanol OT 5840 Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds <0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds 30 ~5,000 <0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 Aqueous dispersion of oleochemical compounds 30 ~1,000 <0.1 Loxanol OT 5840 Oleochemical compounds 45 Powder <0.1 Plasticizers Loxanol OT 5840 Polypropylene glycol alkylphenylether 100 ~94 <0.1 Efka PL 5381 Epoxidized soy bean oil 100 ~550 <0.1 Efka PL 5382 Epoxidized soy bean oil 100 ~550 <0.1 Efka PL 5520 Butyl ester of a fatty acid mixture 100 ~8 <0.1 Efka PL 5590 Ester of an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid 100 ~13 <0.1 Efka PL 5635 Epoxidized linear ester 100 ~30 <0.2 Efka PL 5642 Dibutyl sebacate 100 ~10 <0.1 Efka PL 5643 Di-octyl adipate 100 ~15 <0.1 Efka PL ,2-cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid diisononyl ester 100 ~50 <0.1 Efka PL 5651 Bis(butylcarbitol) formal 100 ~100 <0.1 Efka PL 5688 Di-octyl sebacate 100 ~23 < All products except Loxanol OT 5840 comply with APEO-free claims. APEO has not been intentionally added. Product may comprise minor traces as ubiquitiously occuring impurities cannot be excluded.
LOXANOL OT 5843
Loxanol OT 5843 Loxanol OT 5843 (PEG; /ˌpɒliˈɛθəlˌiːn ˈɡlaɪˌkɒl, -ˌkɔːl/) is a polyether compound with many applications, from industrial manufacturing to medicine. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is also known as polyethylene oxide (PEO) or polyoxyethylene (POE), depending on its molecular weight. The structure of Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is commonly expressed as H−(O−CH2−CH2)n−OH. Medical uses Main article: Macrogol Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is the basis of a number of laxatives.[4] Whole bowel irrigation with Loxanol OT 5843 and added electrolytes is used for bowel preparation before surgery or colonoscopy. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is also used as an excipient in many pharmaceutical products. When attached to various protein medications, Loxanol OT 5843 allows a slowed clearance of the carried protein from the blood. The possibility that Loxanol OT 5843 PEG could be used to fuse axons is being explored by researchers studying peripheral nerve and spinal cord injury.[4] Chemical uses of Loxanol OT 5843 The remains of the 16th century carrack Mary Rose undergoing conservation treatment with Loxanol OT 5843 PEG in the 1980s Terra cotta warrior, showing traces of original color. Because Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is a hydrophilic molecule, it has been used to passivate microscope glass slides for avoiding non-specific sticking of proteins in single-molecule fluorescence studies.[6] Loxanol OT 5843 has a low toxicity and is used in a variety of products.[7] The polymer is used as a lubricating coating for various surfaces in aqueous and non-aqueous environments.[8] Since Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is a flexible, water-soluble polymer, it can be used to create very high osmotic pressures (on the order of tens of atmospheres). It also is unlikely to have specific interactions with biological chemicals. These properties make Loxanol OT 5843 PEG one of the most useful molecules for applying osmotic pressure in biochemistry and biomembranes experiments, in particular when using the osmotic stress technique. Loxanol OT 5843 is also commonly used as a polar stationary phase for gas chromatography, as well as a heat transfer fluid in electronic testers. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG has also been used to preserve objects that have been salvaged from underwater, as was the case with the warship Vasa in Stockholm,[9] and similar cases. It replaces water in wooden objects, making the wood dimensionally stable and preventing warping or shrinking of the wood when it dries.[4] In addition, Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is used when working with green wood as a stabilizer, and to prevent shrinkage.[10] Loxanol OT 5843 PEG has been used to preserve the painted colors on Terracotta Warriors unearthed at a UNESCO World Heritage site in China.[11] These painted artifacts were created during the Qin Shi Huang (first emperor of China) era. Within 15 seconds of the terra-cotta pieces being unearthed during excavations, the lacquer beneath the paint begins to curl after being exposed to the dry Xi'an air. The paint would subsequently flake off in about four minutes. The German Bavarian State Conservation Office developed a Loxanol OT 5843 PEG preservative that when immediately applied to unearthed artifacts has aided in preserving the colors painted on the pieces of clay soldiers.[12] Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is often used (as an internal calibration compound) in mass spectrometry experiments, with its characteristic fragmentation pattern allowing accurate and reproducible tuning. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG derivatives, such as narrow range ethoxylates, are used as surfactants. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG has been used as the hydrophilic block of amphiphilic block copolymers used to create some polymersomes. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG has also been used as a propellent on the UGM-133M Trident II Missile, in service with the United States Air Force.[14] Biological uses of Loxanol OT 5843 Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is commonly used as a crowding agent in in vitro assays to mimic highly crowded cellular conditions.[6] Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is commonly used as a precipitant for plasmid DNA isolation and protein crystallization. X-ray diffraction of protein crystals can reveal the atomic structure of the proteins. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is used to fuse two different types of cells, most often B-cells and myelomas in order to create hybridomas. César Milstein and Georges J. F. Köhler originated this technique, which they used for antibody production, winning a Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine in 1984.[4] Polymer segments derived from PEG polyols impart flexibility to polyurethanes for applications such as elastomeric fibers (spandex) and foam cushions. In microbiology, Loxanol OT 5843 PEG precipitation is used to concentrate viruses. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is also used to induce complete fusion (mixing of both inner and outer leaflets) in liposomes reconstituted in vitro. Gene therapy vectors (such as viruses) can be Loxanol OT 5843 PEG-coated to shield them from inactivation by the immune system and to de-target them from organs where they may build up and have a toxic effect.[15] The size of the Loxanol OT 5843 PEG polymer has been shown to be important, with larger polymers achieving the best immune protection. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is a component of stable nucleic acid lipid particles (SNALPs) used to package siRNA for use in vivo.[16][17] In blood banking, Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is used as a potentiator to enhance detection of antigens and antibodies.[4][18] When working with phenol in a laboratory situation, Loxanol OT 5843 PEG 300 can be used on phenol skin burns to deactivate any residual phenol (some references are required). In biophysics, Loxanol OT 5843 are the molecules of choice for the functioning ion channels diameter studies, because in aqueous solutions they have a spherical shape and can block ion channel conductance.[19][20] Commercial uses of Loxanol OT 5843 Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is the basis of many skin creams (as cetomacrogol) and personal lubricants (frequently combined with glycerin). Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is used in a number of toothpastes[4] as a dispersant. In this application, it binds water and helps keep xanthan gum uniformly distributed throughout the toothpaste. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is also under investigation for use in body armor, and in tattoos to monitor diabetes.[21][22] In low-molecular-weight formulations (e.g. PEG 400), it is used in Hewlett-Packard designjet printers as an ink solvent and lubricant for the print heads. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is also used as an anti-foaming agent in food and drinks[23] – its INS number is 1521[24] or E1521 in the EU.[25] Industrial uses of Loxanol OT 5843 A nitrate ester-plasticized Loxanol OT 5843 (NEPE-75) is used in Trident II submarine-launched ballistic missile solid rocket fuel.[26] Dimethyl ethers of Loxanol OT 5843 PEG are the key ingredient of Selexol, a solvent used by coal-burning, integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) power plants to remove carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide from the gas waste stream. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG has been used as the gate insulator in an electric double-layer transistor to induce superconductivity in an insulator.[27] Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is also used as a polymer host for solid polymer electrolytes. Although not yet in commercial production, many groups around the globe are engaged in research on solid polymer electrolytes involving PEG, with the aim of improving their properties, and in permitting their use in batteries, electro-chromic display systems, and other products in the future. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is injected into industrial processes to reduce foaming in separation equipment. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is used as a binder in the preparation of technical ceramics.[28] Recreational uses of Loxanol OT 5843 Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is used to extend the size and durability of very large soap bubbles. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is the main ingredient in many personal lubricants. Health effects of Loxanol OT 5843 Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is considered biologically inert and safe by the FDA. However, a growing body of evidence shows the existence of anti Loxanol OT 5843 PEG antibodies in approximately 72% of the population based on plasma samples from 1990–1999.[medical citation needed] The FDA has been asked to investigate the possible effects of Loxanol OT 5843 PEG in laxatives for children.[29] Due to its ubiquity in a multitude of products and the large percentage of the population with antibodies to Loxanol OT 5843 PEG, hypersensitive reactions to Loxanol OT 5843 PEG are an increasing concern.[medical citation needed] Allergy to Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is usually discovered after a person has been diagnosed with an allergy to an increasing number of seemingly unrelated products, including processed foods, cosmetics, drugs, and other substances that contain Loxanol OT 5843 PEG or were manufactured with Loxanol OT 5843 PEG. When Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is chemically attached to therapeutic molecules (such as protein drugs or nanoparticles), it can sometimes be antigenic, stimulating an anti-PEG antibody response in some patients. This effect has only been shown for a few of the many available PEGylated therapeutics, but it has significant effects on clinical outcomes of affected patients.[31] Other than these few instances where patients have anti-PEG immune responses, it is generally considered to be a safe component of drug formulations. Available forms and nomenclature of Loxanol OT 5843 Loxanol OT 5843 PEG, PEO, and POE refer to an oligomer or polymer of ethylene oxide. The three names are chemically synonymous, but historically Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is preferred in the biomedical field, whereas PEO is more prevalent in the field of polymer chemistry. Because different applications require different polymer chain lengths, Loxanol OT 5843 PEG has tended to refer to oligomers and polymers with a molecular mass below 20,000 g/mol, PEO to polymers with a molecular mass above 20,000 g/mol, and POE to a polymer of any molecular mass.[32] Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs are prepared by polymerization of ethylene oxide and are commercially available over a wide range of molecular weights from 300 g/mol to 10,000,000 g/mol.[33] Loxanol OT 5843 PEG and PEO are liquids or low-melting solids, depending on their molecular weights. While Loxanol OT 5843 PEG and PEO with different molecular weights find use in different applications, and have different physical properties (e.g. viscosity) due to chain length effects, their chemical properties are nearly identical. Different forms of Loxanol OT 5843 PEG are also available, depending on the initiator used for the polymerization process – the most common initiator is a monofunctional methyl ether Loxanol OT 5843 PEG, or methoxypoly(ethylene glycol), abbreviated mPEG. Lower-molecular-weight Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs are also available as purer oligomers, referred to as monodisperse, uniform, or discrete. Very high purity Loxanol OT 5843 PEG has recently been shown to be crystalline, allowing determination of a crystal structure by x-ray diffraction.[33] Since purification and separation of pure oligomers is difficult, the price for this type of quality is often 10–1000 fold that of polydisperse Loxanol OT 5843 PEG. Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs are also available with different geometries. Branched Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs have three to ten Loxanol OT 5843 PEG chains emanating from a central core group. Star Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs have 10 to 100 Loxanol OT 5843 PEG chains emanating from a central core group. Comb Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs have multiple Loxanol OT 5843 PEG chains normally grafted onto a polymer backbone. The numbers that are often included in the names of Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs indicate their average molecular weights (e.g. a PEG with n = 9 would have an average molecular weight of approximately 400 daltons, and would be labeled PEG 400.) Most Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs include molecules with a distribution of molecular weights (i.e. they are polydisperse). The size distribution can be characterized statistically by its weight average molecular weight (Mw) and its number average molecular weight (Mn), the ratio of which is called the polydispersity index (Mw/Mn). Mw and Mn can be measured by mass spectrometry. PEGylation is the act of covalently coupling a Loxanol OT 5843 PEG structure to another larger molecule, for example, a therapeutic protein, which is then referred to as a PEGylated protein. Loxanol OT 5843 PEGylated interferon alfa-2a or −2b are commonly used injectable treatments for hepatitis C infection. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is soluble in water, methanol, ethanol, acetonitrile, benzene, and dichloromethane, and is insoluble in diethyl ether and hexane. It is coupled to hydrophobic molecules to produce non-ionic surfactants. Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs potentially contain toxic impurities, such as ethylene oxide and 1,4-dioxane.[35] Ethylene Glycol and its ethers are nephrotoxic if applied to damaged skin. Polyethylene oxide (PEO, Mw 4 kDa) nanometric crystallites (4 nm) Loxanol OT 5843 Loxanol OT 5843 and related polymers (PEG phospholipid constructs) are often sonicated when used in biomedical applications. However, as reported by Murali et al., Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is very sensitive to sonolytic degradation and Loxanol OT 5843 PEG degradation products can be toxic to mammalian cells. It is, thus, imperative to assess potential Loxanol OT 5843 PEG degradation to ensure that the final material does not contain undocumented contaminants that can introduce artifacts into experimental results. Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs and methoxypolyethylene glycols are manufactured by Dow Chemical under the tradename Carbowax for industrial use, and Carbowax Sentry for food and pharmaceutical use. They vary in consistency from liquid to solid, depending on the molecular weight, as indicated by a number following the name. They are used commercially in numerous applications, including as surfactants, in foods, in cosmetics, in pharmaceutics, in biomedicine, as dispersing agents, as solvents, in ointments, in suppository bases, as tablet excipients, and as laxatives. Some specific groups are lauromacrogols, nonoxynols, octoxynols, and poloxamers. Macrogol, used as a laxative, is a form of Loxanol OT 5843. The name may be followed by a number which represents the average molecular weight (e.g. macrogol 3350, macrogol 4000 or macrogol 6000). Production of Loxanol OT 5843 Loxanol OT 5843 400, pharmaceutical quality Loxanol OT 5843 4000, pharmaceutical quality The production of Loxanol OT 5843 was first reported in 1859. Both A. V. Lourenço and Charles Adolphe Wurtz independently isolated products that were Loxanol OT 5843.[38] Loxanol OT 5843 is produced by the interaction of ethylene oxide with water, ethylene glycol, or ethylene glycol oligomers.[39] The reaction is catalyzed by acidic or basic catalysts. Ethylene glycol and its oligomers are preferable as a starting material instead of water, because they allow the creation of polymers with a low polydispersity (narrow molecular weight distribution). Polymer chain length depends on the ratio of reactants. HOCH2CH2OH + n(CH2CH2O) → HO(CH2CH2O)n+1H Depending on the catalyst type, the mechanism of polymerization can be cationic or anionic. The anionic mechanism is preferable because it allows one to obtain Loxanol OT 5843 PEG with a low polydispersity. Polymerization of ethylene oxide is an exothermic process. Overheating or contaminating ethylene oxide with catalysts such as alkalis or metal oxides can lead to runaway polymerization, which can end in an explosion after a few hours. Polyethylene oxide, or high-molecular weight Loxanol OT 5843, is synthesized by suspension polymerization. It is necessary to hold the growing polymer chain in solution in the course of the polycondensation process. The reaction is catalyzed by magnesium-, aluminium-, or calcium-organoelement compounds. To prevent coagulation of polymer chains from solution, chelating additives such as dimethylglyoxime are used. Alkaline catalysts such as sodium hydroxide (NaOH), potassium hydroxide (KOH), or sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) are used to prepare low-molecular-weight Loxanol OT 5843. What is Loxanol OT 5843? Loxanol OT 5843 Poly(ethylene glycol) is a synthetic, hydrophilic, biocompatible polymer with widespread use in biomedical and other applications. PEGs are synthesized using a ring-opening polymerization of ethylene oxide to produce a broad range of molecular weights and molecular weight distributions (polydispersity); however, discrete Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs are synthesized with a single, specific molecular weight. Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs can be synthesized in linear, branched, Y-shaped, or multi-arm geometries. Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs can be activated by the replacement of the terminal hydroxyl end group with a variety of reactive functional end groups enabling crosslinking and conjugation chemistries. How is Loxanol OT 5843 used? Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs are non-toxic, FDA-approved, generally nonimmunogenic, and are frequently used in many biomedical applications including bioconjugation,1 drug delivery,2,3 surface functionalization,4 and tissue engineering.5 Bioconjugation with PEG (also known as PEGylation) is the covalent conjugation of drug targets such as peptides, proteins, or oligonucleotides with Loxanol OT 5843 for the optimization of pharmacokinetic properties.6 In drug delivery, Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs can be used as linkers for antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs)7 or as a surface coating on nanoparticles to improve systemic drug delivery.6 Loxanol OT 5843 PEG hydrogels are water-swollen, three-dimensional, polymer networks resistant to protein adhesion and biodegradation. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG hydrogels are produced by crosslinking reactive Loxanol OT 5843 PEG end groups and are commonly used in tissue engineering and drug delivery. Loxanol OT 5843, polypropylene glycols (PPGs), and polytetramethylene glycol come under the class of polyethers and are used in pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, lubricants, inks, and surfactants. Flavobacterium sp. and Pseudomonas sp. together associate and mineralize Loxanol OT 5843 PEG completely under aerobic conditions. During degradation, Loxanol OT 5843 PEG molecules are reduced one glycol unit at a time after each oxidation cycle. Pelobacter venetianus was found to degrade Loxanol OT 5843 PEG and ethylene glycol under anaerobic conditions (Kawai, 1987). High molecular weight Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs (4,000 to 20,000) were degraded by Sphingomonas macrogoltabidus and S. terrae, while PPG was degraded by Corynebacterium sp. Loxanol OT 5843 is required for efficient transformation of both Saccha-romyces cerevisiae (Rech et al.. 1990) and Schizosaccharomyces pombe (Hood and Stachow, 1990, 1991). Earlier, Shillito et al., (1985) also found that Loxanol OT 5843 PEG can enhance the efficiency of gene transfer to plants. The effects of Loxanol OT 5843 PEG on transformation are complex. Hood and Stachow (1991) show that the addition of PEG not only extends the length of time the electroporated cells remain permeable but further increases their permeability. During incubation with Loxanol OT 5843 PEG, the pores created during electroporation also apparently grow in size. The combined effect of Loxanol OT 5843 PEG on the size of the pores and their lifetime may enhance the uptake of DNA and thus result in the observed sixfold improvement in transformation efficiency. A level of 30% PEG gives optimal levels of transformants per microgram of DNA. Heat shock, a nonelectrical method of transformation, also uses Loxanol OT 5843 PEG, but by another mechanism that probably facilitates DNA uptake without creating pores, and this may reflect a second mechanism occurring during electroporation. The PEG-coated fabrics gain not only absorbed and released heat, but also antibacterial properties.17,22 The PEG-treated fabric can inhibit the growth of gram-positive S. aureus and gram-negative E. coli and P. aeruginosa. The mechanism by which PEG-treated fabrics inhibit bacterial growth is being investigated by Vigo.17 It results from three factors. A slow release of formaldehyde from the DMDHEU cross-linking resin may have an antibacterial effect, as formaldehyde can be used as a disinfecting agent. The PEG may exhibit a form of surfactant behaviour, which also is known to reduce bacterial growth. A third explanation relates to the finish imparting thermal absorption and release properties. The temperature may reach beyond some microorganisms’ growth range, killing those species. A thermal active non-woven were produced by PEG-treated 100% polypropylene spun bonded-melt blown-spun bonded. The PEG-treated non-woven inhibited bacterial growth.21 The most probable effects that inhibit microbial growth may be attributable to the surfactant-like properties of the bond PEG, which disrupts cell membranes due to the dual hydrophilic-hydrophobic characteristics of the Loxanol OT 5843 PEG. This was reported in Vigo and Leonas’s recent work. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG or polyethylene oxide (PEO) has gained wide recognition as a biomaterial because of its high efficiency in resisting protein adsorption, weak immunogenicity, and good compatibility with living cells. Due to lack of mechanical properties, Loxanol OT 5843 PEG or PEO materials are generally attached to the surface of a material possessing suitable mechanical properties, such as a polyurethane. Both in vitro and in vivo experiments have shown that PEG-grafted surfaces have great potential for clinical applications in medical devices and implants.31,32 PEG-grafted polyurethanes have been shown to be effective for prevention of bacterial adhesion and subsequent infection,25 and also have exhibited significant reduction of platelet adhesion33,34 and heparin-like anticoagulant activity. Grafting Loxanol OT 5843 PEG onto polyurethane surfaces is generally performed by a two-step reaction that covalently binds PEG onto the urethane group through an allophanate linkage (Figure 9.2).36 Hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDI) is added to react with urethane bonds at the surface in the first step to functionalize the surface with isocyanate groups, and then the free isocyanate groups are utilized to bind PEG onto surfaces. The catalyst, such as trimethylamine,36,37 di-n-butyl tin dilaurate,25,38,39 stannous octoate,40 and stannous 2-ethylhexanoate,41 is necessary in allophanate reactions under lower reaction temperatures in the range of 40–60 °C where diisocyanate is used for activating the polyurethane surface, otherwise formation of allophanates from urethane and isocyanate groups generally does not occur below 100 °C. Such a reaction is relatively slow and easily controlled. After 60 min a maximum number of free NCO groups can be obtained and react with functional groups (e.g., single bondOH, single bondNH2, single bondSO3) in Loxanol OT 5843 PEG in the second step to graft the polymer onto the surface and obtain the different surface chemistries.25,36,39 Grafting PEG onto a polyurethane surface can also be performed by other techniques. Desai et al.42 used the surface physical interpenetrating networks technique to incorporate PEO and other water-soluble polymers into the surfaces of polyurethane and found PEO with a molecular weight of 18,500 g/mol having an optimal chain length to reduce protein adsorption and prevent protein-mediated biological interactions. Orban et al.43 reported a simple synthesis of PEG-grafted polyurethanes with the PEG grafts emanating from a secondary amine incorporated into the backbone of the polyurethane, and N-Boc-diethanolamine was used as chain extender. PEGs with different molecular weights were grafted onto the Boc-deprotected polyurethanes via chloroformate and the obtained grafted polymers exhibited very little platelet adhesion, although no data were reported about bacterial adhesion inhibition. The other type of PEG or PEO-modified polyurethane can be obtained by blending. Park et al.44 prepared PEO-based multiblock copolymer/segmented polyurethane blends as coating materials for urinary catheters. To prepare this coating material, a copolymer containing hydrophilic PEO and hydrophobic poly(polytetramethylene oxide) (PTMO) was first created by a polycondensation reaction in the presence of HMDI, and then the copolymer was blended with segmented polyurethane solution for coating on the urinary catheters. The copolymer additive increased the swellability of coating and adsorbed a significant amount of water. The bacterial adhesion study showed that there was an 85% decrease in adhesion of Staphylococcus epidermidis for blends compared to bare polyurethane. Polyethylene glycols Loxanol OT 5843 vary in molecular weight from ~200 to up to >1,000,000 Da. Their nature changes from liquids through semi-crystalline materials to resinous solids. Their general structure is H-[-O-CH2-CH2]nOH. The structure of Loxanol OT 5843 PEGs has been comprehensively reviewed by Craig [105] and clearly IR, Raman and NMR studies are fundamental to elucidating their structure. Thermal analysis does, however, play roles in examining the crystallinity and types of crystals present in the crystalline and semi-crystalline material. Undoubtedly, in the crystal lattice, PEGs are arranged as lamellae. The polymer chains exist as either extended or folded forms. The proportion of crystals in the folded or extended form is very much dependent on molecular weight. Buckley and Kovacs [113] showed that in PEG 6000 one- and two- folded crystals were apparent. In PEG 10000, one-, two-, three- and four-folded crystals were apparent. Thermal analysis, especially DSC may be used to resolve the structure. Scanning a sample of PEG, cooling and immediately rescanning, results in the production of unstable forms manifesting as a number of endotherm peaks or inflections on the DSC scan. Additionally on second scanning, the heats of fusion will be lower, indicative of an introduction of amorphousness, or less crystallinity, in the sample (Figure 23). For Loxanol OT 5843 PEG 4000, Kovacs and Buckley [113] found evidence for instability of the folded crystal form. As the scanning rate increased from 0.5°C min−1 to 8°C min−1, the melting endotherm for the unstable form increased since the lower rates allowed unfolding to occur during the heating process. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG-based hydrogels have been synthesised with degradable thioetherester links by mixing unsaturated PEG-acrylates with nucleophilic PEG-thiols. BSA was incorporated in the hydrogel prior to polymerisation, the cross-linking reaction being self-selective and therefore not involving the protein molecules. As the linkage is hydrolysed, the cross-linking density is reduced and release of albumin occurred. Release rates were modified by changing the degree of functionality of the PEG monomer. Zero-order release was obtained over a four-day period from the tetra-functional PEG-hydrogel. Degradable hydrogels were prepared by conjugate addition of PEG-multiacrylate to dithiothreitol in the presence of human growth hormone (hGH). It was necessary to precipitate hGH with linear Loxanol OT 5843 PEG or Zn2+ in order to protect the hormone during the polymerisation process. Precipitation of the hormone with Zn2+ also increased the stability in the hydrogel and delayed release by slowing the dissolution of the agent. Release was controlled by changing the MW and degree of functionality of the Loxanol OT 5843 PEG acrylate. Zero-order release kinetics were achieved in vitro (van de Wetering et al., 2005). Degradable hyaluronic acid (HA) hydrogels were synthesised by photopolymerisation of vinyl group modified HA in combination with a di-acryloyl PEG–poly(propylene glycol)–PEG tri-block copolymer (Pluronic) (Kim and Park, 2002). Pluronic copolymers are thermally responsive due to the formation of micelles at increased temperatures, and the hydrogel is therefore thermally responsive. The water uptake capacity continuously decreases with increasing temperature, indicating that the association of the Pluronic component occurs within the network and results in a reduction in water uptake capacity of the HA/Pluronic hydrogels. These hydrogels degrade due to the hydrolysis of an ester linkage present in the structural unit of the di-acryloyl Pluronic component. The erosion of the hydrogel occurrs much faster at higher temperatures; this is proposed to be due to the exposure of the ester linkage at higher temperatures, due to the micellisation of Pluronic. Release of recombinant human growth hormone (rhGh) was mainly dependent on the erosion of the hydrogel, and proceeded at a faster rate at 37°C than at 13°C. Aromatic azo bonds are cleaved in the colon by bacterial azoreductase. Therefore, cross-links composed of aromatic azo groups should degrade in this area of the gut. Hydrogels composed of hydroxyl ethyl methacrylate (HEMA) copolymerised with methacryloyloxy azobenzene were prepared (Shantha, 1995). The hydrogel was pH sensitive and did not swell in simulated gastric fluid (acidic), and drug release was minimal. Drug was released in simulated intestinal fluid in the absence and in the presence of azoreductase producing bacteria. The degree of swelling was higher and drug release increased compared to the acidic environment; however, without the bacteria present in the release media, drug release (5-FU) occurred from the surface only. In the presence of the enzyme, the cross-links were cleaved with a much greater rate of release. Zero-order release of 5-FU was achieved over a period of 4 hours from the degrading hydrogel. This hydrogel could therefore find an application in the oral delivery of sensitive drugs to the colon. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG has a vast number of applications in the medical industry, and the list continues to grow. Due to its non-toxicity and high solubility, it lends itself to many pharmaceutical and biomedical applications. To begin with, possibly the most common application of Loxanol OT 5843 PEG in the medical industry is its use in laxatives. Because PEG can apply osmotic pressure, it can draw water into the waste matter, providing a laxative effect. In a similar scenario, Loxanol OT 5843 PEG is often utilized during whole bowel irrigations to prepare the gastrointestinal tract for investigation or surgery. PEG is also used in many pharmaceutical creams, ointments, and medical solvents. Peptides, proteins, or oligonucleotides are used as drug targets for various illnesses. PEG can be used to bioconjugate itself to the target, by coupling itself with the target molecule to optimize the pharmacokinetic properties of drug treatment. PEG can be used as an inactive substance that acts as the vehicle for a drug. The process of drug delivery relies heavily on PEG because the compound can link together antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs). It can also be used to improve systematic drug delivery by adding it as a surface coating on nanoparticles. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG can also be used to slow the clearance of coated proteins from the blood in biomedicines. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG hydrogels are also used in drug delivery, as well as in tissue engineering. PEG hydrogels are polymer networks that are created by crosslinking reactive PEG end groups, resulting in gels that are resistant to protein biodegradation and adhesion. These properties are beneficial to tissue engineering and drug delivery. Loxanol OT 5843 PEG has many roles in the chemical industry, which also cross over into applications in other industries. Firstly, it is well known for its use as a binding and dispersing agent, as it can improve the separation of particles and prevent clumping. Also, as Loxanol OT 5843 PEG has hydrophilic properties, it has found a role in preventing the non-specific sticking of proteins in studies using single-molecule fluorescence. Also, because the compound is non-toxic and recognized as safe by the FDA, it has been able to be used in numerous coatings that enable lubrication in various scenarios. Applications in preservation have also found a use for Loxanol OT 5843 PEG, which is now employed to prevent and slow the damage and shrinkage of wood that has been submerged. It was used to preserve the Vasa warship in Stockholm, replacing the water trapped within the wood to prevent warping and shrinking.
LOXANOL PL 5812
LOXANOL PL 5812 (Polyethylene Glycol) Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) (PEG; /ˌpɒliˈɛθəlˌiːn ˈɡlaɪˌkɒl, -ˌkɔːl/) is a polyether compound with many applications, from industrial manufacturing to medicine. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is also known as polyethylene oxide (PEO) or polyoxyethylene (POE), depending on its molecular weight. The structure of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is commonly expressed as H−(O−CH2−CH2)n−OH. Medical uses Main article: Macrogol Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is the basis of a number of laxatives.[4] Whole bowel irrigation with Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) and added electrolytes is used for bowel preparation before surgery or colonoscopy. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is also used as an excipient in many pharmaceutical products. When attached to various protein medications, Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) allows a slowed clearance of the carried protein from the blood. The possibility that Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG could be used to fuse axons is being explored by researchers studying peripheral nerve and spinal cord injury.[4] Chemical uses of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) The remains of the 16th century carrack Mary Rose undergoing conservation treatment with Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG in the 1980s Terra cotta warrior, showing traces of original color. Because Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is a hydrophilic molecule, it has been used to passivate microscope glass slides for avoiding non-specific sticking of proteins in single-molecule fluorescence studies.[6] Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) has a low toxicity and is used in a variety of products.[7] The polymer is used as a lubricating coating for various surfaces in aqueous and non-aqueous environments.[8] Since Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is a flexible, water-soluble polymer, it can be used to create very high osmotic pressures (on the order of tens of atmospheres). It also is unlikely to have specific interactions with biological chemicals. These properties make Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG one of the most useful molecules for applying osmotic pressure in biochemistry and biomembranes experiments, in particular when using the osmotic stress technique. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) is also commonly used as a polar stationary phase for gas chromatography, as well as a heat transfer fluid in electronic testers. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG has also been used to preserve objects that have been salvaged from underwater, as was the case with the warship Vasa in Stockholm,[9] and similar cases. It replaces water in wooden objects, making the wood dimensionally stable and preventing warping or shrinking of the wood when it dries.[4] In addition, Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is used when working with green wood as a stabilizer, and to prevent shrinkage.[10] Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG has been used to preserve the painted colors on Terracotta Warriors unearthed at a UNESCO World Heritage site in China.[11] These painted artifacts were created during the Qin Shi Huang (first emperor of China) era. Within 15 seconds of the terra-cotta pieces being unearthed during excavations, the lacquer beneath the paint begins to curl after being exposed to the dry Xi'an air. The paint would subsequently flake off in about four minutes. The German Bavarian State Conservation Office developed a Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG preservative that when immediately applied to unearthed artifacts has aided in preserving the colors painted on the pieces of clay soldiers.[12] Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is often used (as an internal calibration compound) in mass spectrometry experiments, with its characteristic fragmentation pattern allowing accurate and reproducible tuning. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG derivatives, such as narrow range ethoxylates, are used as surfactants. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG has been used as the hydrophilic block of amphiphilic block copolymers used to create some polymersomes. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG has also been used as a propellent on the UGM-133M Trident II Missile, in service with the United States Air Force.[14] Biological uses of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is commonly used as a crowding agent in in vitro assays to mimic highly crowded cellular conditions.[6] Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is commonly used as a precipitant for plasmid DNA isolation and protein crystallization. X-ray diffraction of protein crystals can reveal the atomic structure of the proteins. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is used to fuse two different types of cells, most often B-cells and myelomas in order to create hybridomas. César Milstein and Georges J. F. Köhler originated this technique, which they used for antibody production, winning a Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine in 1984.[4] Polymer segments derived from PEG polyols impart flexibility to polyurethanes for applications such as elastomeric fibers (spandex) and foam cushions. In microbiology, Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG precipitation is used to concentrate viruses. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is also used to induce complete fusion (mixing of both inner and outer leaflets) in liposomes reconstituted in vitro. Gene therapy vectors (such as viruses) can be Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG-coated to shield them from inactivation by the immune system and to de-target them from organs where they may build up and have a toxic effect.[15] The size of the Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG polymer has been shown to be important, with larger polymers achieving the best immune protection. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is a component of stable nucleic acid lipid particles (SNALPs) used to package siRNA for use in vivo.[16][17] In blood banking, Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is used as a potentiator to enhance detection of antigens and antibodies.[4][18] When working with phenol in a laboratory situation, Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG 300 can be used on phenol skin burns to deactivate any residual phenol (some references are required). In biophysics, Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) are the molecules of choice for the functioning ion channels diameter studies, because in aqueous solutions they have a spherical shape and can block ion channel conductance.[19][20] Commercial uses of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is the basis of many skin creams (as cetomacrogol) and personal lubricants (frequently combined with glycerin). Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is used in a number of toothpastes[4] as a dispersant. In this application, it binds water and helps keep xanthan gum uniformly distributed throughout the toothpaste. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is also under investigation for use in body armor, and in tattoos to monitor diabetes.[21][22] In low-molecular-weight formulations (e.g. PEG 400), it is used in Hewlett-Packard designjet printers as an ink solvent and lubricant for the print heads. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is also used as an anti-foaming agent in food and drinks[23] – its INS number is 1521[24] or E1521 in the EU.[25] Industrial uses of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) A nitrate ester-plasticized Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) (NEPE-75) is used in Trident II submarine-launched ballistic missile solid rocket fuel.[26] Dimethyl ethers of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG are the key ingredient of Selexol, a solvent used by coal-burning, integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) power plants to remove carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide from the gas waste stream. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG has been used as the gate insulator in an electric double-layer transistor to induce superconductivity in an insulator.[27] Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is also used as a polymer host for solid polymer electrolytes. Although not yet in commercial production, many groups around the globe are engaged in research on solid polymer electrolytes involving PEG, with the aim of improving their properties, and in permitting their use in batteries, electro-chromic display systems, and other products in the future. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is injected into industrial processes to reduce foaming in separation equipment. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is used as a binder in the preparation of technical ceramics.[28] Recreational uses of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is used to extend the size and durability of very large soap bubbles. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is the main ingredient in many personal lubricants. Health effects of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is considered biologically inert and safe by the FDA. However, a growing body of evidence shows the existence of anti Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG antibodies in approximately 72% of the population based on plasma samples from 1990–1999.[medical citation needed] The FDA has been asked to investigate the possible effects of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG in laxatives for children.[29] Due to its ubiquity in a multitude of products and the large percentage of the population with antibodies to Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG, hypersensitive reactions to Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG are an increasing concern.[medical citation needed] Allergy to Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is usually discovered after a person has been diagnosed with an allergy to an increasing number of seemingly unrelated products, including processed foods, cosmetics, drugs, and other substances that contain Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG or were manufactured with Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG. When Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is chemically attached to therapeutic molecules (such as protein drugs or nanoparticles), it can sometimes be antigenic, stimulating an anti-PEG antibody response in some patients. This effect has only been shown for a few of the many available PEGylated therapeutics, but it has significant effects on clinical outcomes of affected patients.[31] Other than these few instances where patients have anti-PEG immune responses, it is generally considered to be a safe component of drug formulations. Available forms and nomenclature of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG, PEO, and POE refer to an oligomer or polymer of ethylene oxide. The three names are chemically synonymous, but historically Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is preferred in the biomedical field, whereas PEO is more prevalent in the field of polymer chemistry. Because different applications require different polymer chain lengths, Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG has tended to refer to oligomers and polymers with a molecular mass below 20,000 g/mol, PEO to polymers with a molecular mass above 20,000 g/mol, and POE to a polymer of any molecular mass.[32] Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs are prepared by polymerization of ethylene oxide and are commercially available over a wide range of molecular weights from 300 g/mol to 10,000,000 g/mol.[33] Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG and PEO are liquids or low-melting solids, depending on their molecular weights. While Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG and PEO with different molecular weights find use in different applications, and have different physical properties (e.g. viscosity) due to chain length effects, their chemical properties are nearly identical. Different forms of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG are also available, depending on the initiator used for the polymerization process – the most common initiator is a monofunctional methyl ether Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG, or methoxypoly(ethylene glycol), abbreviated mPEG. Lower-molecular-weight Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs are also available as purer oligomers, referred to as monodisperse, uniform, or discrete. Very high purity Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG has recently been shown to be crystalline, allowing determination of a crystal structure by x-ray diffraction.[33] Since purification and separation of pure oligomers is difficult, the price for this type of quality is often 10–1000 fold that of polydisperse Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs are also available with different geometries. Branched Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs have three to ten Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG chains emanating from a central core group. Star Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs have 10 to 100 Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG chains emanating from a central core group. Comb Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs have multiple Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG chains normally grafted onto a polymer backbone. The numbers that are often included in the names of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs indicate their average molecular weights (e.g. a PEG with n = 9 would have an average molecular weight of approximately 400 daltons, and would be labeled PEG 400.) Most Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs include molecules with a distribution of molecular weights (i.e. they are polydisperse). The size distribution can be characterized statistically by its weight average molecular weight (Mw) and its number average molecular weight (Mn), the ratio of which is called the polydispersity index (Mw/Mn). Mw and Mn can be measured by mass spectrometry. PEGylation is the act of covalently coupling a Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG structure to another larger molecule, for example, a therapeutic protein, which is then referred to as a PEGylated protein. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGylated interferon alfa-2a or −2b are commonly used injectable treatments for hepatitis C infection. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is soluble in water, methanol, ethanol, acetonitrile, benzene, and dichloromethane, and is insoluble in diethyl ether and hexane. It is coupled to hydrophobic molecules to produce non-ionic surfactants. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs potentially contain toxic impurities, such as ethylene oxide and 1,4-dioxane.[35] Ethylene Glycol and its ethers are nephrotoxic if applied to damaged skin. Polyethylene oxide (PEO, Mw 4 kDa) nanometric crystallites (4 nm) Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) (PEG) and related polymers (PEG phospholipid constructs) are often sonicated when used in biomedical applications. However, as reported by Murali et al., Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG is very sensitive to sonolytic degradation and Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG degradation products can be toxic to mammalian cells. It is, thus, imperative to assess potential Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG degradation to ensure that the final material does not contain undocumented contaminants that can introduce artifacts into experimental results.[37] Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs and methoxypolyethylene glycols are manufactured by Dow Chemical under the tradename Carbowax for industrial use, and Carbowax Sentry for food and pharmaceutical use. They vary in consistency from liquid to solid, depending on the molecular weight, as indicated by a number following the name. They are used commercially in numerous applications, including as surfactants, in foods, in cosmetics, in pharmaceutics, in biomedicine, as dispersing agents, as solvents, in ointments, in suppository bases, as tablet excipients, and as laxatives. Some specific groups are lauromacrogols, nonoxynols, octoxynols, and poloxamers. Macrogol, used as a laxative, is a form of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812). The name may be followed by a number which represents the average molecular weight (e.g. macrogol 3350, macrogol 4000 or macrogol 6000). Production of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) 400, pharmaceutical quality Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) 4000, pharmaceutical quality The production of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) was first reported in 1859. Both A. V. Lourenço and Charles Adolphe Wurtz independently isolated products that were Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812).[38] Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) is produced by the interaction of ethylene oxide with water, ethylene glycol, or ethylene glycol oligomers.[39] The reaction is catalyzed by acidic or basic catalysts. Ethylene glycol and its oligomers are preferable as a starting material instead of water, because they allow the creation of polymers with a low polydispersity (narrow molecular weight distribution). Polymer chain length depends on the ratio of reactants. HOCH2CH2OH + n(CH2CH2O) → HO(CH2CH2O)n+1H Depending on the catalyst type, the mechanism of polymerization can be cationic or anionic. The anionic mechanism is preferable because it allows one to obtain Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG with a low polydispersity. Polymerization of ethylene oxide is an exothermic process. Overheating or contaminating ethylene oxide with catalysts such as alkalis or metal oxides can lead to runaway polymerization, which can end in an explosion after a few hours. Polyethylene oxide, or high-molecular weight Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812), is synthesized by suspension polymerization. It is necessary to hold the growing polymer chain in solution in the course of the polycondensation process. The reaction is catalyzed by magnesium-, aluminium-, or calcium-organoelement compounds. To prevent coagulation of polymer chains from solution, chelating additives such as dimethylglyoxime are used. Alkaline catalysts such as sodium hydroxide (NaOH), potassium hydroxide (KOH), or sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) are used to prepare low-molecular-weight Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812). What is Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812)? Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) (PEG) Poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) is a synthetic, hydrophilic, biocompatible polymer with widespread use in biomedical and other applications. PEGs are synthesized using a ring-opening polymerization of ethylene oxide to produce a broad range of molecular weights and molecular weight distributions (polydispersity); however, discrete Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs are synthesized with a single, specific molecular weight. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs can be synthesized in linear, branched, Y-shaped, or multi-arm geometries. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs can be activated by the replacement of the terminal hydroxyl end group with a variety of reactive functional end groups enabling crosslinking and conjugation chemistries. How is Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) used? Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs are non-toxic, FDA-approved, generally nonimmunogenic, and are frequently used in many biomedical applications including bioconjugation,1 drug delivery,2,3 surface functionalization,4 and tissue engineering.5 Bioconjugation with PEG (also known as PEGylation) is the covalent conjugation of drug targets such as peptides, proteins, or oligonucleotides with Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) for the optimization of pharmacokinetic properties.6 In drug delivery, Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs can be used as linkers for antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs)7 or as a surface coating on nanoparticles to improve systemic drug delivery.6 Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG hydrogels are water-swollen, three-dimensional, polymer networks resistant to protein adhesion and biodegradation. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG hydrogels are produced by crosslinking reactive Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG end groups and are commonly used in tissue engineering and drug delivery. Polyethers (PE) Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) (PEGs), polypropylene glycols (PPGs), and polytetramethylene glycol come under the class of polyethers and are used in pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, lubricants, inks, and surfactants. Flavobacterium sp. and Pseudomonas sp. together associate and mineralize Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG completely under aerobic conditions. During degradation, Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG molecules are reduced one glycol unit at a time after each oxidation cycle. Pelobacter venetianus was found to degrade Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG and ethylene glycol under anaerobic conditions (Kawai, 1987). High molecular weight Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs (4,000 to 20,000) were degraded by Sphingomonas macrogoltabidus and S. terrae, while PPG was degraded by Corynebacterium sp. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) (PEG) is required for efficient transformation of both Saccha-romyces cerevisiae (Rech et al.. 1990) and Schizosaccharomyces pombe (Hood and Stachow, 1990, 1991). Earlier, Shillito et al., (1985) also found that Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG can enhance the efficiency of gene transfer to plants. The effects of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG on transformation are complex. Hood and Stachow (1991) show that the addition of PEG not only extends the length of time the electroporated cells remain permeable but further increases their permeability. During incubation with Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG, the pores created during electroporation also apparently grow in size. The combined effect of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG on the size of the pores and their lifetime may enhance the uptake of DNA and thus result in the observed sixfold improvement in transformation efficiency. A level of 30% PEG gives optimal levels of transformants per microgram of DNA. Heat shock, a nonelectrical method of transformation, also uses Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG, but by another mechanism that probably facilitates DNA uptake without creating pores, and this may reflect a second mechanism occurring during electroporation. The PEG-coated fabrics gain not only absorbed and released heat, but also antibacterial properties.17,22 The PEG-treated fabric can inhibit the growth of gram-positive S. aureus and gram-negative E. coli and P. aeruginosa. The mechanism by which PEG-treated fabrics inhibit bacterial growth is being investigated by Vigo.17 It results from three factors. A slow release of formaldehyde from the DMDHEU cross-linking resin may have an antibacterial effect, as formaldehyde can be used as a disinfecting agent. The PEG may exhibit a form of surfactant behaviour, which also is known to reduce bacterial growth. A third explanation relates to the finish imparting thermal absorption and release properties. The temperature may reach beyond some microorganisms’ growth range, killing those species. A thermal active non-woven were produced by PEG-treated 100% polypropylene spun bonded-melt blown-spun bonded. The PEG-treated non-woven inhibited bacterial growth.21 The most probable effects that inhibit microbial growth may be attributable to the surfactant-like properties of the bond PEG, which disrupts cell membranes due to the dual hydrophilic-hydrophobic characteristics of the Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG. This was reported in Vigo and Leonas’s recent work. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG or polyethylene oxide (PEO) has gained wide recognition as a biomaterial because of its high efficiency in resisting protein adsorption, weak immunogenicity, and good compatibility with living cells. Due to lack of mechanical properties, Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG or PEO materials are generally attached to the surface of a material possessing suitable mechanical properties, such as a polyurethane. Both in vitro and in vivo experiments have shown that PEG-grafted surfaces have great potential for clinical applications in medical devices and implants.31,32 PEG-grafted polyurethanes have been shown to be effective for prevention of bacterial adhesion and subsequent infection,25 and also have exhibited significant reduction of platelet adhesion33,34 and heparin-like anticoagulant activity.35 Grafting Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG onto polyurethane surfaces is generally performed by a two-step reaction that covalently binds PEG onto the urethane group through an allophanate linkage (Figure 9.2).36 Hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDI) is added to react with urethane bonds at the surface in the first step to functionalize the surface with isocyanate groups, and then the free isocyanate groups are utilized to bind PEG onto surfaces. The catalyst, such as trimethylamine,36,37 di-n-butyl tin dilaurate,25,38,39 stannous octoate,40 and stannous 2-ethylhexanoate,41 is necessary in allophanate reactions under lower reaction temperatures in the range of 40–60 °C where diisocyanate is used for activating the polyurethane surface, otherwise formation of allophanates from urethane and isocyanate groups generally does not occur below 100 °C. Such a reaction is relatively slow and easily controlled. After 60 min a maximum number of free NCO groups can be obtained and react with functional groups (e.g., single bondOH, single bondNH2, single bondSO3) in Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG in the second step to graft the polymer onto the surface and obtain the different surface chemistries.25,36,39 Grafting PEG onto a polyurethane surface can also be performed by other techniques. Desai et al.42 used the surface physical interpenetrating networks technique to incorporate PEO and other water-soluble polymers into the surfaces of polyurethane and found PEO with a molecular weight of 18,500 g/mol having an optimal chain length to reduce protein adsorption and prevent protein-mediated biological interactions. Orban et al.43 reported a simple synthesis of PEG-grafted polyurethanes with the PEG grafts emanating from a secondary amine incorporated into the backbone of the polyurethane, and N-Boc-diethanolamine was used as chain extender. PEGs with different molecular weights were grafted onto the Boc-deprotected polyurethanes via chloroformate and the obtained grafted polymers exhibited very little platelet adhesion, although no data were reported about bacterial adhesion inhibition. The other type of PEG or PEO-modified polyurethane can be obtained by blending. Park et al.44 prepared PEO-based multiblock copolymer/segmented polyurethane blends as coating materials for urinary catheters. To prepare this coating material, a copolymer containing hydrophilic PEO and hydrophobic poly(polytetramethylene oxide) (PTMO) was first created by a polycondensation reaction in the presence of HMDI, and then the copolymer was blended with segmented polyurethane solution for coating on the urinary catheters. The copolymer additive increased the swellability of coating and adsorbed a significant amount of water. The bacterial adhesion study showed that there was an 85% decrease in adhesion of Staphylococcus epidermidis for blends compared to bare polyurethane. Polyethylene glycols Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) vary in molecular weight from ~200 to up to >1,000,000 Da. Their nature changes from liquids through semi-crystalline materials to resinous solids. Their general structure is H-[-O-CH2-CH2]nOH. The structure of Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEGs has been comprehensively reviewed by Craig [105] and clearly IR, Raman and NMR studies are fundamental to elucidating their structure. Thermal analysis does, however, play roles in examining the crystallinity and types of crystals present in the crystalline and semi-crystalline material. Undoubtedly, in the crystal lattice, PEGs are arranged as lamellae. The polymer chains exist as either extended or folded forms. The proportion of crystals in the folded or extended form is very much dependent on molecular weight. Buckley and Kovacs [113] showed that in PEG 6000 one- and two- folded crystals were apparent. In PEG 10000, one-, two-, three- and four-folded crystals were apparent. Thermal analysis, especially DSC may be used to resolve the structure. Scanning a sample of PEG, cooling and immediately rescanning, results in the production of unstable forms manifesting as a number of endotherm peaks or inflections on the DSC scan. Additionally on second scanning, the heats of fusion will be lower, indicative of an introduction of amorphousness, or less crystallinity, in the sample (Figure 23). For Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG 4000, Kovacs and Buckley [113] found evidence for instability of the folded crystal form. As the scanning rate increased from 0.5°C min−1 to 8°C min−1, the melting endotherm for the unstable form increased since the lower rates allowed unfolding to occur during the heating process. Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG-based hydrogels have been synthesised with degradable thioetherester links by mixing unsaturated PEG-acrylates with nucleophilic PEG-thiols. BSA was incorporated in the hydrogel prior to polymerisation, the cross-linking reaction being self-selective and therefore not involving the protein molecules. As the linkage is hydrolysed, the cross-linking density is reduced and release of albumin occurred. Release rates were modified by changing the degree of functionality of the PEG monomer. Zero-order release was obtained over a four-day period from the tetra-functional PEG-hydrogel. Degradable hydrogels were prepared by conjugate addition of PEG-multiacrylate to dithiothreitol in the presence of human growth hormone (hGH). It was necessary to precipitate hGH with linear Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG or Zn2+ in order to protect the hormone during the polymerisation process. Precipitation of the hormone with Zn2+ also increased the stability in the hydrogel and delayed release by slowing the dissolution of the agent. Release was controlled by changing the MW and degree of functionality of the Polyethylene glycol (LOXANOL PL 5812) PEG acrylate. Zero-order release kinetics were achieved in vitro (van de Wetering et al., 2005). Degradable hyaluronic acid (HA) hydrogels were synthesised by photopolymerisation of vinyl group modified HA in combination with a di-acryloyl PEG–poly(propylene glycol)–PEG tri-block copolymer (Pluronic) (Kim and Park, 2002). Pluronic copolymers are thermally responsive due to the formation of micelles at increased temperatures, and the hydrogel is therefore thermally responsive. The water uptake capacity continuously decreases with increasing temperature, indicating that the association of the Pluronic component occurs within the network and results in a reduction in water uptake capacity of the HA/Pluronic hydrogels. These hydrogels degrade due to the hydrolysis of an ester linkage present in the structural unit of the di-acryloyl Pluronic component. The erosion of the hydrogel occurrs much faster at higher temperatures; this is proposed to be due to the exposure of the ester linkage at higher temperatures, due to the micellisation of Pluronic. Release of recombinant human growth hormone (rhGh) was mainly dependent on the erosion of the hydrogel, and proceeded at a faster rate at 37°C than at 13°C. Aromatic azo bonds are cleaved in the colon by bacterial azoreductase. Therefore, cross-links composed of aromatic azo groups should degrade in this area of the gut. Hydrogels composed of hydroxyl ethyl methacrylate (HEMA) copolymerised with methacryloyloxy azobenzene were prepared (Shantha, 1995). The hydrogel was pH sensitive and did not swell in simulated gastric fluid (acidic), and drug release was minimal. Drug was released in simulated intestinal fluid in the absence and in the presence of azoreductase producing bacteria. The degree of swelling was higher and drug release increased compared to the acidic environment; however, without the bacteria present in the release media, drug release (5-FU) occurred from the surface only. In the presence of the enzyme, the cross-links were cleaved with a much greater rate of release. Zero-order release of 5-FU was achieved over a period of 4 h
L-Phenylalanine
SYNONYMS S)-(-)-Phenylalanine; (S)-Phenylalanine; Phenylalanine; L-(-)-Phenylalanine; L-Phenylalanine; 2-Amino-3-phenylpropanoic acid; beta-phenylalanine; alpha-aminohydrocinnamic acid; L-beta-phenylalanine; alpha-amino-beta-phenylpropionic acid; 3-phenylalanine; phenyl-alpha-alanine; (S)-alpha-aminobenzenepropanoic acid; L-2-Amino-3-phenylpropionic acid; phenyl-L-alanine; CAS NO:63-91-2
L-Proline
SYNONYMS H-Pro-OH; 2-Pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid; L-(-)-proline; P; Pro; Proline; (S)-proline; (S)-(-)-Proline; (S)-(-)-Proline; (S)-Pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid CAS NO:147-85-3
L-TARTARIC ACID
L-Tartaric Acid is a tartaric acid.
L-Tartaric Acid is a conjugate acid of a L-tartrate(1-).
L-Tartaric Acid is an enantiomer of a D-tartaric acid.


CAS NUMBER: 87-69-4

EC NUMBER: 201-766-0

MOLECULAR FORMULA: COOH(CHOH)2COOH

MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 150.09 g/mol

IUPAC NAME: (2R,3R)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid




L-Tartaric Acid is a white crystalline organic acid
L-Tartaric Acid occurs naturally in many plants, most notably in grapes.

L-Tartaric Acid is an alpha-hydroxy-carboxylic acid
L-Tartaric Acid is diprotic and aldaric in acid characteristics

L-Tartaric Acid is a dihydroxyl derivative of succinic acid.
L-Tartaric Acid is a metabolite found in or produced by Escherichia coli

L-Tartaric Acid is a white, crystalline organic acid that occurs naturally in many fruits, most notably in grapes, but also in bananas, tamarinds, and citrus.
L-Tartaric Acid's salt, potassium bitartrate, commonly known as cream of tartar, develops naturally in the process of fermentation.

L-Tartaric Acid is commonly mixed with sodium bicarbonate
L-Tartaric Acid is sold as baking powder used as a leavening agent in food preparation.

The acid itself is added to foods as an antioxidant E334 and to impart its distinctive sour taste.
Naturally occurring tartaric acid is a useful raw material in organic chemical synthesis.

History of L-Tartaric Acid:
L-Tartaric Acid has been known to winemakers for centuries.
However, the chemical process for extraction was developed in 1769 by the Swedish chemist Carl Wilhelm Scheele.
L-Tartaric Acid played an important role in the discovery of chemical chirality.
This property of L-Tartaric Acid was first observed in 1832 by Jean Baptiste Biot, who observed its ability to rotate polarized light
Louis Pasteur continued this research in 1847 by investigating the shapes of sodium ammonium tartrate crystals, which he found to be chiral.
By manually sorting the differently shaped crystals, Pasteur was the first to produce a pure sample of levotartaric acid


Production
L-(+)-Tartaric Acid:
The L-Tartaric Acid isomer of tartaric acid is industrially produced in the largest amounts.
It is obtained from lees, a solid byproduct of fermentations.
The former byproducts mostly consist of potassium bitartrate (KHC4H4O6).
This potassium salt is converted to calcium tartrate (CaC4H4O6) upon treatment with calcium hydroxide "milk of lime" (Ca(OH)2):

KH(C4H4O6)+Ca(OH)2⟶Ca(C4H4O6)+KOH+H2O

In practice, higher yields of calcium tartrate are obtained with the addition of calcium chloride.
Calcium tartrate is then converted to tartaric acid by treating the salt with aqueous sulfuric acid:

Ca(C4H4O6)+H2SO4⟶H2(C4H4O6)+CaSO4


Applications
L-Tartaric Acid and its derivatives have a plethora of uses in the field of pharmaceuticals.
For example, it has been used in the production of effervescent salts, in combination with citric acid, to improve the taste of oral medications
The potassium antimonyl derivative of the acid known as tartar emetic is included, in small doses, in cough syrup as an expectorant.

L-Tartaric Acid also has several applications for industrial use.
The acid has been observed to chelate metal ions such as calcium and magnesium.
Therefore, the acid has served in the farming and metal industries as a chelating agent for complexing micronutrients in soil fertilizer and for cleaning metal surfaces consisting of aluminium, copper, iron, and alloys of these metals, respectively.

L-Tartaric Acid, or "natural" tartaric acid, is abundant in nature, especially in fruits.
L-Tartaric Acid's primary commercial source is as a byproduct of the wine industry.

L-Tartaric Acid is used as an additive in many foods, such as soft drinks, bakery products, and candies.
Industrial uses include tanning, ceramics manufacture, and the production of tartrate esters for lacquers and textile printing.

L-Tartaric Acid is an endogenous metabolite.
L-Tartaric Acid is the primary nonfermentable soluble acid in grapes and the principal acid in wine.

L-Tartaric Acid can be used as a flavorant
L-Tartaric Acid also used as an antioxidant for a range of foods and beverages.

L-Tartaric Acid is widely utilized in pharmaceutical industries.
L-Tartaric Acid is used in soft drinks, confectionaries, food products, gelatin desserts and as a buffering agent.

L-Tartaric Acid forms a compound, TiCl2(O-i-Pr)2 with Diels-Alder catalyst and acta as a chelate agent in metal industries.
Owing to its efficient chelating property towards metal ions, it is used in farming and metal industries for complexing micronutrients and for cleaning metal surfaces, respectively.

L-Tartaric Acid is a white crystalline dicarboxylic acid found in many plants, particularly tamarinds and grapes.
L-Tartaric Acid is used to generate carbon dioxide through interaction with sodium bicarbonate following oral administration.

L-Tartaric Acid provides antioxidant properties and contributes to the sour taste within these products.
In the soft drink industry, confectionery products, bakery products, gelatin desserts, as an acidulant.


PHYSICAL PROPERTIES:

-Molecular Weight: 150.09 g/mol

-XLogP3-AA: -1.9

-Exact Mass: 150.01643791 g/mol

-Monoisotopic Mass: 150.01643791 g/mol

-Topological Polar Surface Area: 115Ų

-Physical Description: white crystalline powder

-Melting Point: 169 °C

-Flash Point: 210 °C

-Solubility: 582 mg/mL

-Density: 1.79

-Vapor Pressure: 0.00000015 mmHg

-Autoignition Temperature: 425 °C

-Chemical Classes: Other Classes -> Organic Acids


Carbon dioxide extends the stomach and provides a negative contrast medium during double contrast radiography.
L-Tartaric Acid occurs as colorless monoclinic crystals, or a white or almost white crystalline powder.

L-Tartaric Acid is odorless, with an extremely tart taste.
L-Tartaric Acid is a naturally occurring chemical compound found in berries, grapes and various wines.


CHEMICAL PROPERTIES:

-Hydrogen Bond Donor Count: 4

-Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 6

-Rotatable Bond Count: 3

-Heavy Atom Count: 10

-Formal Charge: 0

-Complexity: 134

-Isotope Atom Count: 0

-Defined Atom Stereocenter Count: 2

-Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0

-Defined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0

-Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0

-Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 1

-Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes



In photography, tanning, ceramics, manufacture of tartrates.
The common commercial esters are the diethyl and dibutyl derivatives used for lacquers and in textile printing.

L-Tartaric Acid is used as a buffering agent
L-Tartaric Acid is widely utilized in pharmaceutical industries.

L-Tartaric Acid is used in soft drinks, confectionaries, food products, gelatin desserts and as a buffering agent.
L-Tartaric Acid forms a compound, TiCl2(O-i-Pr)2 with Diels-Alder catalyst and acta as a chelate agent in metal industries.

Owing to its efficient chelating property towards metal ions, L-Tartaric Acid is used in farming and metal industries for complexing micronutrients and for cleaning metal surfaces, respectively.
L-Tartaric Acid is used in beverages, confectionery, food products, and pharmaceutical formulations as an acidulant.

It may also be used as a sequestering agent and as an antioxidant synergist.
In pharmaceutical formulations, L-Tartaric Acid is widely used in combination with bicarbonates, as the acid component of effervescent granules, powders, and tablets.
L-Tartaric Acid is also used to form molecular compounds (salts and cocrystals) with active pharmaceutical ingredients to improve physicochemical properties such as dissolution rate and solubility.

L-Tartaric Acid is a tartaric acid.
L-Tartaric Acid is a conjugate acid of a L-tartrate(1-).

L-Tartaric Acid is an enantiomer of a D-tartaric acid.
L-Tartaric Acid is a chiral compound that is used in the synthesis of enantiopure compounds.

L-Tartaric Acid is a racemic mixture of two diastereoisomers, which means it has an asymmetric carbon atom.
The two diastereoisomers can be separated using high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).

L-Tartaric Acid is used to produce β-amino acids from α-amino acids, and also as a chiral auxiliary for organic synthesis.
L-Tartaric Acid can also be obtained by hydrolysis of malonic acid with hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.


SYNONYMS:

(+)-L-Tartaric acid
(+)-Tartaric acid
87-69-4
L-(+)-Tartaric acid
L-Tartaric acid
L(+)-Tartaric acid
tartaric acid
(2R,3R)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinic acid
(2R,3R)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid
(R,R)-Tartaric acid
Threaric acid
L-threaric acid
Dextrotartaric acid
Natural tartaric acid
Acidum tartaricum
DL-Tartaric acid
(2R,3R)-(+)-Tartaric acid
(+)-(R,R)-Tartaric acid
Tartaric acid, L-
Rechtsweinsaeure
Kyselina vinna
(2R,3R)-Tartaric acid
(2R,3R)-rel-2,3-Dihydroxysuccinic acid
(R,R)-(+)-Tartaric acid
tartrate
Tartaric acid (VAN)
Succinic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy
Weinsteinsaeure
Kyselina vinna [Czech]
L-2,3-Dihydroxybutanedioic acid
1,2-Dihydroxyethane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid
tartaric acid, l
Tartaric acid, L-(+)-
EINECS 201-766-0
(+)-Weinsaeure
133-37-9
NSC 62778
FEMA No. 3044
INS NO.334
L(+) tartaric acid
DTXSID8023632
UNII-W4888I119H
CHEBI:15671
Kyselina 2,3-dihydroxybutandiova
AI3-06298
Lamb protein
INS-334
TARTARICUM ACIDUM
d-alpha,beta-Dihydroxysuccinic acid
Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy- (2R,3R)-
(R,R)-tartrate
NSC-62778
W4888I119H
DTXCID203632
E 334
E-334
(+)-(2R,3R)-Tartaric acid
EC 201-766-0
TARTARIC ACID (L(+)-)
Weinsaeure
BAROS COMPONENT TARTARIC ACID
Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy- (R-(R*,R*))-
L-2,3-DIHYDROXYSUCCINIC ACID
MFCD00064207
Tartaric acid; L-(+)-Tartaric acid
L-tartarate
4J4Z8788N8
138508-61-9
Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy-, (2R,3R)-rel-
TARTARIC ACID COMPONENT OF BAROS
TARTARIC ACID (II)
TARTARIC ACID [II]
144814-09-5
REL-(2R,3R)-2,3-DIHYDROXYBUTANEDIOIC ACID
(1R,2R)-1,2-Dihydroxyethane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid
2, 3-Dihydroxybutanedioic Acid
BUTANEDIOIC ACID, 2,3-DIHYDROXY-, (R-(R*,R*))-
Tartarate
(2R,3R)-2,3-Dihydroxybernsteinsaeure
Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy-; Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy-, (R-(R*,R*))-
132517-61-4
(+/-)-Tartaric Acid
2,3-dihydroxy-succinic acid
Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy- [R-(R*,R*)]-
UNII-4J4Z8788N8
Traubensaeure
Vogesensaeure
Weinsaure
acide tartrique
acido tartarico
tartaric-acid
para-Weinsaeure
C4-H6-O6
L-Threaric aci
4ebt
NSC-148314
(r,r)-tartarate
(+)-tartarate
l(+)tartaric acid
(+)-vinsyre
Tartaric acid (TN)
ordinary tartaric acid
(+)- tartaric acid
L-(+) tartaric acid
(2R,3R)-Tartarate
1d5r
DL TARTARIC ACID
2,3-dihydroxy-succinate
TARTARIC ACID,DL-
Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy-, (R*,R*)-(+-)-
SCHEMBL5762
TARTARIC ACID, DL-
Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy-, (theta,theta)-(+-)-
d-a,b-Dihydroxysuccinic acid
TARTARIC ACID
MLS001336057
L-TARTARIC ACID
TARTARIC ACID
DL-TARTARIC ACID
L-(+)-Tartaric acid, ACS
TARTARIC ACID
CHEMBL1236315
L-(+)-Tartaric acid, BioXtra
TARTARICUM ACIDUM
(2R,3R)-2,3-tartaric acid
CHEBI:26849
HMS2270G22
Pharmakon1600-01300044
TARTARIC ACID, DL- [II]
TARTARIC ACID, (+/-)-
TARTARIC ACID,DL-
HY-Y0293
STR02377
TARTARIC ACID
Tox21_300155
(2R,3R)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinicacid
NSC759609
s6233
AKOS016843282
L-(+)-Tartaric acid, >=99.5%
CS-W020107
DB09459
LS-3163
NSC-759609
(2R,3R)-2,3-dihydroxy-succinic acid
CAS-87-69-4
L-(+)-Tartaric acid
(R*,R*)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid
NCGC00247911-01
NCGC00254043-01
BP-31012
SMR000112492
SBI-0207063.P001
(2R,3R)-rel-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid
T0025
EN300-72271
(R*,R*)-(+-)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid
C00898
D00103
D70248
Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy- [R-(R,R)]-
L-(+)-Tartaric acid
J-500964
J-520420
L-(+)-Tartaric acid
Q18226455
F8880-9012
Z1147451717
L-(+)-Tartaric acid
L-(+)-Tartaric acid
Tartaric acid
L-(+)-Tartaric acid, anhydrous
L-(+)-Tartaric acid
L-(+)-Tartaric acid
(+)-(2R,3R)-Tartaric acid
(+)-(R,R)-tartaric acid
(+)-L-tartaric acid
(+)-tartaric acid
(2R,3R)-(+)-Tartaric acid
(2R,3R)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid
(2R,3R)-2,3-Dihydroxysuccinic acid
(2R,3R)-tartaric acid
(R,R)-(+)-tartaric acid
(R,R)-tartaric acid
[R-(R*,R*)]-2,3-Dihydroxybutanedioic Acid
133-37-9
201-766-0
205-105-7
87-69-4
Acidum tartaricum
Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy-, (2R,3R)-
Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy-, (2R,3R)-rel-
L-(+)-Tartarate
L(+)-Tartaric acid
L-(+)-Tartrate
L-2,3-Dihydroxybutanedioic Acid
L-tartaric acid
L-threaric acid
Ordinary Tartaric Acid

L-Threonine
SYNONYMS N-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-O-benzyl-L-threonine; Boc-Thr(Bzl)-OH; O-Benzyl-N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-threonine; O-Bencil-N-terc-butoxicarbonil-L-treonina; O-Benzyl-N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-thréonine; N-alpha-t-BOC-o-benzyl-L-threonine; N-[(1,1-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-O-(phenylmethyl)-L-threonine; CAS NO:15260-10-3
L-Tryptophan
SYNONYMS FMOC-tryptophan; N-(9-Fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)-L-tryptophan; N-alpha-FMOC-L-tryptophan; N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-tryptophan; N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ilmetoxi)carbonil]-L-triptófano; Fmoc-Trp-OH; N-[(9H-fluorène-9-ylméthoxy) carbonyl]-L-tryptophane; CAS NO:35737-15-6
L-Tyrosine
SYNONYMS (S)-(-)-Tyrosine; 2-Amino-3-(p-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid; 2-Amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-propanoic acid; 3-(p-hydroxyphenyl)alanine; 3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-L-alanine; p-tyrosine; L-(-)-tyrosine; Tyr; Tyrosine; Y; cas no : 60-18-4
L-TYROSİNE, NON-VEGAN
(S)-(-)-Tyrosine; 2-Amino-3-(p-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid; 2-Amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-propanoic acid; 3-(p-hydroxyphenyl)alanine; 3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-L-alanine; p-tyrosine; L-(-)-tyrosine; Tyr; Tyrosine; Y cas no: 60-18-4
LUCONYL WHITE 022
Luconyl White 022 IUPAC Name dioxotitanium Luconyl White 022 InChI InChI=1S/2O.Ti Luconyl White 022 InChI Key GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luconyl White 022 Molecular Formula TiO2 Luconyl White 022 CAS 13463-67-7 Luconyl White 022 Deprecated CAS 12036-20-3 Luconyl White 022 European Community (EC) Number 236-675-5 Luconyl White 022 ICSC Number 0338 Luconyl White 022 NSC Number 15204 Luconyl White 022 DSSTox Substance ID DTXSID9050432 Luconyl White 022 Physical Description Titanium dioxide is an odorless white powder. Tasteless. pH 7.5. Occurs in three crystalline forms. Luconyl White 022 Color/Form White, tetragonal crystals Luconyl White 022 Odor Odorless Luconyl White 022 Taste TASTELESS Luconyl White 022 Boiling Point 4532 to 5432 °F at 760 mm Hg Luconyl White 022 Melting Point 3380 °F Luconyl White 022 Solubility less than 1 mg/mL at 68° F Luconyl White 022 Density 3.9 to 4.2 Luconyl White 022 Vapor Pressure 0 mm Hg at 68 °F Luconyl White 022 pH SUSPENSION IN WATER (1 IN 10) IS NEUTRAL TO LITMUS Luconyl White 022 Refractive Index INDEX OF REFRACTION: 2.616; 2.903 Luconyl White 022 Other Experimental Properties GRAVIMETRIC FACTOR: 0.33279 Luconyl White 022 Molecular Weight 79.87 g/mol Luconyl White 022 Hydrogen Bond Donor Count 0 Luconyl White 022 Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count 2 Luconyl White 022 Rotatable Bond Count 0 Luconyl White 022 Exact Mass 79.93777 g/mol Luconyl White 022 Monoisotopic Mass 79.93777 g/mol Luconyl White 022 Topological Polar Surface Area 34.1 Ų Luconyl White 022 Heavy Atom Count 3 Luconyl White 022 Formal Charge 0 Luconyl White 022 complexity 18.3 Luconyl White 022 Isotope Atom Count 0 Luconyl White 022 Defined Atom Stereocenter Count 0 Luconyl White 022 Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count 0 Luconyl White 022 Defined Bond Stereocenter Count 0 Luconyl White 022 Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count 0 Luconyl White 022 Covalently-Bonded Unit Count 1 Luconyl White 022 Compound Is Canonicalized Yes Luconyl White 022 Product Type:Pigment > Color pigments dyes Luconyl White 022 Applications:Coatings > Waterbase Luconyl White 022 Chemical Composition:Titanium dioxide, rutile Luconyl White 022 Density 2.20 g/ml 23°C Luconyl White 022 pigment content 70% Luconyl White 022 pH 7 - 10 Luconyl White 0022 is titanium dioxide, rutile, water-based inorganic pigment preparation. It offers fastness to weathering. It provides high color strength, narrow specifications and low odor. Luconyl White 0022 is recommended for use in coatings.Luconyl White 022 is an odorless white powder. Tasteless. pH 7.5. Occurs in three crystalline forms.Luconyl White 022 is a titanium oxide with the formula TiO2. A naturally occurring oxide sourced from ilmenite, rutile and anatase, it has a wide range of applications. It has a role as a food colouring.Luconyl White 022, also known as titanium(IV) oxide or titania, is the naturally occurring oxide of titanium. It is used as a pigment under the names titanium white, Pigment White 6 (PW6), or CI 77891. It is typically extracted from ilmenite, rutile and anatase.Luconyl White 022 is an odorless white powder. Tasteless. pH 7.5. Occurs in three crystalline forms. Luconyl White 022 is used in most sunscreens to block UVA and UVB rays, similar to [zinc oxide].Luconyl White 022 has an action on the skin similar to that of zinc oxide and has similar uses. Titanium peroxide and titanium salicylate are used with Luconyl White 022 for nappy rash. Luconyl White 022 reflects ultraviolet light and is used a physical sunscreen. It it also an ingredient of some cosmetics.The physical compounds Luconyl White 022 and zinc oxide reflect, scatter, and absorb both UVA and UVB rays. ... Using new technology, the particle sizes of zinc oxide and Luconyl White 022 have been reduced, making them more transparent without losing their ability to screen UV.Luconyl White 022 consists essentially of pure anatase and/or rutile Luconyl White 022 which may be coated with small amounts of alumina and/or silica to improve the technological properties of the product.; The anatase grades of pigmentary Luconyl White 022 can only be made by the sulphate process which creates a large amount of sulphuric acid as a by-product. The rutile grades of Luconyl White 022 are typically made by the chloride process.; Certain rutile grades of Luconyl White 022 are produced using mica (also known as potassium aluminum silicate) as a template to form the basic platelet structure. The surface of the mica is coated with Luconyl White 022 using a specialised patented process.; Rutile Luconyl White 022, platelet form is manufactured by subjecting Luconyl White 022 (rutile) coated mica nacreous pigment to an extractive dissolution in acid followed by an extractive dissolution in alkali. All of the mica is removed during this process and the resulting product is a platelet form of rutile Luconyl White 022.Luconyl White 022 - Color additives exempt from certification and permanently listed for FOOD use. Status: ≤ 1.0% by wt. of food - 73.575.Luconyl White 022 - Color additives exempt from certification and permanently listed for DRUG use. (None of these color additives may be used in products that are for use in the area of the eye, unless otherwise indicated). Status: Drugs generally, including those for eye area .Luconyl White 022 - Color additives exempt from certification (unless otherwise indicated) and permanently listed for use in MEDICAL DEVICES. Status: Contact lenses - GMP - 73.3126When male and female rats were fed a diet containing Luconyl White 022 (100 g/kg) for a period of about 32 days, a significant retention of titanium of 0.06 and 0.11 mg/kg wet weight was found only in the muscles; no retention was observed in the liver, spleen, kidney, bone, plasma, or erythrocytes.Six hours after Luconyl White 022 was administered to rats through IV injection at 250 mg/kg body weight, the highest concentration appeared in the liver; after 24 hours, the highest concentration was detected in the celiac lymph nodes, which filter the lymph from the liver.The clearance of Luconyl White 022 from the lungs was studied in rats after inhalation of 15 or 100 mg/cu m. The average median aerodynamic diameter of the Luconyl White 022 particles was 1.48 um. After a single exposure, about 40-45% of the deposited particles were cleared from the lung in 25 days. At 15 mg/cu m, 0.7% was found in the hilar lymph nodes indicating penetration of Luconyl White 022 particles from alveoli into the lymphatic system and partial clearance by the lymphatic route. The clearance rate was similar after intra-tracheal administration of Luconyl White 022. At an exposure of 100 mg/cu m, the clearance rate decreased drastically. /Other researchers/ demonstrated the presence of Luconyl White 022 in the lymphatic systems of 3 workers employed in processing Luconyl White 022 pigments.The deposition of Luconyl White 022 dust in the lungs of rats is similar to that observed for other particles. Luconyl White 022 is found in the lymphocytes and regional nodes in the lungs, indicating that a slow rate of removal occurs by this process. Clearance is also significantly decreased, or even ceases, at high exposure over a period of time because of overload. It is suggested that small amounts of Luconyl White 022 can enter the general circulation from the lungs.The case of a 53-year-old man with pneumoconiosis due to approximately 13 years of occupational exposure to 'high' concentrations of Luconyl White 022 /is reported/. The patient died of lung cancer, which was possibly associated with a 34 pack-year smoking history and not attributed to exposure to Luconyl White 022. At autopsy, about 9-10 years after the exposures to Luconyl White 022, particle deposition was found to be diffuse in the lung and particles were typically found in interstitial and alveolar macrophages. Examination of lung tissue in the right upper lobe and right hilar lymph nodes showed deposits of crystalloid substances that had a high titanium content and measured 0.2-0.3 um by 0.7 um.Researchers/ studied lung specimens from three factory workers exposed for 9 years to the processing of Luconyl White 022 pigments; they found deposits in the pulmonary interstitium with cell destruction and slight fibrosis. Clearance of Luconyl White 022 through the lymphatic system was demonstrated by the observation of particles in the lymph nodes.Airfloated ilmenite is used for titanium pigment manuf. Rutile sand is suitable for welding-rod-coating materials, as ceramic colorant, as source of titanium metal. As color in the food industry. Anatase Luconyl White 022 is used for welding-rod-coatings, acid resistant vitreous enamels, in specification paints, exterior white house paints, acetate rayon, white interior air-dry and baked enamels and lacquers, inks and plastics, for paper filling and coating, in water paints, tanners' leather finishes, shoe whiteners, and ceramics. High opacity and tinting values are claimed for rutile-like pigments. Pharmaceutic aid (coating agent).When pure, Luconyl White 022 is relatively clear and has an extremely high index of refraction with an optical dispersion higher than diamond. It is produced artificially as a gemstone but is relatively soft.Luconyl White 022 serves as a clouding agent for incorporation in dry beverage mixes, and in tobacco wrapping and tobacco substitutes.Luconyl White 022 is used as pigment in roofing and is also used as nutritional marker.Titanium mineral concentrates contain ilmenite, Rutile, etc. Titanium occurs primarily in the minerals anatase, brookite, ilmenite, leucoxene, perovskite, rutile, and sphene. Of these minerals, only ilmenite, leucoxene, and rutile have significant economic importance. As a metal, titanium is well known for corrosion resistance and for its high strength-to-weight ratio. Approximately 95% of titanium is consumed in the form of Luconyl White 022 (TiO2), a white pigment in paints, paper, and plastics. TiO2 pigment is characterized by its purity, refractive index, particle size, and surface properties. To develop optimum pigment properties, the particle size is controlled within the range of about 0.2 to 0.4 micrometer. The superiority of TiO2 as a white pigment is due mainly to its high refractive index and resulting light-scattering ability, which impart excellent hiding power and brightness.Luconyl White 022. Paint, varnish and lacquer, 49%; paper and paperboard, 19%; plastics, 13%; other, including fibers, inks, ceramics, tire rubbers, food and pharmaceutical, 7%; exports, 12%.Luconyl White 022. Demand: 1987: 952,000 tons; 1988: 1,018,000 tons; 1992 /projected/: 1,100,000 tons (Does not include imports, which totaled 192,000 tons in 1987.)5000 mg/cu m; NIOSH considers Luconyl White 022 to be a potential occupational carcinogen.Residues of Luconyl White 022 are exempted from the requirement of a tolerance when used in accordance with good agricultural practice as inert (or occasionally active) ingredients in pesticide formulations applied to growing crops only. Use: pigment/coloring agent in plastic bags used to wrap growing banana (preharvest), colorant on seeds for planting.Residues of Luconyl White 022 are exempted from the requirement of a tolerance when used in accordance with good agricultural practice as inert (or occasionally active) ingredients in pesticide formulations applied to animals. Use: pigment/colorant in pesticide formulations for animal tag.Luconyl White 022 is exempted from the requirement of a tolerance for residues in or on growing crops, when used as an inert ingredient (UV protectant) in microencapsulated formulations of the insecticide lambda-cyhalothrin at no more than 3.0% by weight of the formulation and as an inert ingredient (UV-stabilizer) at no more than 5% in pesticide formulations containing the active ingredient napropamide.Residues of Luconyl White 022 are exempted from the requirement of a tolerance when used in accordance with good agricultural practice as inert (or occasionally active) ingredients in pesticide formulations applied to growing crops only. Use: pigment/coloring agent in plastic bags used to wrap growing banana (preharvest), colorant on seeds for planting.Residues of Luconyl White 022 are exempted from the requirement of a tolerance when used in accordance with good agricultural practice as inert (or occasionally active) ingredients in pesticide formulations applied to animals. Use: pigment/colorant in pesticide formulations for animal tag.Luconyl White 022 is exempted from the requirement of a tolerance for residues in or on growing crops, when used as an inert ingredient (UV protectant) in microencapsulated formulations of the insecticide lambda-cyhalothrin at no more than 3.0% by weight of the formulation and as an inert ingredient (UV-stabilizer) at no more than 5% in pesticide formulations containing the active ingredient napropamide.Luconyl White 022 is an indirect food additive for use only as a component of adhesives.Substances used in the manufacture of paper and paperboard products used in food packaging shall include Luconyl White 022. Under the conditions of normal use, /Luconyl White 022/ ... would not reasonably be expected to migrate to food, based on available scientific information and data.
LUDIGOL
Sodium Salt of M-Nitrobenzene Sulfonic Acid, also known as Ludigol.
Ludigol is a mild oxidizing agent that prevents reduction of Reactive Dyes during the curing and setting stage of printing and hand painting.
Ludigol has good resistance to acid, alkali and hard water.


CAS Number: 127-68-4
EC Number: 204-857-3
MDL Number: MFCD00007490
Linear Formula: O2NC6H4SO3Na
Molecular Formula: C6H5NNaO5S+


Ludigol is necessary with H dyes and optional with MX and F dyes.
Ludigol is a reagent in the synthesis of azetidinyl ketolides for the treatment of susceptible and multidrug-resistant community-acquired respiratory tract infections.
Ludigol was used in 25 products, all of which were hair dyes and colors


Ludigol has good resistance to acid, alkali and hard water.
Ludigol (CAS No. 127-68-4) is the substituted aromatic compound.
Ludigol has been classified as an antireduction agent in a more recent publication.


Ludigol is easily soluble in water, soluble in ethanol, ethyl ether, and copper acetone.
Ludigol has oxidizing properties in neutral and alkaline media, and is resistant to acid, alkali and hard water.
The solubility of Ludigol in water at 25°C is 25 g/100 ml.


Ludigol is a mild oxidizing agent that prevents reduction of Reactive Dyes during the curing and setting stage of printing and hand painting.
Ludigol is necessary with H dyes and optional with MX and F dyes.
Ludigol is a water-soluble ingredient that is used as a chemical additive in hair dyes and colors and has been used as a base component in semipermanent hair coloring products.


Ludigol may be produced via the sulfonation of nitrobenzene, followed by the addition of common salts to the reaction mixture.
rn-rn-Dinitro diphenyl sulfone is a by-product of this process.
Ludigol is also known as Sodium M-Nitrobenzenesulfonate, Sodium Meta Nitrobenzene Sulphonate and Sodium 3-Nitrobenzenesulfonate.


Ludigol is necessary to pay attention to the minimum amount of hydrosulfite remaining on the fabric before oxidation.
In this case, the paint is completely cubed.
The color tone in the oxidation made in the bath diluted with Ludigol is the same as the color tone formed as a result of the oxidation of the vat dye with peroxide.



USES and APPLICATIONS of LUDIGOL:
Ludigol is used in tie dyeing or other direct application dyeing.
Ludigol is generally not used in solid color dyeing.
Ludigol is a water-soluble ingredient that is used as a chemical additive in hair dyes and colors and has been used as a base component in semipermanent hair coloring products.


Ludigol is used in the synthesis of quinoline.
Ludigol is a principal dye intermediate for thesynthesis of amino anthraquinone, used in textile printing manufacturing chemicals for electroplating.
Ludigol is used in tie dyeing or other direct application dyeing.


Ludigol is generally not used in solid color dyeing.
Ludigol can be important parts of chemical reactions, analytical reagents or starting material for the production of other materials.
Ludigol is used as a nickel stripper in electroplating industry, as a resisting agent in dyeing and printing industry.


Reactive type dyes slowly break down once they’re mixed with water, and over time the dye becomes less effective.
Soon the dye solution will lose all effectiveness.
Ludigol is used for the manufacture of: textile, leather or fur.


Ludigol is used in the following products: metal surface treatment products, leather treatment products, non-metal-surface treatment products, pH regulators and water treatment products, laboratory chemicals, textile treatment products and dyes and welding & soldering products.
Ludigol is added to the dye to keep the dye from breaking down in the water at higher.


Ludigol (Ludigol) was used in the synthesis of quinoline.
Ludigol is used as a catalyst, Ludigol is also a dye intermediate, used as a dyeing inhibitor for vat dyes, sulphur dyes and dyes.
Ludigol is a reagent in the synthesis of azetidinyl ketolides for treatment of susceptible and multidrug resistant community-acquired respiratory tract infections.


Ludigol is also used in Stabilizer for dyeing of fibers; assistant in discharge printing; oxidizing agent in demetalizers and industrial cleaners.
Ludigol is used as an intermediate for dyes and fluorescent brightening agent.
Ludigol keeps the dye fresher longer, and allows more dye to react with the fabric, helping the colors to come out brighter.


Ludigol is used Stabilizer for dyeing of fibers; assistant in discharge printing; oxidizing agent in demetalizers and industrial cleaners.
Ludigol is used in the synthesis of quinoline.
Ludigol is a mild oxidizing agent that helps to prevent dyes from decomposing (being "reduced" - a chemistry teacher question) during fixation, which causes them to be duller.


Ludigol also can be used as repairing agent of pattern fabrics and white-grounding protective agent of dyed yarns of vat dyes.
Ludigol can also be used as a rust inhibitor for ships and a nickel-plating agent for electroplating.
Ludigol is also an intermediate for dyes and vanillin.


Ludigol is used as a chemical additive in hair dyes and colors.
Ludigol has been used as a base component in semipermanent hair coloring products.
Ludigol is also used in Stabilizer for dyeing of fibers; assistant in discharge printing; oxidizing agent in demetalizers and industrial cleaners.


Ludigol is a very important ingredient when working with deep shades and is considered to be essential by some when working on silk when painting with
Ludigol has been used as a base component in semipermanent hair coloring products.
Fiber Reactive dyes like Procion MX or Vinyl Suphon Liquid Reactive Dyes and then steaming the work.


Ludigol is used in tie dyeing or other direct application dyeing.
Ludigol is used in the following products: pH regulators and water treatment products, textile treatment products and dyes, non-metal-surface treatment products, metal surface treatment products, laboratory chemicals, welding & soldering products and leather treatment products.


Ludigol is used in the synthesis of quinoline.
Ludigol is generally not used in solid color dyeing.
Reactive type dyes slowly break down once they’re mixed with water, and over time the dye becomes less effective.


Ludigol is used as an anti-dyeing agent for dye intermediates and sulfur dyes, and as a dye color-forming protective agent.
Ludigol is used as a color light protector during steaming after reactive dye printing.
Ludigol is used in the scouring of cotton fabrics containing vat colored-effect threads and in vat discharge printing on grounds dyed with direct cotton dyestuffs.


Ludigol is added to the dye to keep the dye from breaking down in the water at higher rate.
Ludigol is a principal dye intermediate for thesynthesis of amino anthraquinone, used in textile printing manufacturing chemicals for electroplating.
Ludigol is used as a developing agent for electroplating and auxiliary for dying fabrics.


Ludigol is used for the manufacture of: textile, leather or fur, fabricated metal products, chemicals and electrical, electronic and optical equipment.
Ludigol is used as a special additive in nickel stripper electroplating.
Ludigol are used in laboratories as a part of experimental procedures.


Ludigol is used Stabilizer for dyeing of fibers; assistant in discharge printing; oxidizing agent in demetalizers and industrial cleaners.
Cosmetic Uses of Ludigol: viscosity controlling agents
Ludigol is used in formulation or re-packing and at industrial sites.


Ludigol is used in textile treatment products and dyes.
Ludigol is used as antireduction agent; Used in chemical, electrical/electronics, photographic, and textile processing industries (coloring, electroplating, fixing, oxidizing, and surfce-active agent).


Ludigol keeps the dye fresher longer, and allows more dye to react with the fabric, helping the colors to come out brighter.
Ludigol is also known as resist salt or Matexil PAL.
Ludigol is used in Textile Printing To Manufacture Dye Intermediate Manufacturing Chemicals for Electroplating


Ludigol is a primary dyestuff intermediate used in pigments and electroplating industry.
Ludigol is used intermediate for dyes, Oxidising agent for electroplating, Auxilliary for printing fabrics.
Ludigol is used as an agent for repairing embossed cloth.


Ludigol is used Rust remover for ships and nickel remover for electroplating (90% yellow and white are available)
Ludigol adds to Procion MX fibre reactive dyes as a colour enhancer when steam setting for the brightest, most vibrant colour results as there is a tendency for procion dyes to go weaker and duller because of the reducing action caused by the heat from steam.


Ludigol is also used as an developing agent for electroplating and auxiliary for dying fabrics.
Ludigol is used in the synthesis of quinoline.
Ludigol is used in the scouring of cotton fabrics containing vat colored-effect threads and in vat discharge printing on grounds dyed with direct cotton dyestuffs.


In the process of mercerizing goods containing colored-effect threads, the addition of Ludigol to the mercerizing liquor prevents the reduction of the dyestuff by size residues and other impurities.
Industry Uses of Ludigol: Finishing agents Pigments Plating agents and surface treating agents Processing aids, not otherwise listed Solvents (which become part of product formulation or mixture) nickel stripping, electroplating


Consumer Uses of Ludigol: Metal products not covered elsewhere Paints and coatings.
Ludigol is a water-soluble ingredienl that is used as a chemical additive in hair dyes and colors and has been used as a base component in semipermanent hair coloring products.


Ludigol is used industry Processing Sectors All other basic organic chemical manufacturing Electrical equipment, appliance, and component manufacturing Fabricated metal product manufacturing Paint and coating manufacturing Primary metal manufacturing Textiles, apparel, and leather manufacturing.
Cosmetic Uses of Ludigol: viscosity controlling agents


Ludigol is used Inks & Digital Inks, Surface Coatings, Textile Auxiliaries, Dyes, Pigments, Coatings, Adhesives, Sealants & Elastomers, Textiles, Electronic Chemicals, Dyess Intermediate, Antireduction agent.
Ludigol is used as a dye inhibitor for vat dyes, sulfur dyes, a color-forming protective agent for dyes, a rust remover for ships and an electroplating nickel stripper, and an intermediate for dyes and vanillin.


Ludigol is used as a resisting agent for dyeing and printing go avoid forming striation which appear on coloring fibers with dyestuffs in the process of dyeing textile fibers, and as an oxidizing agent for electroplating technique, and as an intermediate for dyestuffs to synthesize other kinds of dyestuffs, etc.
Ludigol is used as shade protectant for pad dyeing and steaming with reactive dyes.


Ludigol is used as a white ground protective agent for reducing dye yarn fabric during scouring.
Ludigol is used as antireduction agent.
Ludigol is used in chemical, electrical/electronics, photographic, and textile processing industries (coloring, electroplating, fixing, oxidizing, and surface-active agent).


Ludigol is a mild oxidant, which can protect the shade during textile printing or pad dyeing and steaming.
When the fabric is boiled and mercerized, Ludigol is necessary to attach a knife wire and a cover.
Ludigol is also used in Stabilizer for dyeing of fibers; assistant in discharge printing; oxidizing agent in demetalizers and industrial cleaners.


Ludigol can be used as anti-whitening agent in the resist printing of vat dyes; the color light protective agent in the printing and padding of Reactive Dyes.
Ludigol is also used as a developing agent for electroplating and auxiliary for dying fabrics.
Frequency and Duration of Application Product formulations containing Ludigol may be used as often as daily and monthly.


Ludigol is for professional manufacturing, research laboratories and industrial / commercial usage only.
Ludigol are used for various Intermediate for Dyes, Oxidizing Agent for Electroplating, Auxiliary for Printing Fabrics and more.
Ludigol is a reagent in the synthesis of azetidinyl ketolides for treatment of susceptible and multidrug resistant community-acquired respiratory tract infections.


Pulp can counteract the effect of reducing substances, and Ludigol can also be used as an oxidant during dye synthesis.
Ludigol is used as a catalyst, also used in organic synthesis, dye industry, etc.
Ludigol is used as an anti-whitening additive for vat dyes


Ludigol is used as a color and light protective agent for ground color discharge printing such as copper salt, reactive dye and naftor dye
Ludigol is sed in organic pigments, medicine and chemical industry, flavor and fragrance industry, electroplating auxiliaries, etc.
Ludigol can also be used to prepare vanillin.
Ludigol is used as a developing agent for electroplating and auxiliary for dying fabrics.


-Ludigol Usage Amounts for Printing:
· 10 g/l as a reduction inhibitor in reactive and disperse printing.
In order to prevent color change due to reduction aids in discharge printing, 8-10 g/l in the foulard is applied to the dyed fabric before printing.
· 60-70 oC, 10-15 g/l as oxidizing agent in watt printing
· 5-20g/kg Ludigol is used to increase strength in vat dyed and printed fabrics.


-Oxygol RS Usage Amounts for Painting:
· To prevent reduction in reactive staining: 1-2 g/l Ludigol is used.


-Oxidation in vat dyeing:
*Oxidation with fresh bath:
After dyeing, the bath is emptied.
If Ludigol is a dark color, a new bath is taken by rinsing, and if it is a light color, without rinsing.
Oxidation is done with Ludigol at 60 oC.
Ludigol between 1-8 g/l is used according to the depth of the color.
The same color tone is obtained by oxidation using peroxide.
*Oxidation with diluted bath:
The second method for oxidation is at the end of dyeing, a part of the bath is emptied and fresh water is taken.
By adding 2-4 g/l Ludigol, oxidation is done at 60-70 oC for 10-20 minutes.
This method saves time and water.



PROPERTIES OF LUDIGOL:
- Disperse and reactive dye;
Ludigol prevents reduction caused by unsuitable or variable conditions such as temperature, steam, dyeing time, hot air.
- Ludigol is used as a redox buffer to protect the paint on polyester in polyester discharge printing.

-The color change on the worn surface due to reduction aids in abrasion printing can be prevented by applying Ludigol to the dyed fabric before printing.
- Especially in the printing and dyeing of viscose and viscose derivatives; Ludigol prevents the reduction of the dyestuff of sulfur compounds with high reductive potential, which are caused by the production of viscose fiber and cannot be removed from the fiber with insufficient pretreatment.

- Ludigol eliminates the reductive effects that may come from the thickener and other substances used in paste production, and the negativities that may occur in steaming.
- In vat etching printing; padding the dyed fabric on which the printing will be made with Ludigol before printing, minimizes the stamping and rubbing problems that may occur during printing and steaming.

- Ludigol; Since it is a granular product in dust-free form, it is a problem-free product in terms of the health of the working and working environment.
- Ludigol is suitable for puller and continuous systems.



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of LUDIGOL:
Molecular Weight: 226.16 g/mol
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count: 1
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 5
Rotatable Bond Count: 2
Exact Mass: 225.97861272 g/mol
Monoisotopic Mass: 225.97861272 g/mol
Topological Polar Surface Area: 109Ų
Heavy Atom Count: 14
Formal Charge: 1
Complexity: 298
Isotope Atom Count: 0
Defined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Defined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 2
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes

Physical state: powder
Color: light yellow
Odor: No data available
Melting point/freezing point: No data available
Initial boiling point and boiling range: No data available
Flammability (solid, gas): No data available
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: No data available
Flash point: 100 °C - closed cup
Autoignition temperature: No data available
Decomposition temperature: No data available
pH: No data available
Viscosity
Viscosity, kinematic: No data available
Viscosity, dynamic: No data available
Water solubility: No data available
Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water: No data available
Vapor pressure: No data available
Density: No data available
Relative density: No data available
Relative vapor density: No data available
Particle characteristics: No data available
Explosive properties: No data available
Oxidizing properties: No data available
Other safety information: No data available

Melting Pt: 350 °C
Storage Temperature: Ambient
Molecular weight: 225.15
Appearance: white powder
Content: 90% & 95%
PH (1% solution): 7-9
Moisture: 3% max.
Appearance Form: Needles
Color: yellow
Odor: No data available
Odor Threshold: No data available
pH: No data available
Melting point/freezing point: No data available
Initial boiling point and boiling range: No data available
Flash point: 100 °C - closed cup
Evaporation rate: No data available

Flammability (solid, gas): No data available
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: No data available
Vapor pressure: No data available
Vapor density: No data available
Relative density: No data available
Water solubility: No data available
Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water: No data available
Autoignition temperature: No data available
Decomposition temperature: No data available
Viscosity
Viscosity, kinematic: No data available
Viscosity, dynamic: No data available
Explosive properties: No data available
Oxidizing properties: No data available
Other safety information:
Bulk density 450 kg/m3

Assay: 95.00 to 100.00
Food Chemicals Codex Listed: No
Melting Point: 52.30 °C. @ 760.00 mm Hg
Boiling Point: 217.50 °C. @ 760.00 mm Hg
Soluble in: water, 2.77E+05 mg/L @ 20 °C (exp)
Min. Purity Spec: 98% (HPLC)
Physical Form (at 20°C): Solid
Melting Point: >350°C
Flash Point: 100°C
Long-Term Storage: Store long-term in a cool, dry place
Assay: 98%
Appearance (Form): Powder
Appearance (Colour): White to yellow to faint beige
Solubility: Water: soluble50 mg/mL, clear to slightly hazy, faintly yellow to yellow
Molecular Weight: 225.16
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count: 0

Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 5
Rotatable Bond Count: 0
Exact Mass: 224.97078768
Monoisotopic Mass: 224.97078768
Topological Polar Surface Area: 111 Ų
Heavy Atom Count: 14
Formal Charge: 0
Complexity: 274
Compound Formula: C6H4NNaO5S
Molecular Weight: 225.15
Appearance: Off-white to yellow powder
Melting Point: 350 °C
Boiling Point: N/A
Density: N/A
Solubility in H2O: N/A
pH: 6-10 (1% aq. soln)
Exact Mass: 224.970788
Monoisotopic Mass: 224.970788



FIRST AID MEASURES of LUDIGOL:
-Description of first-aid measures
*General advice:
Show this material safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
*If inhaled
After inhalation:
Fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Take off immediately all contaminated clothing.
Rinse skin with water/ shower.
Consult a physician.
*In case of eye contact
After eye contact:
Rinse out with plenty of water.
Remove contact lenses.
*If swallowed
After swallowing:
Immediately make victim drink water (two glasses at most).
Consult a physician.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of LUDIGOL:
-Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Advice for non-emergency personnel:
Ensure adequate ventilation.
-Environmental precautions
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Cover drains.
Collect, bind, and pump off spills.
Take up dry.
Dispose of properly.
Clean up affected area.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of LUDIGOL:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Water
Foam
Carbon dioxide (CO2)
Dry powder
*Unsuitable extinguishing media:
For this substance/mixture no limitations of extinguishing agents are given.
-Further information
Prevent fire extinguishing water from contaminating surface water or the ground water system.



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of LUDIGOL:
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use Safety glasses.
*Skin protection:
Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Splash contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:KCL 741 Dermatril® L
*Body Protection:
protective clothing
-Control of environmental exposure:
Do not let product enter drains.



HANDLING and STORAGE of LUDIGOL:
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
*Storage conditions:
Tightly closed.
Dry.
Recommended storage temperature see product label.
*Storage class:
Storage class (TRGS 510): 13: Non Combustible Solids
-Storage:
Store in a tightly closed container.
Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from incompatible substances.
Store protected from moisture.
-Handling:
Use only in a well ventilated area. .
Keep container tightly closed.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of LUDIGOL:
-Chemical stability:
The product is chemically stable under standard ambient conditions (room temperature) .
-Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No data available
-Stability:
Stable at room temperature in closed containers under normal storage and handling conditions.
-Incompatible materials:
No data available



SYNONYMS:
Ludigol
Nacan
sodium;3-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid
Tiskan
Nitrobenzen-m-sulfonan sodny
NSC-9795
m-Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid sodium salt
SCHEMBL1063227
WLN: WNR CSWO &-NA-
NSC9795
sodium 3-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid
A805737
Ludigo
Nacan
Sodium 3-nitrophenylsulfonate
Sodium m-nitrobenzenesulfonate
SODIUM 3-NITROBENZENESULFONATE
Sodium 3-nitrobenzenesulphonate
3-Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid sodium salt
Sodium m-nitrobenzenesulfonate
Benzenesulfonic acid, 3-nitro-, sodium salt
Nitrol S
UNII-1F11SXJ4C6
Tiskan
3-Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, sodium salt
MFCD00007490
sodium m-nitrobenzene sulfonate
1F11SXJ4C6
m-Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid sodium salt
Nitrobenzen-m-sulfonan sodny
m-nitrobenzene sulfonic acid sodium salt
Ludigol F,60
Benzenesulfonic acid, m-nitro-, sodium salt (8CI)
3-Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid sodium salt
HSDB 5614
Benzenesulfonic acid, m-nitro-, sodium salt
NSC 9795
m-Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, sodium salt
Resist Salt
Benzenesulfonic acid, 3-nitro-, sodium salt (1:1)
C6H4NNaO5S
DSSTox_CID_7048
DSSTox_RID_78292
DSSTox_GSID_27048
sodium 3-nitrophenylsulfonate
Sodium3-nitrobenzenesulphonate
sodium m-nitrobezene sulfonate
sodium;3-nitrobenzenesulfonate
SCHEMBL340713
sodium m-nitrobenzenesulphonate
sodium 3-nitro-benzenesulfonate
sodium 3-nitrobenzene sulfonate
sodium m-nitrobenzene-sulphonate
CHEMBL3188704
DTXSID2027048
sodium 3-nitrobenzene sulphonate
sodium 3-nitro-benzene sulfonate
3-nitrobenzene sulfonate sodium salt
Tox21_200902
Sodium 3-nitrobenzenesulfonate, 98%
3-nitrobenzensulfonic acid sodium salt
AKOS015900868
3-nitro-phenylsulfonic acid sodium salt
3-nitro benzenesulfonic acid sodium salt
3-nitro-benzenesulfonic acid sodium salt
3-nitrobenzene sulfonic acid sodium salt
m-nitrobenzene sulphonic acid sodium salt
NCGC00258456-01
3-nitrobenzene sulphonic acid sodium salt
AC-11596
AS-12915
DB-041868
FT-0616236
N0141
W-108378
Q27252345
F1113-0115
SMNBS
3-Nitrobenzenesulfonic Acid Sodium Salt
Meta Nitrobenzene Sulphonic Acid
MNBSA
Benzenesulfonicacid, 3-nitro-, sodium salt (9CI)
Benzenesulfonic acid, m-nitro-, sodium salt(8CI)
3-Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid sodium salt
Ludigol
Nacan
Nitrol S
Sodium m-nitrobenzenesulfonate
m-Nitrobenzenesulfonicacid sodium salt
3-Nitrobenzenesulfonicacidsodiumsalt
benzenesulfonic acid, 3-nitro-, sodium salt (1:1)
Natrium-3-nitrobenzolsulfonat
Sodium 3-Nitrobenzenesulfonate
3-Nitrobenzenesulfonic Acid Sodium Salt
Ludigol
Nacan
Nitrol S
Sodium 3-Nitrobenzenesulfonate
Sodium 3-Nitrophenylsulfonate
Resist Salt
Meta Nitrobenzene Sulphonic Acid
MNBSA
Benzenesulfonicacid, 3-nitro-
sodium salt (9CI)
Benzenesulfonic acid, m-nitro-, sodium salt(8CI)
3-Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid sodium salt
Ludigol
Nacan
Nitrol S
Sodium m-nitrobenzenesulfonate
m-Nitrobenzenesulfonicacid sodium salt
3-Nitrobenzenesulfonicacidsodiumsalt
benzenesulfonic acid 3-nitro-, sodium salt (1:1)
Natrium-3-nitrobenzolsulfonat
Sodium 3-Nitrobenzenesulfonate;



LUDIGOL
C10-Guerbet alcohol alkoxylate + 4 EO; nonionic surfactant CAS NO: 78330-20-8
LUDIPRESS

Ludipress is a co-processed pharmaceutical excipient, combining Lactose Monohydrate and Povidone to create a versatile and multifunctional ingredient.
Ludipress plays a crucial role in the formulation of solid dosage forms, such as tablets and granules, in the pharmaceutical industry.
Ludipress exhibits excellent flow properties, improving the manufacturability of tablet blends and granulations.
Tablets formulated with Ludipress display enhanced compactibility, leading to uniform tablet hardness and reduced friability.

CAS number: 64044-51-5, 9003-39-8



APPLICATIONS


Ludipress is commonly used as a filler and binder in the formulation of immediate-release tablets.
Ludipress acts as a diluent to increase the bulk volume of active pharmaceutical ingredients in tablet formulations.
Ludipress is widely utilized in the production of orally disintegrating tablets (ODTs) to enhance rapid disintegration and dissolution.

Ludipress plays a critical role in the preparation of granules used for direct compression tablet manufacturing.
Its excellent flow properties facilitate uniform blending of active ingredients, improving tablet content uniformity.
Ludipress is an essential ingredient in wet granulation processes, aiding in the formation of granules suitable for tableting.

Ludipress is employed in sustained-release and extended-release tablet formulations to control drug release over an extended period.
Ludipress is used in chewable tablets, providing smooth mouthfeel and patient compliance.

Ludipress contributes to tablet hardness, ensuring the mechanical strength and integrity of tablets during handling and packaging.
Ludipress is an effective binder in tablet formulations, promoting the adhesion of powders and facilitating compression.
Ludipress enhances the stability of moisture-sensitive drugs, safeguarding the integrity of the final product.

Ludipress enables the production of high-quality tablets with low friability, reducing the risk of tablet breakage.
Ludipress is used in the formulation of effervescent tablets, contributing to effervescence and dissolution in water.
Ludipress assists in the preparation of taste-masked formulations, reducing the bitter or unpleasant taste of certain drugs.
Ludipress can be employed in the development of fast-dissolving tablets for patients with swallowing difficulties.

Ludipress is used in the manufacture of multi-layer tablets, facilitating the incorporation of different drug layers.
Ludipress serves as a carrier for drugs in dry powder inhaler formulations, improving aerosolization and drug delivery to the lungs.
Ludipress is utilized in the production of buccal tablets, enhancing drug absorption through the buccal mucosa.
Ludipress is a key component in pediatric formulations, ensuring appropriate dosing and palatability for children.

Ludipress is used in the preparation of directly compressible tablet blends, streamlining the tableting process.
Ludipress aids in the production of modified-release dosage forms, controlling drug release rates for optimized therapy.
Ludipress is incorporated into tablet blends for its ability to reduce capping and lamination during compression.

Ludipress plays a role in the formulation of chewable vitamins and dietary supplements, providing pleasant organoleptic properties.
Ludipress is used in the preparation of immediate-release granules, which can be filled into sachets or used in reconstitution.

Ludipress contributes to the overall stability of the formulation, ensuring consistent drug content and performance over time.
Ludipress is employed in the formulation of chewable antacids, offering quick relief for heartburn and acid indigestion.
Ludipress is used in the production of antihistamine tablets, providing relief from allergy symptoms such as sneezing and itching.

Ludipress facilitates the preparation of disintegrating antiemetic tablets, easing nausea and vomiting in patients.
Ludipress is utilized in the manufacture of analgesic tablets, helping to alleviate pain and inflammation.
Ludipress is a key ingredient in the production of antipyretic tablets, reducing fever and discomfort.

Ludipress is incorporated into oral iron supplements, aiding in the treatment of iron-deficiency anemia.
Ludipress is used in the formulation of antidiarrheal tablets, promoting intestinal absorption and reducing bowel movements.

Ludipress facilitates the production of proton pump inhibitor (PPI) tablets, reducing stomach acid production for treating acid-related disorders.
Ludipress is employed in the manufacture of antipsychotic tablets, addressing various psychiatric conditions.
Ludipress is used in the preparation of calcium supplements, supporting bone health and preventing deficiencies.

Ludipress aids in the production of antiplatelet tablets, reducing the risk of blood clot formation.
Ludipress is incorporated into lipid-lowering tablets, assisting in the management of cholesterol levels.
Ludipress is utilized in the formulation of anticoagulant tablets, preventing blood clotting in certain medical conditions.
Ludipress is used in the production of antidiabetic tablets, helping to control blood glucose levels in diabetes management.

Ludipress facilitates the preparation of antihypertensive tablets, managing high blood pressure and related cardiovascular conditions.
Ludipress is employed in the manufacture of antimicrobial tablets, addressing various bacterial, fungal, and viral infections.
Ludipress aids in the production of anti-inflammatory tablets, reducing inflammation and pain associated with various conditions.

Ludipress is used in the formulation of antispasmodic tablets, alleviating muscle spasms and cramps.
Ludipress facilitates the preparation of antianxiety tablets, assisting in the management of anxiety disorders.
Ludipress is incorporated into antidepressant tablets, supporting the treatment of depressive disorders.

Ludipress is utilized in the manufacture of anticonvulsant tablets, helping to control and prevent seizures.
Ludipress aids in the production of antihistamine-decongestant combination tablets, addressing allergic rhinitis and nasal congestion.

Ludipress is employed in the formulation of antitussive tablets, suppressing cough reflexes.
Ludipress is used in the preparation of sedative-hypnotic tablets, inducing sleep and promoting relaxation.
Ludipress facilitates the production of bronchodilator tablets, improving breathing in patients with respiratory conditions.

Ludipress is commonly used in the production of various generic and branded over-the-counter (OTC) tablets.
Ludipress is utilized in the preparation of multivitamin and mineral supplements in tablet form.
Ludipress aids in the formulation of immediate-release effervescent tablets for rapid drug delivery.

Ludipress is incorporated into antacid tablets, providing relief from heartburn and acid indigestion.
Ludipress is used in the manufacture of chewable vitamin C tablets for easy consumption.
Ludipress facilitates the production of antifungal tablets for the treatment of fungal infections.

Ludipress is employed in the formulation of water-dispersible tablets, which dissolve quickly in water for easy administration.
Ludipress aids in the preparation of controlled-release tablets, extending drug release over an extended period.
Ludipress is utilized in the production of antihypertensive tablets, managing high blood pressure.
Ludipress is incorporated into lactase enzyme tablets for individuals with lactose intolerance.
Ludipress is used in the formulation of antidiuretic tablets, reducing excessive urine production.

Ludipress facilitates the preparation of weight management tablets, assisting in appetite control.
Ludipress is employed in the manufacture of antiemetic tablets, alleviating nausea and vomiting.
Ludipress aids in the production of mineral supplements like calcium and magnesium tablets.

Ludipress is utilized in the formulation of enteric-coated tablets to protect drugs from stomach acid.
Ludipress is used in the preparation of chewable probiotic tablets for gut health.
Ludipress facilitates the production of herbal supplement tablets for various health benefits.

Ludipress aids in the formulation of iron supplement tablets for treating iron-deficiency anemia.
Ludipress is incorporated into antihistamine-decongestant combination tablets for cold and allergy relief.

Ludipress is used in the manufacture of antioxidant tablets to neutralize free radicals.
Ludipress facilitates the preparation of antispasmodic tablets for muscle relaxation.
Ludipress aids in the production of prenatal vitamin tablets for pregnant women.

Ludipress is utilized in the formulation of antiviral tablets, targeting specific viral infections.
Ludipress is incorporated into glucose tablets for the treatment of low blood sugar.
Ludipress is employed in the manufacture of anticholinergic tablets to block certain nerve impulses.



DESCRIPTION


Ludipress is a co-processed pharmaceutical excipient, combining Lactose Monohydrate and Povidone to create a versatile and multifunctional ingredient.
Ludipress plays a crucial role in the formulation of solid dosage forms, such as tablets and granules, in the pharmaceutical industry.
Ludipress exhibits excellent flow properties, improving the manufacturability of tablet blends and granulations.
Tablets formulated with Ludipress display enhanced compactibility, leading to uniform tablet hardness and reduced friability.

Its unique co-processed structure provides tablets with rapid disintegration in the gastrointestinal tract, promoting drug release and absorption.
Ludipress acts as an effective binder, ensuring proper cohesion of tablet ingredients during compression.

Ludipress offers compatibility with a wide range of active pharmaceutical ingredients, making it suitable for various drug formulations.
The low hygroscopicity of Ludipress helps maintain the stability and shelf life of finished pharmaceutical products.

Its co-processed nature allows for cost-effective and efficient production of pharmaceutical tablets and granules.
Ludipress is widely used in both immediate-release and modified-release drug formulations to achieve desired drug delivery profiles.
Ludipress demonstrates good solubility, aiding in the dissolution of tablets in the gastrointestinal fluids.

Formulations containing Ludipress show excellent content uniformity, ensuring consistent drug dosage in each tablet.
The combination of Lactose Monohydrate and Povidone enhances the overall performance of the excipient, contributing to its popularity in the pharmaceutical industry.
Ludipress can be employed in direct compression, wet granulation, and dry granulation processes, providing formulation flexibility to pharmaceutical manufacturers.
Its fine particle size distribution contributes to uniform blending and consistent tablet properties.

Ludipress is a pharmaceutical excipient used in the formulation of solid dosage forms, such as tablets and granules.
The main components of Ludipress are Lactose Monohydrate (a sugar derived from milk) and Povidone (also known as Polyvinylpyrrolidone or PVP), which are processed together to create a unique excipient with specific characteristics and functionalities.
The co-processing of lactose and povidone results in a multifunctional excipient that offers several advantages in pharmaceutical formulations:

Enhanced Flowability:
Ludipress improves the flow properties of active pharmaceutical ingredients and other excipients during tablet or granule manufacturing.

Increased Compactibility:
Ludipress provides good compressibility, making it easier to produce tablets with uniform hardness and low friability.

Improved Disintegration:
Tablets formulated with Ludipress typically show improved disintegration properties, allowing them to break down quickly in the gastrointestinal tract for better drug release.

Efficient Binding:
Ludipress functions as a binder, helping to hold tablet components together during the compression process.

Good Solubility:
The lactose component of Ludipress aids in the dissolution of the tablet in the stomach, facilitating drug absorption.

Compatibility:
Ludipress is compatible with a wide range of active pharmaceutical ingredients, making it a versatile excipient for different drug formulations.

Low Hygroscopicity:
Ludipress has low hygroscopicity, meaning it does not easily absorb moisture from the environment, ensuring the stability of the finished pharmaceutical product.



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If there is accidental inhalation of Ludipress dust or particles, move the affected person to a well-ventilated area with fresh air immediately.
If the person experiences difficulty breathing or respiratory distress, seek immediate medical attention or call emergency services.


Skin Exposure:

In case of skin contact with Ludipress, remove contaminated clothing and accessories immediately.
Wash the affected skin area gently but thoroughly with soap and water.
Rinse the skin with water for at least 15 minutes to ensure complete removal of any residual substances.
If skin irritation or redness occurs, seek medical attention promptly.


Eye Exposure:

If Ludipress comes into contact with the eyes, immediately flush the affected eye(s) with clean water or saline solution for at least 15 minutes.
Hold the eye open while flushing to ensure thorough rinsing of the eye surface.
Seek immediate medical attention or contact an ophthalmologist if eye irritation, pain, or vision problems persist.


Ingestion:

If Ludipress or any excipient is accidentally ingested, do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by a healthcare professional or poison control center.
Rinse the mouth thoroughly with water if the substance was swallowed accidentally.
Seek immediate medical attention or contact a poison control center for further guidance.


General Precautions:

Always handle pharmaceutical excipients, including Ludipress, in a controlled and safe manner following good manufacturing practices (GMP) and safety guidelines.
Avoid direct skin contact and inhalation of fine particles or dust during handling and processing of excipients.
Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) such as safety goggles, gloves, lab coat, and a dust mask if necessary.
Store excipients in designated areas, away from incompatible substances, heat, and moisture, following the manufacturer's recommendations.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling Conditions:

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
When handling Ludipress or any excipient, wear appropriate personal protective equipment, including safety goggles, chemical-resistant gloves, a lab coat or protective clothing, and closed-toe shoes.

Avoid Inhalation:
Avoid breathing in fine particles or dust from Ludipress during handling.
Use a dust mask or respirator if necessary, especially in dusty environments.

Prevent Skin Contact:
Minimize skin contact with Ludipress.
In case of accidental skin contact, wash the affected area with soap and water.

Avoid Eye Contact:
Avoid direct eye contact with Ludipress.
If it comes into contact with the eyes, immediately rinse with clean water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention if irritation persists.

Use in Well-Ventilated Areas:
Handle Ludipress in a well-ventilated area or use local exhaust ventilation to minimize exposure to dust or vapors.

Mixing and Dilution:
When preparing formulations with Ludipress, follow specific instructions for mixing and dilution to ensure proper blending and uniform distribution of the excipient.

No Eating, Drinking, or Smoking:
Prohibit eating, drinking, or smoking in areas where Ludipress is handled to prevent accidental ingestion or exposure.

Containment:
Use appropriate containers and storage units to prevent spills and leaks.
Practice good hygiene and containment measures to avoid cross-contamination.


Storage Conditions:

Temperature and Humidity:
Store Ludipress in a cool, dry place at the recommended temperature and humidity range specified by the manufacturer.
Avoid exposure to direct sunlight or extreme temperatures.

Store Away from Incompatible Substances:
Keep Ludipress away from incompatible materials, including strong oxidizing agents, reducing agents, and moisture-sensitive substances.

Segregation:
Store Ludipress in designated areas, away from other chemicals or products to prevent cross-contamination.

Keep Containers Sealed:
Ensure that containers of Ludipress are tightly closed and properly sealed when not in use to maintain the excipient's quality and prevent moisture absorption.

Prevent Physical Damage:
Store Ludipress containers on stable shelves or pallets, away from heavy equipment or potential hazards that could cause damage.

Separate from Food and Pharmaceuticals:
Store Ludipress separately from food, beverages, pharmaceuticals, and other items not intended for chemical use.



SYNONYMS


Co-processed Lactose-Povidone Excipient
Lactose-Povidone Coprocessed Filler-Binder
Lactose-Povidone Composite Excipient
Povidone-Lactose Multifunctional Blend
Lactose-PVP Co-processed Solid Dispersions
Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Formulation Aid
Lactose-PVP Co-agglomerated Filler
Co-processed Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Blend
Lactose-PVP Granulation Enhancer
Povidone-Lactose Tableting Aid
Lactose-PVP Tablet Diluent
Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Powder Blend
PVP-Lactose Direct Compression Excipient
Co-processed Lactose-PVP Diluent
Lactose-Povidone Solid Dosage Formulation Aid
Lactose-PVP Drug Delivery Carrier
Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Granulation Matrix
PVP-Lactose Multifunctional Pharmaceutical Ingredient
Co-processed Lactose-PVP Tableting Agent
Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Composite Matrix
Lactose-Povidone Co-blended Filler-Binder
PVP-Lactose Direct Compression Formulation Aid
Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Co-agglomerated Excipient
Lactose-PVP Pharmaceutical Processing Aid
Co-processed Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Formulation Matrix
Coprocessed Excipient Blend of Lactose and Povidone
Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Co-processed Solid Dispersion
Co-agglomerated Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Filler-Binder
Multifunctional Matrix of Lactose and PVP
Lactose-PVP Granulation Aid
Povidone-Lactose Powder Blend for Tabletting
Lactose-PVP Formulation Carrier
Co-processed Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Composite
Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Tableting Agent
PVP-Lactose Pharmaceutical Diluent
Lactose-PVP Solid Dosage Matrix
Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Drug Delivery System
Co-blended Lactose-PVP Excipient
Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Tablet Processing Aid
Lactose-PVP Composite Diluent
PVP-Lactose Direct Compression Blend
Co-agglomerated Lactose-PVP Formulation Matrix
Lactose-PVP Pharmaceutical Ingredient
Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Co-processed Granulation Enhancer
Lactose-PVP Multifunctional Tablet Matrix
PVP-Lactose Direct Compression Formulation Carrier
Co-processed Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Diluent
Lactose-PVP Powder Blend for Drug Formulation
Lactose-Polyvinylpyrrolidone Composite Tableting Matrix
PVP-Lactose Multifunctional Pharmaceutical Aid

LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN ANA is used for the preparation of gloss-forming compositions in electroplating.
LUGALVAN ANA is introduced into alkaline zinc galvanic baths as a finishing gloss former, concentrations of 0.1 - 1 g/l.
As a rule, LUGALVAN ANA is used in the form of an adduct with bisulfite.

CAS Number: 123-11-5
EC Number: 204-602-6

LUGALVAN ANA is additives nonionic surfactant for the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN ANA is brightener for alkaline zinc.

Functions of LUGALVAN ANA:
Electroplating Additive,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Zinc,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Tin,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Medium Alkaline,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Top Brightener.

Features and Benefits of LUGALVAN ANA:
Provides grain refinement

Safety of LUGALVAN ANA:
Acute toxicity - oral: Not available
Acute toxicity - dermal: Not available
Acute toxicity - inhalation: Not available
Specific target organ toxicity - single exposure: Not available

This classification comes from an automated conversion of the classification established under the Controlled Products Regulations.
The complete classification under the Hazardous Products Regulations will be determined at a later date.

LUGALVAN ANA was not controlled under the Controlled Products Regulations.

Identifiers of LUGALVAN ANA:
Substance Anisaldehyde
CAS: 123-11-5
EC number: 204-602-6
Min. purity / concentration: 0%
Appearance: Liquid
Grades: Technical

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN ANA:

Product Type:
Plating Chemicals

Chemistry:
Aromatic based plating chemical

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN BES
DESCRIPTION:

Lugalvan BES is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electro­plating industry.
Lugalvan BES is particularly effective in brightener formulations for acid zinc and tin electrolytes.
Lugalvan BES has the following advantages in zinc and tin electrolytes:



Lugalvan BES increases the cloud point of the bath.
Lugalvan BES emulsifies oils and fats.
Lugalvan BES acts as a solubilizer for benzylidene acetone and 2-chlorobenzaldehyde.

Lugalvan BES is effective at a wide range of concentrations, from 1 g/l to 30 g/l.
Lugalvan BES is compatible with all conventional surfactants.
Lugalvan BES does not impair throwing power.

Lugalvan BES prevents charring at high current densities.
Lugalvan BES does not impair the solubility of the anode.


The usage of Lugalvan BES forms films which adhere well to metal.
Lugalvan BES is especially effective on chromated, zinc-plated parts and it also reduces the tendency of chromium(VI) ions to be leached out.
Lugalvan BES can be used to prevent nickel and other metals from tarnishing, and it can be applied as a decorative coating to non-ferrous metals.



APPLICATIONS OF LUGALVAN BES:
Lugalvan BES is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry.
Lugalvan BES is especially effective in brightener formulations for acid zinc electrolytes.
Lugalvan BES is usually employed at a concentration of 0.1 – 5 g/l.

Lugalvan BES has the following advantages in acid zinc electrolytes:
Lugalvan BES prevents charring at high current densities.
Lugalvan BES improves the ductility of the plated metal at high current densities.

Lugalvan BES improves the brightness of the plated metal over the whole range of current densities.
Lugalvan BES performs very well in combination with nonionic and anionic surfactants.

Lugalvan BES is low-foaming.
Lugalvan BES suppresses the formation of foam, especially in combination with Lugalvan NES.
Its solubilizing action on Lugalvan TC-BAR is comparable to that of Pluriol E 400 or E 600.
Lugalvan BES has no effect on the cloud point of the bath.



CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF LUGALVAN BES:
Physical Form: Aqueous, opalescent emulsion
Concentration: 20 – 22 %
Viscosity: 25 –170 at 23°C
Density 0.98 –1.00 g/cm3
pH: 8.5 – 9.
Primary Chemistry: Aqueous Solution
Physical form Yellowish or brownish, waxy solid
Water content max. 1%
Iodine colour max. 12
Density 1.11 –1.13 g/cm3
Viscosity 100 –160 mPa • s
pH 6.0 – 7.5
Setting point 24 – 30 °C
Solubility:
LUGALVAN BES is easy to dissolve in water when it has been melted.
Storage:
LUGALVAN BES has a shelf life of two years in its sealed original packaging, provided it is stored properly.











SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT LUGALVAN BES :
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product



LUGALVAN BNO 12
DESCRIPTION:
Lugalvan BNO 12 is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry and the chemical and allied industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes for increasing the throwing power and improving ductility.
Lugalvan BNO 12 can also be used to solubilize top brighteners such as Lugalvan TC-BAR, etc.
Lugalvan BNO 12 needs to be employed at a concentration of 2 – 6 g/l.


CAS NUMBER: 35545-57-4
IUPAC Name:
2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-naphthalen-2-yloxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethanol
Molecular Formula: C34H56O13
MW:188.22248

A chemical structure of a molecule includes the arrangement of atoms and the chemical bonds that hold the atoms together.
The Lugalvan BNO-12 molecule contains a total of 104 bond(s).
There are 48 non-H bond(s), 11 multiple bond(s), 36 rotatable bond(s), 11 aromatic bond(s), 2 six-membered ring(s), 1 ten-membered ring(s), 1 hydroxyl group(s), 1 primary alcohol(s), 11 ether(s) (aliphatic), and 1 ether(s) (aromatic).
The 2D chemical structure image of Lugalvan BNO-12 is also called skeletal formula, which is the standard notation for organic molecules.

The carbon atoms in the chemical structure of Lugalvan BNO-12 are implied to be located at the corner(s) and hydrogen atoms attached to carbon atoms are not indicated – each carbon atom is considered to be associated with enough hydrogen atoms to provide the carbon atom with four bonds.

The 3D chemical structure image of Lugalvan BNO-12 is based on the ball-and-stick model which displays both the three-dimensional position of the atoms and the bonds between them.
The radius of the spheres is therefore smaller than the rod lengths in order to provide a clearer view of the atoms and bonds throughout the chemical structure model of Lugalvan BNO-12.




SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT LUGALVAN BNO 12:
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product











CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF LUGALVAN BNO 12:
Molecular Weight 672.8 g/mol
XLogP3 1.2
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count 1
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count 13
Rotatable Bond Count 36
Exact Mass 672.37209184 g/mol
Monoisotopic Mass 672.37209184 g/mol
Topological Polar Surface Area 131Ų
Heavy Atom Count 47
Formal Charge 0
Complexity 633
Isotope Atom Count 0
Defined Atom Stereocenter Count 0
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count 0
Defined Bond Stereocenter Count 0
Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count 0
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count 1
Compound Is Canonicalized Yes
Concentration: 98-100%
Water Content: 0.5%
Density: 1.13-1.15 g/cm3
Viscosity: 120-150 mm2/s
Cloud Point: 69-72 °C
pH: 6-8
Primary Chemistry: β-Naphthol Ethoxylate




LUGALVAN BNO 12 ENTSALZT
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry, chemical and similar industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a highly viscous, yellowish liquid at 20°C.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is the chemical structure of a molecule, which includes the arrangement of atoms and chemical bonds.

CAS Number: 35545-57-4
Molecular Formula: C34H48N4O10
Molecular Weight: 672.8

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry, chemical and similar industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt takes part in the synthesis of brightening additives.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt 12 is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes for increasing the throwing power and improving ductility.
It can also be used to solubilize top brighteners such as Lugalvan TC-BAR, etc.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt needs to be employed at a concentration of 2 – 6 g/l.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt acts as an intermediate in formulating some chemicals.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used in the chemical industry.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt has versatile uses as a nonionic active ingredient.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as an excipient in acid zinc electrolytes.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as a corrosion inhibitor for ferrous metals.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can also be used to dissolve high-level brighteners.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry and chemical industries, with the chemical formula Lugalvan BNO 12 C12H12O2.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a non-ionic surfactant for the electroplating industry as well as for the chemical and similar industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is an auxiliary brightener for the electroplating industry.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt molecules contain a total of 104 bonds.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is an excellent polishing and leveling agent.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is mainly used to formulate brightening additives used in the nickel electroplating industry and is used as a corrosion inhibitor for ferrous metals.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a highly viscous compound.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt has a yellowish color.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt has a liquid form at 20 C.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt are often more water-soluble than their non-ethoxylated counterparts.
This enhanced solubility can make the Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt more versatile in various applications where dispersibility or solubility in water is desired.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can function as an emulsifying agent, helping to mix substances that would normally not dissolve together, such as oil and water.
This property is particularly useful in industries where emulsification is required, such as cosmetics, paints, and agricultural formulations.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzts often exhibit surfactant properties, meaning they can reduce the surface tension between liquids or the interface between liquids and solids.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used in the textile industry as a leveling agent in dyeing processes.
Leveling agents help ensure even and consistent dyeing of fabrics.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzts can be found in cosmetics, skin care products, shampoos, and body washes as foaming agents, emulsifiers, and stabilizers.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can be used in pesticide formulations to improve the dispersion and stability of active ingredients in water-based formulations.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could be used in industrial formulations where surface-active properties are beneficial, such as in the production of paints, coatings, adhesives, and lubricants.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt involves the reaction of a compound with ethylene oxide, which is an epoxide compound.
The Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt molecules add to the hydroxyl group of β-naphthol, resulting in the incorporation of ethylene oxide units into the molecular structure.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt often have varying hydrophilic (water-attracting) and lipophilic (oil-attracting) characteristics based on the degree of ethoxylation.

The properties of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can be tailored by controlling the degree of ethoxylation.
Different numbers of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt units can result in variations in solubility, dispersibility, and emulsification properties.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzts are used to stabilize emulsions, preventing the separation of immiscible liquids.

The surfactant properties of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt contribute to its ability to generate foam.
This property is useful in applications like shampoos, detergents, and other cleaning products.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can aid in the dispersion of solid particles in liquids, ensuring uniform distribution.

Molecular Weight: 672.8
XLogP3-AA: 2
Full Mass: 672.33704374
Monoisotopic Mass: 672.33704374
Topological Polar Surface Area: 188 Ų
Physical Form: High viscosity liquid
Concentration: 99.5%
Water Content: 0.5%
Cloud Point: 59-71°C
Freezing Point: 18°C
pH Value: 6.5
Density: 1.14 g/ml
Viscosity: 140 mm2/s
Wetting Power: >300 s
Surface Tension: 52 mN/m

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used in the chemical industry.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt has versatile uses as a nonionic active ingredient.
Lugalvan BNO 12 is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes for increasing the throwing power and improving ductility.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can also be used to solubilize top brighteners such as Lugalvan TC-BAR, etc.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt needs to be employed at a concentration of 2 – 6 g/l.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as an excipient in acid zinc electrolytes.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is particularly effective as a brightener.
The 2D chemical structure image of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is also called skeletal formula, which is the standard notation for organic molecules.
The carbon atoms in the chemical structure of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt are implied to be located at the corner(s) and hydrogen atoms attached to carbon atoms are not indicated – each carbon atom is considered to be associated with enough hydrogen atoms to provide the carbon atom with four bonds.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can also be used to dissolve varnishes.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt has a viscous form.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt often have surfactant properties, meaning they can lower the surface tension of liquids and help with emulsification (mixing of immiscible liquids, such as oil and water).

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could be used as an ingredient in detergents, cleaners, and emulsifying agents.
Surfactants are commonly used in the textile industry for processes like dyeing, finishing, and sizing.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might find use in these applications due to its emulsifying properties.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can be found in cosmetics, shampoos, and body washes where they contribute to foaming and cleansing properties.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used in various industrial processes where surfactant properties are desirable, such as in the production of paints, coatings, and adhesives.
Some agricultural formulations might use Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt as adjuvants or dispersing agents to improve the distribution of active ingredients.

The specific applications and properties of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt would depend on factors like the degree of ethoxylation (how many ethylene oxide units are added), the resulting molecular structure, and the intended use.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can vary widely in their properties based on these factors.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt are often chosen as environmentally friendly alternatives to more traditional surfactants due to their biodegradability and lower environmental impact.
The choice of an Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt in a formulation depends on its compatibility with other ingredients and the desired application.
As with any chemical, regulatory considerations are essential when formulating with Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt.

Uses
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt also has an important place in the electroplating sector.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as a surfactant in most industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt should be used in certain concentrations depending on the area of use.

Unlike other substances, Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt contains strong and multiple chemical bonds.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry and the chemical and allied industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is also used to formulate brightener additives employed in the

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is widely used in the coating industry.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is often used in the nickel electroplating industry.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt takes part in the synthesis of brightening additives.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt acts as an intermediate in formulating some chemicals.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as an excipient in acid zinc electrolytes.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as a corrosion inhibitor for ferrous metals.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can be used as a leveling agent in textile dyeing processes, ensuring even and consistent coloration.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be added to dye baths to help disperse and stabilize dyes, improving the dyeing process.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can be used as a foaming agent and emulsifier in shampoos, body washes, and other personal care products.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used as an emulsifying agent to stabilize oil-water mixtures in cosmetic creams and lotions.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can contribute to the foaming and cleaning properties of detergents and household cleaners.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used in industrial cleaning formulations to help solubilize oils and other contaminants.
In agriculture, Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could be used as an emulsifying and dispersing agent in pesticide formulations to improve the mixing and effectiveness of active ingredients.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could be used as an emulsifying agent in water-based paints and coatings to ensure uniform dispersion of pigments and other additives.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be included in adhesive and sealant formulations to improve their wetting and spreading properties.
In various industrial processes, it can be used for emulsifying oils in water or dispersing solid particles in liquids.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used in industrial cleaning formulations for removing oils and greases.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used as an additive in polymer processing to aid in dispersion and compounding.
In some applications, Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could be used to control and stabilize foam, such as in the production of foam products.

Safety
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can potentially cause skin and eye irritation upon contact.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt's important to wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), such as gloves and safety goggles, when handling the compound.
Some individuals might be sensitive or allergic to certain chemical compounds, including Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt.

Fine particles or aerosols of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could potentially be inhaled during handling.
Inhalation of airborne particles can lead to respiratory irritation.

Environmental Impact
Depending on the specific formulation and concentration, Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can have an environmental impact if not properly managed.
Disposal practices should follow regulations and best practices to minimize potential harm to the environment.

SYNONYMS:
Ethoxylatedb-naphthol
Ethylene oxide-b-naphthol condensate
Hi 5108
Lugalvan BNO 12
Lugalvan BNO 24
2-(naphthalen-2-yloxy)ethanol
2-(2-NAPHTHYLOXY)ETHANOL
2-(2-Naphthoxy)ethanol
Anavenol
2-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)naphthalene
2-naphthalen-2-yloxyethanol
2-(2-naphthalenyloxy)ethanol
Ethanol, 2-(2-naphthalenyloxy)-
Ethylene glycol mono-2-naphthyl ether
.beta.-Naphthoxyethanol
beta-Naphthoxyethanol
Ethanol, 2-(2-naphthyloxy)-
35545-57-4
2-(naphthalen-2-yloxy)ethan-1-ol
UNII-7M7CUT7CCU
NSC 37574
7M7CUT7CCU
2-(.beta.-Naphthoxy)ethanol
2-(beta-Hydroxyethoxy)naphthalene
beta-Hydroxyethyl-2-naphthyl ether
EINECS 202-228-8
2-(.beta.-Hydroxyethoxy)naphthalene
beta-Hydroxyethyl beta-naphthol ether
.beta.-Hydroxyethyl-2-naphthyl ether
NSC-37574
.beta.-Hydroxyethyl .beta.-naphthol ether
AI3-09174
EC 202-228-8
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-2-naphthalenyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
2-(2-Naphthoxy) Ethanol
SCHEMBL432069
2-(2-naphthyloxy)-1-ethanol
2-(2-Naphthyloxy)ethyl alcohol
Ethanol,2-(2-naphthalenyloxy)-
DTXSID00870427
NSC37574
MFCD00016809
STK505598
2-(naphthalene-2-yloxy) ethan-1-ol
AKOS003617490
SB83940
2-(2-NAPHTHYLOXY)ETHANOL [MI]
FT-0608495
F79756
A844475
Q27268562
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BNO 24 is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry and the chemical and allied industries.

LUGALVAN BNO 24 is nonionic surfactant for the electroplating industry and the chemical and allied industries.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 is auxiliary brightener for the electroplating industry.

CAS Number: 35545-57-4
Molecular Formula: C58H104O25
Molar Mass: 1201.47 g/mol

LUGALVAN BNO 24 is also used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes for increasing the throwing power and improving ductility.

LUGALVAN BNO 24 can also be used to substantially increase the cloud point of zinc plating baths.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 needs to be employed at a concentration of 2-6 g/l.

Applications of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
LUGALVAN BNO 24 is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry and the chemical and allied industries.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 is also used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry.

LUGALVAN BNO 24 is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes for increasing the throwing power and improving ductility.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 can also be used to substantially increase the cloud point of zinc plating baths.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 needs to be employed at a concentration of 2 – 6 g/l.

Storage of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
LUGALVAN BNO 24 has a shelf life of at least two years in its sealed original packaging, provided LUGALVAN BNO 24 is stored properly

Safety of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN BNO 24 for the purpose for which LUGALVAN BNO 24 is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN BNO 24 does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN BNO 24 is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheet are observed.

Identifiers of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
Molecular formula: C58H104O25
Molar mass: (DIN 51405) 1201.47 g/mol
Chemical nature: ß-Naphthol ethoxylate

Properties of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
Physical form: Clear, yellow liquid
Concentration: 74 – 76% (100 %-water content)
Water content: 24 – 26 % (DIN 51777, Part 1; ASTM D 1744)
Density: 1.11 –1.14 g/cm3 (DIN 51757, ASTM D 1298, 23 °C)
Viscosity: 155 – 205 mm2/s (Ubbelohde, DIN 51562, Part 1, ASTM D 445, 23 °C)
Cloud point: 80 – 84 °C (DIN EN 1890, in NaCl solution)
pH: 6 – 8(ISO 976, 10 %)

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 does not necessarily form part of LUGALVAN BNO 24 specification.

A detailed product specification is available from your local BASF representative.

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500

Synonyms of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
Ethoxylatedb-naphthol
Ethylene oxide-b-naphthol condensate
Hi 5108
LUGALVAN BNO 12
LUGALVAN BNO 24
Newcol B 10
Newcol B 18
Newcol B 4
Poly(oxyethylene)-b-naphthyl ether
Polyethylene glycol mono(2-naphthyl) ether
Polyethyleneglycol monoether with b-naphthol
Polyethylene glycol b-naphthyl ether
RT 100
Solsperse 2700
Solsperse27000
b-Naphthol polyethylene oxide
Ethoxylated 2-naphthol
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN DC is an aqueous emulsion of an ethylene copolymer that is commonly applied to metal surfaces to improve resistance to corrosion and to improve aesthetic appearance.
LUGALVAN DC is ingredient of transparent protective coatings for use in the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN DC is wax emulsion for the production of transparent anti-corrosion coatings.

The usage of LUGALVAN DC forms films which adhere well to metal.
LUGALVAN DC is especially effective on chromated, zinc-plated parts and LUGALVAN DC also reduces the tendency of chromium(VI) ions to be leached out.
LUGALVAN DC can be used to prevent nickel and other metals from tarnishing, and LUGALVAN DC can be applied as a decorative coating to non-ferrous metals.

Applications of LUGALVAN DC:
LUGALVAN DC is applied to metal surfaces to improve their resistance to corrosion and their aesthetic appearance.
LUGALVAN DC forms films which adhere well to metal.

LUGALVAN DC is especially effective on chromated, zinc-plated parts.
LUGALVAN DC also reduces the tendency of chromium(VI) ions to be leached out.

LUGALVAN DC can be used to prevent nickel and other metals from tarnishing, and LUGALVAN DC can be applied as a decorative coating to non-ferrous metals.
LUGALVAN DC does not contain an emulsifier.

LUGALVAN DC is miscible with water in all proportions, provided the pH does not fall below 8.5.
Experience has shown that LUGALVAN DC can be advisable to add ammonia or amines such as dimethylethanolamine to maintain the pH at around 9 in order to prevent precipitation.

On metal surfaces, LUGALVAN DC forms a corrosion-protective film with good adhesive capacity that enhances the appearance of the sealed products.
LUGALVAN DC can be applied to zinc-plated steel (passivated or not passivated) and to ungalvanized steel, nickel, aluminium and non-ferrous metals.

Basically, LUGALVAN DC is possible to apply LUGALVAN DC to other metals, this must, however, be tested on a case-by-case basis.
LUGALVAN DC enhances the corrosion protection of metal surfaces regardless of the type of pre-treatment.

LUGALVAN DC is available as an aqueous, emulsifier-free polymer emulsion, which is miscible with water in all proportions, provided the pH value does not fall below 8.5.
Experience has shown that LUGALVAN DC may be advisable to adjust the pH value at around 9 by adding ammonia or amines, e. g. dimethylethanol amine, in order to prevent precipitation of LUGALVAN DC.

The corrosion resistance of sheet metals treated with LUGALVAN DC can be further enhanced by adding silicates.
If LUGALVAN DC is applied to copper or alloys containing copper, LUGALVAN DC may be required to add benzotriazole, to prevent corrosion during application when LUGALVAN DC is wet.

LUGALVAN DC can be applied by dipping, spinning or spraying.
For spraying applications, a solids content of > 10% is recommended.

The thickness of the polymer film can be adjusted via the viscosity.
The viscosity basically depends on the solids content of the coating bath but also on the pH value.

At pH values above 9.5, the viscosity will decrease.
Usually, films of ca. 1 µm are formed from coating baths with a solids content of 5%.

Higher film thicknesses can be achieved through a higher solids concentration or multiple dipping with intermediate drying.
To achieve constant film thicknesses, LUGALVAN DC is required to monitor the solids concentration in the coating bath.

Depending on the thickness of the film, LUGALVAN DC can be advisable to use higher temperatures for the drying process.
Depending on size and geometry the parts can be dried within one minute at 80°C (fan heater); higher temperatures will reduce the drying time.

LUGALVAN DC can be pigmented by mixing LUGALVAN DC with Luconyl or Dispers pigment preparations.
The components can be mixed by simple stirring and do not require a complicated mixing procedure.
Films produced from LUGALVAN DC are ductile and insensitive to the deformation of the substrate.

Other Applications of LUGALVAN DC:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Corrosion Preventatives,
Electroplating.

Problems Solved of LUGALVAN DC:
Premature Metal Surface Tarnishing,
Poor Metal Resistance to Corrosion & Rust.

Related End Markets of LUGALVAN DC:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Consumer Products,
Electronics,
General Industrial,
Transportation.

Related Functions of LUGALVAN DC:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Rust Prevention,
Surfactant.

Related Substrates of LUGALVAN DC:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Non-Ferrous,
Zinc.

Handling of LUGALVAN DC:
LUGALVAN DC should be prevented from coming into contact with the eyes and skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling LUGALVAN DC in its undiluted form.
Further information is given in our Safety Data Sheet.

Storage of LUGALVAN DC:
The freeze-thaw stability of LUGALVAN DC is very good.
LUGALVAN DC viscosity can undergo a slight, gradual increase during storage.

We would recommend filtering it if LUGALVAN DC has been stored for a long time or if a crust has formed.
LUGALVAN DC has a shelf life of one year, provided LUGALVAN DC is stored properly.

Being an aqueous emulsion, LUGALVAN DC has a good freeze-thaw stability.
The viscosity may slightly increase during storage.

In case of prolonged storage and crust formation due to volatilisation of water, LUGALVAN DC is recommended to filter LUGALVAN DC before usage.
Keep container tightly closed and store LUGALVAN DC in a cool location.
LUGALVAN DC has a shelf life of at least one year, provided LUGALVAN DC is stored properly in originally sealed drums.

Safety of LUGALVAN DC:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN DC for the purpose for which LUGALVAN DC is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to our information and experience, LUGALVAN DC does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN DC is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheet are observed.

Disposal of LUGALVAN DC:
LUGALVAN DC can be cleaned from coating equipment with aqueous, alkaline cleaners after LUGALVAN DC has dried.
The polymer can be removed from waste water by adjusting its pH so that LUGALVAN DC is slightly acid.
The precipitate can then be filtered out.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN DC:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air.

If on skin:
Wash thoroughly with soap and water.

If in eyes:
Wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open.

If swallowed:
Rinse mouth and then drink plenty of water.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN DC:

Suitable extinguishing media:
Water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Harmful vapours
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Firefighters should be equipped with self-contained breathing apparatus and turn-out gear.

Further information:
The degree of risk is governed by the burning substance and the fire conditions.
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Properties of LUGALVAN DC:
Physical form: Aqueous, opalescent emulsion
Concentration: 20 – 22 % (ISO 3251, 2 h at 120 °C)
Viscosity: 25 –170 s (ISO 2431, 4 mm cup, 23 °C)
Density: 0.98 –1.00 g/cm3 (DIN 51757, Part 1, 23 °C, ASTM D 1298)
pH: 8.5 – 9.5 (ISO 976)

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
LUGALVAN DC does not necessarily form part of LUGALVAN DC specification.

Form: emulsion
Odour: product specific
Odour threshold: not determined
Colour: white to yellow
pH value: 8.5 - 9.5 ( 25 °C) (measured with the undiluted substance)
solidification temperature: approx. 0 °C (DIN ISO 3013)
Boiling point: 100 °C
Flash point: > 100 °C (DIN EN 22719; ISO 2719)
Flammability: not flammable
Lower explosion limit: Study does not need to be conducted.
Upper explosion limit: Study does not need to be conducted.
Autoignition: > 200 °C (DIN 51794)
Vapour pressure: 23.4 hPa ( 20 °C)
Density: 0.98 - 1.0 g/cm3 ( 23 °C) (DIN 51757)
Relative density: 0.99 ( 20 °C)
Vapour density: not determined
Partitioning coefficient noctanol/water (log Pow): not applicable
Self-ignition temperature: not self-igniting
Thermal decomposition: not determined
Viscosity, dynamic: 72 mPa.s ( 23 °C)
Particle size: The substance / product is marketed or used in a non solid or granular form.
Solubility in water: dispersible
Evaporation rate: Value can be approximated from Henry's Law Constant or vapor pressure.
Other Information: If necessary, information on other physical and chemical parameters is indicated in this section.

Specifications of LUGALVAN DC:
Physical Form: Aqueous, opalescent emulsion
Concentration: 20 – 22 %
Viscosity: 25 –170 at 23°C
Density 0.98 –1.00 g/cm3
pH: 8.5 – 9.
Primary Chemistry: Aqueous Solution

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN DC:

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication

Chemical Nature:
Aqueous emulsion of an ethylene copolymer

Related Products of LUGALVAN DC:

DEGRESSAL Surfactants:
DEGRESSAL SD 20

GOLPANOL Metal Brighteners:
GOLPANOL HD
GOLPANOL MBS
GOLPANOL PA
GOLPANOL VS

LUTRON Functional Fluids:
LUTRON Q 75
LUTRON HF 1
LUTRON KS 1

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN DC

Lugalvan DC is a specialized aqueous emulsion renowned for its corrosion-resistant properties on metal surfaces.
Lugalvan DC, containing an ethylene copolymer, forms robust and adherent films upon application.
Metal parts treated with Lugalvan DC exhibit an enhanced resistance to corrosion, ensuring prolonged durability.
Lugalvan DC excels in protecting chromated and zinc-plated components, providing an effective shield against environmental degradation.



APPLICATIONS


Lugalvan DC is extensively employed as a corrosion-resistant coating in the metal processing and fabrication industry.
Metal parts and components treated with Lugalvan DC exhibit enhanced resistance to environmental corrosion, prolonging their service life.
Its specialized aqueous emulsion is a preferred choice for protecting chromated and zinc-plated surfaces against degradation.
Lugalvan DC's versatility extends to the electroplating industry, where it ensures durability and longevity in plated components.

Lugalvan DC finds application in preventing tarnishing of nickel and other metals, maintaining their aesthetic appeal.
As a decorative coating for non-ferrous metals, Lugalvan DC enhances visual aesthetics while providing robust protection.
Lugalvan DC is used to form adherent films on metal surfaces, offering a reliable shield against the leaching of chromium(VI) ions.

Metalworking operations benefit from Lugalvan DC as a corrosion preventative, contributing to the overall efficiency of fabrication processes.
Lugalvan DC's viscosity range of 25 to 170 at 23°C facilitates easy application and uniform coverage on various metal substrates.
Lugalvan DC's slightly alkaline pH of 8.5-9 makes it compatible with a wide range of metal surfaces and processing conditions.

Industries involved in the manufacturing of metal artifacts utilize Lugalvan DC to ensure the preservation of components over time.
Lugalvan DC is an indispensable tool in the prevention of corrosion on ferrous and non-ferrous metals in challenging environmental conditions.

Lugalvan DC acts as a protective coating during metal finishing processes, contributing to the quality and durability of the final product.
Electroplated components treated with Lugalvan DC showcase increased resistance to environmental factors, ensuring a longer lifespan.
Lugalvan DC's opalescent appearance aids in visual quality control during application, ensuring even coverage on treated surfaces.

Its compatibility with different metal substrates makes Lugalvan DC suitable for a wide range of industrial applications.
Lugalvan DC is utilized in the aerospace industry to protect metal components from corrosion in demanding operational environments.

As a corrosion preventative in the automotive sector, it contributes to the longevity and reliability of various metal parts.
Applications extend to the protection of metal components in marine environments, where exposure to saltwater can accelerate corrosion.
Lugalvan DC is incorporated into the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for architectural and structural metal elements.

Lugalvan DC plays a crucial role in the preservation of historical metal artifacts and structures, safeguarding them from environmental deterioration.
Lugalvan DC's stability and resistance to extremes of temperature make it suitable for protecting metal components in diverse climates.

Lugalvan DC is applied as a protective coating on critical infrastructure components, ensuring their structural integrity over time.
In the electronics industry, it serves as a corrosion-resistant coating for metal components in various electronic devices.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the energy sector to protect metal structures and components used in power generation and distribution.

Lugalvan DC is frequently utilized as a corrosion-resistant coating in diverse metal processing and fabrication applications.
Its effectiveness in preventing corrosion makes it a valuable solution for protecting metal parts exposed to harsh environmental conditions.
In the automotive industry, Lugalvan DC plays a pivotal role in safeguarding critical metal components, contributing to the overall durability of vehicles.

Lugalvan DC is an integral part of the aerospace sector, where it helps protect metal parts of aircraft from corrosion during their operational life.
Lugalvan DC finds application in the marine industry, where it guards against corrosion in ship components exposed to corrosive saltwater environments.

Lugalvan DC is employed in the construction sector, where it contributes to the longevity of architectural metal elements and structural components.
Lugalvan DC's role extends to the electronics industry, where it acts as a protective coating for metal components in electronic devices.

In the energy sector, it is utilized to safeguard metal structures and components in power plants, ensuring reliability and longevity.
Lugalvan DC is applied in the manufacturing of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal parts used in industrial machinery and equipment.
Lugalvan DC is incorporated into the production of specialty coatings for metal surfaces in the oil and gas sector, protecting against corrosive environments.
As a corrosion preventative, it is employed in the fabrication of metal parts for renewable energy systems, contributing to their extended service life.

Lugalvan DC is used in the production of corrosion-resistant materials for the chemical processing industry, ensuring the integrity of equipment.
Lugalvan DC serves as an effective solution for protecting metal components in the medical industry, where hygiene and durability are paramount.
Lugalvan DC finds application in the agricultural sector, where it contributes to the protection of metal parts in farming equipment exposed to various environmental conditions.
Lugalvan DC is utilized in the preservation of historical artifacts, providing a protective coating to prevent corrosion on metal objects of cultural significance.

Lugalvan DC is applied to metal surfaces in the manufacturing of consumer goods, contributing to the longevity and quality of finished products.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the fabrication of metal components for the defense industry, ensuring the durability and reliability of military equipment.
Its application in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal furniture contributes to the aesthetic appeal and durability of the products.

Lugalvan DC is utilized in the creation of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components used in the production of appliances and household items.
Lugalvan DC plays a role in the protection of metal components in transportation systems, including railways and public transit, enhancing their lifespan.

In the telecommunications industry, Lugalvan DC is used as a protective coating for metal structures and components in communication infrastructure.
Lugalvan DC contributes to the durability of metal parts in the manufacturing of industrial pumps and valves, where corrosion resistance is critical.

Lugalvan DC is incorporated into the production of corrosion-resistant materials for the semiconductor industry, ensuring the reliability of electronic components.
Lugalvan DC is applied to metal parts in the textile industry, protecting machinery and equipment from corrosion in textile manufacturing processes.
In the food and beverage industry, Lugalvan DC finds application in protecting metal components used in processing and packaging equipment, meeting stringent hygiene standards.

Lugalvan DC is instrumental in the protection of metal components in the aviation industry, safeguarding aircraft against corrosion in challenging atmospheric conditions.
In the petrochemical sector, Lugalvan DC is utilized to shield metal parts from corrosive elements, enhancing the longevity of processing equipment.
Lugalvan DC plays a crucial role in the manufacturing of metal containers, ensuring the durability and corrosion resistance of packaging materials.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the fabrication of heat exchangers, providing corrosion protection for efficient heat transfer in industrial processes.

Lugalvan DC contributes to the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal pipelines in the oil and gas transportation industry.
In the automotive manufacturing process, Lugalvan DC is used to protect metal surfaces during various stages of production, preventing corrosion before assembly.

Lugalvan DC finds application in the creation of corrosion-resistant materials for the production of medical devices, ensuring longevity and safety in healthcare settings.
Lugalvan DC is applied to metal components in the renewable energy sector, protecting solar panels and wind turbine parts from environmental degradation.

Lugalvan DC is utilized in the fabrication of metal components for desalination plants, where corrosion resistance is crucial for operational efficiency.
In the semiconductor manufacturing industry, Lugalvan DC contributes to the protection of metal parts in the production of electronic components.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components in the chemical manufacturing sector, ensuring product integrity.

Lugalvan DC is used in the protection of metal surfaces in wastewater treatment plants, guarding against corrosion in harsh chemical environments.
Lugalvan DC plays a role in the preservation of metal components in historical and cultural heritage sites, preventing corrosion on architectural elements.
In the telecommunications infrastructure, Lugalvan DC protects metal structures and components in cell towers and communication equipment.
Lugalvan DC contributes to the durability of metal parts in the manufacturing of industrial boilers and pressure vessels, where corrosion resistance is critical.

Lugalvan DC is employed in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components used in the railway industry, ensuring safety and reliability.
Lugalvan DC plays a part in the protection of metal parts in offshore structures, such as oil platforms and marine installations, against corrosive marine conditions.
In the construction of bridges and tunnels, Lugalvan DC is used to coat metal structures, providing long-lasting corrosion protection in challenging environments.
Lugalvan DCn contributes to the protection of metal components in power transmission and distribution systems, ensuring reliability in electrical infrastructure.

Lugalvan DC is applied in the manufacturing of metal parts for agricultural machinery, protecting against corrosion in farming equipment.
Lugalvan DC finds application in the fabrication of metal components for mining equipment, contributing to the durability of machinery used in harsh mining environments.
Lugalvan DC is used in the protection of metal surfaces in food processing plants, ensuring compliance with hygiene standards and preventing corrosion.

Lugalvan DC contributes to the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components in the pulp and paper industry, enhancing equipment longevity.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the manufacturing of metal parts for the automotive aftermarket, providing corrosion protection for replacement components.
In the production of industrial fans and HVAC systems, Lugalvan DC is used to protect metal parts, ensuring efficient and corrosion-resistant operation.

Lugalvan DC is integral to the manufacturing of metal components for renewable energy systems, protecting against corrosion in solar panel frames and wind turbine structures.
In the marine industry, Lugalvan DC contributes to the preservation of ship structures and components, safeguarding against the corrosive effects of saltwater.

Lugalvan DC is utilized in the fabrication of metal components for desalination plants, ensuring resistance to corrosion in saline environments.
Lugalvan DC finds application in the protection of metal surfaces in chemical processing plants, where resistance to corrosive chemicals is paramount.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components used in water treatment facilities, ensuring longevity and efficiency.

Lugalvan DC plays a role in protecting metal parts in the nuclear industry, where corrosion resistance is crucial for the safety and reliability of equipment.
Lugalvan DC is applied to metal components in the manufacturing of industrial compressors, ensuring corrosion resistance in varied operational conditions.
In the construction of industrial storage tanks, Lugalvan DC is used to coat metal surfaces, providing durable protection against corrosive substances.
Lugalvan DC contributes to the protection of metal components in aerospace manufacturing, ensuring the longevity and safety of aircraft structures.

Lugalvan DC is employed in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components used in electronic enclosures and control panels.
Lugalvan DC plays a crucial role in the protection of metal surfaces in chemical refineries, where exposure to aggressive chemicals poses corrosion risks.

In the fabrication of metal components for geothermal power plants, Lugalvan DC ensures corrosion resistance in high-temperature and corrosive environments.
Lugalvan DC is used in the production of corrosion-resistant materials for metal components in the pharmaceutical industry, meeting stringent quality standards.
Lugalvan DC is applied to metal parts in the manufacturing of industrial furnaces, protecting against corrosion in high-temperature and aggressive atmospheres.

Lugalvan DC contributes to the protection of metal components in hydropower facilities, where exposure to water and humidity necessitates robust corrosion resistance.
Lugalvan DC is utilized in the manufacturing of metal components for high-speed trains, providing corrosion protection for critical railway infrastructure.
In the production of metal components for oil refineries, Lugalvan DC ensures resistance to corrosive substances in various refining processes.
Lugalvan DC is applied to metal surfaces in the production of industrial pumps, ensuring longevity and corrosion resistance in fluid-handling applications.

Lugalvan DC plays a role in protecting metal parts used in the fabrication of industrial boilers, contributing to safety and efficiency in steam generation.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components used in the production of semiconductor manufacturing equipment.
Lugalvan DC contributes to the preservation of metal components in historical monuments, protecting against corrosion and environmental degradation.

Lugalvan DC is utilized in the protection of metal surfaces in railway infrastructure, ensuring the durability and safety of tracks and structures.
Lugalvan DC is applied in the manufacturing of metal components for electric vehicles, contributing to the longevity and corrosion resistance of critical parts.

In the production of metal components for wastewater treatment plants, Lugalvan DC ensures corrosion resistance in aggressive chemical environments.
Lugalvan DC is used in the fabrication of metal components for telecommunications infrastructure, protecting against corrosion in communication towers and equipment.



DESCRIPTION


Lugalvan DC is a specialized aqueous emulsion renowned for its corrosion-resistant properties on metal surfaces.
Lugalvan DC, containing an ethylene copolymer, forms robust and adherent films upon application.
Metal parts treated with Lugalvan DC exhibit an enhanced resistance to corrosion, ensuring prolonged durability.
Lugalvan DC excels in protecting chromated and zinc-plated components, providing an effective shield against environmental degradation.

Lugalvan DC showcases versatility by not only fortifying metal surfaces but also contributing to an improved aesthetic appearance.
Lugalvan DC demonstrates efficacy in reducing the leaching of chromium(VI) ions, addressing environmental and safety concerns.

Lugalvan DC's composition imparts a unique ability to prevent tarnishing, making it an ideal choice for nickel and other metal applications.
Applied as a decorative coating on non-ferrous metals, Lugalvan DC enhances visual appeal while preserving material integrity.
With a concentration range of 20-22%, it strikes a balance between effectiveness and ease of application.

Lugalvan DC's viscosity, ranging from 25 to 170 at 23°C, facilitates uniform coverage and adherence to various metal substrates.
Lugalvan DC's aqueous nature simplifies handling and application processes, minimizing potential health and safety concerns.
As a corrosion preventative, it finds indispensable utility in metal processing and fabrication industries.

Electroplating operations benefit from Lugalvan DC's protective capabilities, ensuring a high level of durability in plated components.
Lugalvan DC's density of 0.98-1.00 g/cm³ contributes to its stability and ease of storage.
Exhibiting a slightly alkaline pH range of 8.5-9, Lugalvan DC is compatible with many metal surfaces and processing conditions.

Lugalvan DC's ability to adhere well to metal surfaces is a key factor in its effectiveness as a protective coating.
Lugalvan DC acts as a versatile solution in various metalworking processes, contributing to the overall efficiency of fabrication operations.
Its resistance to extremes of temperature ensures that the protective films remain intact even in challenging environmental conditions.

The opalescent appearance of the emulsion adds a visual cue to its presence, aiding in quality control during application.
Nickel and other metal components treated with Lugalvan DC maintain a lustrous and corrosion-free appearance over extended periods.
Lugalvan DC serves as a valuable tool in the preservation of metal artifacts and components in diverse industrial applications.
Its compatibility with different metal substrates makes Lugalvan DC a go-to choice for comprehensive metal protection solutions.

Lugalvan DC's formulation undergoes strict quality control measures to ensure consistency and reliability in its protective properties.
Lugalvan DC's application in the manufacturing sector extends beyond protection to encompass aesthetic enhancements, contributing to the overall quality of finished products.
With its role in reducing environmental impact through the controlled leaching of chromium(VI) ions, Lugalvan DC exemplifies a commitment to sustainable metal processing practices.



PROPERTIES


Chemical Composition: Aqueous emulsion of an ethylene copolymer
Physical Form: Opalescent emulsion
Concentration: 20 – 22%
Viscosity: 25 – 170 at 23°C
Density: 0.98 – 1.00 g/cm³
pH: 8.5 – 9
Corrosion Resistance: Provides effective protection against corrosion on metal surfaces.
Adhesion: Forms adherent films on metal surfaces, enhancing longevity.
Versatility: Suitable for use on chromated and zinc-plated parts.



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If inhaled, promptly move the affected person to fresh air to avoid further exposure.
If respiratory distress occurs or if breathing is difficult, administer artificial respiration.
Seek immediate medical attention, and provide information about the inhaled substance (Lugalvan DC).
Keep the affected person calm and at rest while awaiting medical assistance.


Skin Contact:

In case of skin contact, promptly remove contaminated clothing and shoes.
Wash the affected area thoroughly with soap and water for at least 15 minutes.
If irritation, redness, or other adverse reactions persist, seek medical attention.
If skin irritation is severe, consider seeking prompt medical evaluation.


Eye Contact:

In case of eye contact, immediately rinse the eyes gently with water for at least 15 minutes, lifting the upper and lower eyelids.
Seek immediate medical attention, and provide information about the substance involved (Lugalvan DC).
Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do so, after the initial rinse.


Ingestion:

If Lugalvan DC is swallowed, do not induce vomiting unless directed by medical professionals.
Rinse the mouth with water if the person is conscious.
Seek immediate medical attention and provide information about the ingested substance.
Do not give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.


General First Aid Measures:

If first aid is administered, ensure that it is performed by trained personnel.
Have the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) or relevant product information available for medical professionals.
Monitor vital signs, including breathing and pulse.
Keep the affected person under observation and provide supportive care as necessary.
If irritation, redness, or other symptoms persist, seek medical attention promptly.


Note:

Never administer first aid unless you are trained and equipped to do so safely.
Do not leave the affected person unattended.
Be cautious about the potential for secondary contamination when providing assistance.


Important Considerations:

Lugalvan DC may cause skin and eye irritation; avoid contact with skin, eyes, and mucous membranes.
Inhalation exposure should be minimized; use appropriate respiratory protection in situations where inhalation may occur.
Ingestion should be avoided; do not consume or allow accidental ingestion.
Seek medical attention for any suspected exposure or adverse health effects.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
Wear suitable protective clothing, including gloves and safety goggles or a face shield.
Use respiratory protection if handling Lugalvan DC in conditions that may generate dust or vapors.

Ventilation:
Work in a well-ventilated area to minimize exposure to airborne particles or vapors.
Consider local exhaust ventilation to control airborne concentrations.

Avoidance of Contact:
Avoid skin contact and inhalation of dust or vapors.
Do not eat, drink, or smoke while handling Lugalvan DC.

Hygiene Practices:
Wash hands and exposed skin thoroughly after handling Lugalvan DC.
Do not touch the face, eyes, or mouth with contaminated hands.

Storage:
Store Lugalvan DC in a cool, dry place away from incompatible materials.
Keep containers tightly closed to prevent moisture absorption and contamination.

Separation from Incompatibles:
Store away from strong acids, strong bases, and other incompatible materials.
Take precautions to avoid contact with reducing agents and strong oxidizers.

Handling Precautions:
Use appropriate equipment for handling, such as scoops or shovels, to minimize dust generation.
Implement powder-handling procedures to minimize the release of airborne dust.

Emergency Measures:
Have emergency equipment, including eyewash stations and safety showers, accessible in the handling area.
Ensure that personnel are trained in emergency response procedures.


Storage:

Storage Temperature:
Store Lugalvan DC at ambient temperatures, avoiding extremes of heat and cold.

Moisture Control:
Protect from moisture to prevent clumping and degradation of the substance.
Consider using desiccants or moisture-absorbing materials in storage areas.

Container Material:
Use containers made of materials compatible with Lugalvan DC, such as polyethylene or glass.
Ensure that containers are properly labeled with hazard information.

Labeling:
Clearly label containers with appropriate hazard information and handling instructions.
Include the date of receipt and other relevant information on storage containers.

Segregation:
Store away from incompatible substances, including strong oxidizers and reducing agents.
Implement segregation measures to prevent cross-contamination.

Fire Precautions:
Lugalvan DC is not flammable, but it may emit toxic fumes in a fire.
Store away from potential ignition sources.

Security Measures:
Store Lugalvan DC in a secure location to prevent unauthorized access and potential misuse.

Regular Inspection:
Regularly inspect storage areas for signs of damage, leaks, or other issues.
Follow the recommended shelf-life and expiration dates provided by the manufacturer.

Training:
Train personnel on proper handling and storage procedures, including emergency response measures.
Keep records of training sessions and updates.
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN EDC is transparent, scratch-resistant, free of heavy metals.
LUGALVAN EDC offers a transparent, cathodic dip paint with particular scratch resistance, which protects metal from corrosion and tarnishing.

LUGALVAN EDC is particularly suitable for use in electroplating shops.

LUGALVAN EDC is a transparent, cathodic electrodeposition coating with very high scratch resistance.
This new transparent product for sealing metal surfaces differs from conventional electrodeposition coatings in that LUGALVAN EDC is not pigmented, which makes LUGALVAN EDC more versatile.

LUGALVAN EDC forms a crystal-clear layer that protects metal from corrosion and prevents LUGALVAN EDC from tarnishing.
Because LUGALVAN EDC is applied by electrophoretic deposition, this new product is particularly suited to the demands of electroplating companies.

The main practical advantage of LUGALVAN EDC is that it consists of only one-component, which makes LUGALVAN EDC easier to use than the conventional two- component on today's market.
In the past, chromate conversion coatings have regularly been applied to zinc-plated parts and fittings to protect them from corrosion.

This is no longer possible, because the EU Directive 2002/95/EC on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment that came into force on 1 July 2006 EU and the EU Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles that comes into force on 15 July 2007 prohibit the use of certain heavy metal compounds, including chromate.

The idea of coating metal parts instead of treating them with chromate is neither new nor particularly effective.
Conventional coatings protect metal surfaces well, but their coverage of sharp edges is insufficient and these remain virtually unprotected.

Small parts with a complicated shape are particularly prone to corrosion.
The solution here is to use a cathodic electrodeposition coating, which is applied by means of a process that is similar to electroplating.

The metal part to be coated is dipped in a tank containing LUGALVAN EDC and attached to the cathode.
An electrical current is then applied, which causes a thin layer of polymer to be deposited on the substrate.

The polymer layer forms a film of uniform thickness, even in nooks and crannies.
The process automatically comes to a halt when the layer reaches a certain thickness, and the result is a very even coating applied to the whole surface of the substrate.
Cathodic electrodeposition coatings have been in use for a long time as base coats in automotive and appliances manufacturing.

The idea of using a cathodic electrodeposition coating as a transparent top coat, and not just as a base coat, is relatively new, who is responsible for the development and application technology of LUGALVAN coatings.
LUGALVAN EDC offers much more than preventing corrosion on functional metal components.

For instance, LUGALVAN EDC can also be used to prevent tarnishing on decorative brass fittings.
In this particular application, the coating has to do more than merely preventing corrosion, because the surface of the metal has to appear as if LUGALVAN EDC has just been freshly polished and LUGALVAN EDC has to be resistant to scratching as well as resistant to tarnishing.

Typical examples are brass door handles and furniture fittings made from brass.
These products no longer have to be polished in everyday use.
LUGALVAN EDC is superior to conventional transparent coatings in this application, because cathodic electrodeposition coatings have very high resistance to abrasion.

LUGALVAN EDC contributes to sustainability and protecting the environment, because this new product makes LUGALVAN EDC possible to prolong the working life of metal parts without having to resort to corrosion protection methods that employ heavy metals.
LUGALVAN is a well-known brand in the surface treatment industry for products that are used in zinc plating and finishing processes.

Applications of LUGALVAN EDC:
LUGALVAN EDC effectively protects zinc-plated parts from corrosion.
Decorative, scratch-resistant coating for brass.
Crystal-clear top coats can be applied to components with a complex shape.

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN EHS is defined as Sulfonated and Sulfated Alkylphenol Ethoxylate.
LUGALVAN EHS is used to formulate brightening additives used in the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN EHS is particularly effective in brightening formulations for acid zinc and tin electrolytes.

CAS Number: 126-92-1
Molecular Formula: C8H17NaO4S
Molecular Weight: 232.27

LUGALVAN EHS has the following advantages in zinc and tin electrolytes:
Increases the cloud point of the bath.
Emulsifies liquid and solid fats.

Acts as a solvent for the LUGALVAN TC-BAR.
LUGALVAN reduces TC-BAR consumption.

Consumption remains constant throughout the lifetime of the bath.
Effective in a wide concentration range from 0.1 g/l to 15 g/l.

LUGALVAN EHS can be applied alone.
Compatible with all conventional surfactants.

Does not impair the throwing power.
Prevents carbonization at high current densities.

Does not degrade the resolution of the anode.
LUGALVAN EHS can also be used for zinc-nickel alloy plating.

Storage of LUGALVAN EHS:
Solidified product should be heated up to about 50 °C and homogenized before LUGALVAN EHS will be processed.

Shelf life of LUGALVAN EHS:
If stored properly in LUGALVAN EHS original sealed packaging the shelf life is at least 2 years.

Safety of LUGALVAN EHS:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN EHS for the purpose for which LUGALVAN EHS is intended and from processing LUGALVAN EHS in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN EHS does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN EHS is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheet are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN EHS:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

On skin contact:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

On contact with eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

On ingestion:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN EHS:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam.

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Special protective equipment:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Accidental Release Measures of LUGALVAN EHS:

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Use personal protective clothing.

Environmental precautions:
Contain contaminated water/firefighting water.
Do not discharge into drains/surface waters/groundwater.

Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:

For large amounts:
Dike spillage.
Pump off product.

For residues:
Pick up with suitable absorbent material.
Dispose of absorbed material in accordance with regulations.

Properties of LUGALVAN EHS:
Molecular weight: 232.27
Formula: C8H17NaO4S
Color/Form: Colourless Solution
InChI: InChI=1S/C8H18O4S.Na/c1-3-5-6-8(4-2)7-12-13(9,10)11;/h8H,3-7H2,1-2H3,(H,9,10,11);/q;+1/p-1
InChI key: InChIKey=DGSDBJMBHCQYGN-UHFFFAOYSA-M
SMILES: CCCCC(CC)COS(=O)(=O)O[Na]

CAS Number:126-92-1
Alternate CAS: #72214-01-8
Molecular Formula:C₈H₁₇NaO₄S
Appearance:Colourless Solution
Molecular Weight:232.27

Related Products of LUGALVAN EHS:
5,7-Dimethoxycoumarin
2,3-Dimethoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine
Dimethyl Dicarbonate
5,5-Dimethylisoxazolidin-3-one
2-Dimethylaminoethyl Benzilate

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500

Synonyms of LUGALVAN EHS:
2-Ethylhexyl Sulfate Sodium Salt
Avirol SA 4106
Carsonol SHS
Disponil EHS 47
Emcol D 5-10
Ethasulfate Sodium
Kraftex OA
LUGALVAN TC-EHS
Lutensit TC-EHS
NAS 08
NSC 4744
Newcol 1000SN
Niaproof 08
Nissan Sintrex EHR
Pentrone ON
Pionin A 20
Rewopol NEHS 40
Rhodapon BOS
Rhodapon OLS
Sandet OHE
Sinolin SO 35
Sintrex EHR
Sodium 2-ethylhexyl Sulfate
Sodium Etasulfate
Sodium Ethasulfate
Sodium Octyl Sulfate
Sodium Octyl Sulphate
Sole Tege TS 25
Stepanol EHS
Steponol EHS
Sulfirol 8
Sulfopon O
Sulfotex CA
Sulfotex OA
Supralate SP
2-Ethylhexyl Sulfate Sodium Salt
Avirol SA 4106
Carsonol SHS
Disponil EHS 47
Emcol D 5-10
Ethasulfate Sodium
Kraftex OA
LUGALVAN TC-EHS
Lutensit TC-EHS
NAS 08
NSC 4744
Newcol 1000SN
Niaproof 08
Nissan Sintrex EHR
Pentrone ON
Pionin A 20
Rewopol NEHS 40
Rhodapon BOS
Rhodapon OLS
Sandet OHE
Sinolin SO 35
Sintrex EHR
Sodium 2-ethylhexyl Sulfate
Sodium Etasulfate
Sodium Ethasulfate
Sodium Octyl Sulfate
Sodium Octyl Sulphate
Sole Tege TS 25
Stepanol EHS
Steponol EHS
Sulfirol 8
Sulfopon O
Sulfotex CA
Sulfotex OA
Supralate SP
TC-EHS
Tergemist
Tergimist
Tergitol 08
Tergitol Anionic 08
Texapon 890
Texapon EHS
Witcolate D 5-10
08-Unioncarbide
1-Hexanol, 2-ethyl-, hydrogen sulfate, sodium salt
1-Hexanol,2-Ethyl-,Hydrogensulfate,Sodiumsalt
2-Ethyl-1-Hexanolhydrogensulfatesodiumsalt
2-Ethyl-1-Hexanolsodiumsulfate
2-Ethyl-1-Hexanolsulfatesodiumsalt
2-Ethyl-1-hexanol sodium sulfate
2-Ethyl-1-hexanol sulfate sodium salt
2-Ethylhexyl Sulfate
2-Ethylhexyl sodium sulfate
2-Ethylhexyl sulfate sodium salt
2-Ethylhexylsiransodny
2-Ethylhexylsodiumsulfate
2-Ethylhexylsulfate Sodium salt
2-Ethylhexylsulfatesodium
2-Ethylhexylsulfuricacid,Sodium
2-Ethylhexylsulfuricacid,Sodiumsalt Emcold5-10
2-Ethylhexylsulphate,Sodium Salt
Emersal6465
Ethasulfate sodium
Mono(2-Ethylhexyl Sulfatesodiumsalt
Nas 08
Nci-C50204
Niaproof Type 8
Niaproof08
Pentroneon
Propaste6708
Sipexbos
Sodium 2-Ethylhexyl Sulphate
Sodium ethasulfate
Sodium octyl sulfate
Sodium octyl sulphate
Sulfuric acid, mono(2-ethylhexyl) ester, sodium salt
Sulfuric acid, mono(2-ethylhexyl) ester, sodium salt (1:1)
Tc-Ehs
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN FDC is additives nonionic surfactant for the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN FDC is an aqueous polymer emulsion that is free of emulsifiers.
LUGALVAN FDC is miscible in all proportions with water, provided the pH does not fall below 8.5.

Experience has shown that LUGALVAN FDC can be advisable to adjust the pH to approx 9 if necessary with ammonia or with amines such as triethanolamine or dimethylethanolamine in order to prevent the solids from precipitating.
LUGALVAN FDC can be applied by dipping, spinning or spraying.

Careful attention should be paid to ensure that foam does not form if LUGALVAN FDC is applied by spraying.
For instance, 200 ml of a solution of LUGALVAN FDC that has been diluted down to a solids content of 15% forms more than 350 ml of foam after 30 cycles in a foam-testing apparatus when LUGALVAN FDC is agitated for 30 seconds and then left to stand for 30 seconds.

The volume of foam that is formed can be reduced to less than 50 ml by adding 0.1% Degressal SD 20 without impairing the corrosion resistance.
The thickness of the polymer film can be controlled by adjusting the viscosity.

The viscosity largely depends on the solids content of the bath, but LUGALVAN FDC can also be influenced by the bath temperature, pH or the presence of additives.
Transparent films that are applied by dipping in an aqueous bath usually have a thickness of 1 – 10 µm.

Thicker films can be applied by dipping the substrate several times and allowing LUGALVAN FDC to dry each time it is dipped.
Very homogeneous films are obtained by consecutive dipping into diluted solutions of LUGALVAN FDC and intermediate drying steps.

If baths are open to the atmosphere and stirred, LUGALVAN FDC is advisable to monitor their solids content to ensure that the film thickness remains constant.
Depending on the thickness of the film, LUGALVAN FDC is usually advisable to dry the film at elevated temperatures.

Depending on their size, shape and thickness, components that have been coated with LUGALVAN FDC can usually be dried to a tack-free finish by drying them 1 minute at 80 °C (fan heater).
For increased corrosion protection drying at elevated temperature or prolonged reaction time is recommendable, e.g. 10 minutes at 80°C or 1 munite at 130 °C.

The drying times are corres­pondingly shorter at higher temperatures.
The film can gradually become yellow if LUGALVAN FDC is exposed to temperatures in excess of 150 °C for prolonged periods, but the discoloration is purely aesthetic and the polymer does not undergo any thermal degradation.

LUGALVAN FDC can be coloured with our Luconyl and Dispers pigment preparations, which normally need to be added at a rate of 0.1 – 5%.
The pigments can simply be mixed in by stirring and no elaborate mixing techniques are necessary, but we would recommend filtering the emulsion if necessary in order to remove any undispersed pigment.

LUGALVAN FDC is a transparent, cathodic electrodeposition coating with high scratch resistance.
According to the company, this new transparent product for sealing metal surfaces differs from conventional electrodeposition coatings in that LUGALVAN FDC is not pigmented, which makes LUGALVAN FDC more versatile.

The coating forms a crystal-clear layer that protects metal from corrosion and prevents LUGALVAN FDC from tarnishing.
Because LUGALVAN FDC is applied by electrophoretic deposition, this new product is particularly suited to the demands of electroplating companies.

Uses of LUGALVAN FDC:
LUGALVAN FDC is miscible in all proportions with water, provided the pH does not fall below 8.5.
LUGALVAN FDC can be applied by dipping, spinning or spraying.

The coating forms a crystal-clear layer that protects metal from corrosion and prevents LUGALVAN FDC from tarnishing.
Because LUGALVAN FDC is applied by electrophoretic deposition, this new product is particularly suited to the demands of electroplating companies.

Handling and Storage of LUGALVAN FDC:

Precautions for safe handling:
No special measures necessary provided product is used correctly.

Protection against fire and explosion:
No special precautions necessary.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Suitable materials for containers: Stainless steel 1.4401, Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2), Polyester resin, glass reinforced (Palatal A410), High density polyethylene (HDPE), glass, Low density polyethylene (LDPE).

Further information on storage conditions: Keep container tightly closed and in a cool place.
Protect from temperatures above: 40 °C

Storage of LUGALVAN FDC:
Solidified product should be heated up to about 50 °C and homogenized before LUGALVAN FDC will be processed.

Shelf life of LUGALVAN FDC:
If stored properly in LUGALVAN FDC original sealed packaging the shelf life is at least 2 years.

Safety of LUGALVAN FDC:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN FDC for the purpose for which LUGALVAN FDC is intended and from processing LUGALVAN FDC in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN FDC does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN FDC is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheet are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN FDC:

Description of first aid measures:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

On skin contact:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

On contact with eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

On ingestion:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN FDC:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Special protective equipment:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Accidental Release Measures of LUGALVAN FDC:

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Use personal protective clothing.

Environmental precautions:
Contain contaminated water/firefighting water.
Do not discharge into drains/surface waters/groundwater.

Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:

For large amounts:
Dike spillage.
Pump off product.

For residues:
Pick up with suitable absorbent material.
Dispose of absorbed material in accordance with regulations.

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN G 15000 is high-molecular polyethylene imine.
LUGALVAN G 15000 is used to formulate brightener additives for the electroplating industry and for other applications in the chemical and allied industries

Applications of LUGALVAN G 15000:
LUGALVAN G 15000 is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry, especially as a polymeric basic brightener in zinc electrolytes.
LUGALVAN G 15000 also has a variety of applications in the chemical and allied industries, e.g. as a sedimentation aid for metal hydroxides, a protective colloid and a deodorizer.

Functions of LUGALVAN G 15000:
Electroplating Additive,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Zinc,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Medium Alkaline,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Basic Brightener,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Polarization Agent.

Features and Benefits of LUGALVAN G 15000:
Improves throwing power.

Solubility of LUGALVAN G 15000:
LUGALVAN G 15000 is soluble in water.

Storage of LUGALVAN G 15000:
LUGALVAN G 15000 has a shelf life of one year in its sealed original packaging, provided LUGALVAN G 15000 is stored properly.

Safety of LUGALVAN G 15000:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN G 15000 for the purpose for which LUGALVAN G 15000 is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN G 15000 does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN G 15000 is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheet are observed

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN G 15000:

Description of first aid measures:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

On skin contact:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

On contact with eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

On ingestion:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN G 15000:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Special protective equipment:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Accidental Release Measures of LUGALVAN G 15000:

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Use personal protective clothing.

Environmental precautions:
Contain contaminated water/firefighting water.
Do not discharge into drains/surface waters/groundwater.

Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:

For large amounts:
Dike spillage.
Pump off product.

For residues:
Pick up with suitable absorbent material.
Dispose of absorbed material in accordance with regulations.

Properties of LUGALVAN G 15000:
Physical form: Slightly cloudy, colourless or yellowish liquid
Concentration: 48 – 52 %
Ethylenimine monomer content: < 1 ppm
Refractive index: approx. 1.450 (DIN 51423, Part 2, 23 °C)
Viscosity 18 000 – 30 000 mPa · s (ISO 2555, Brookfield RVT, spindle 6, 20 °C, 20 rpm)
pH: 10 – 1
Density: approx. 1.08 g/cm3 (DIN 51757, ASTM D 1298, hydrometer, 23 °C)

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
LUGALVAN G 15000 does not necessarily form part of the product specification.

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN G 15000:

Product Type:
Plating Chemicals,
Polymers.

Chemistry:
Polyethylene imine and derivatives

Chemical nature:
High-molar-mass polyethylenimine

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN G 35 is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry, especially as a polymeric basic brightener in zinc electrolytes.

LUGALVAN G 35 is employed at a concentration of 0.5 – 5 g/l.
LUGALVAN G 35 is also used as a protective colloid in the chemical and allied industries.

Applications of LUGALVAN G 35:
LUGALVAN G 35 is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry, especially as a polymeric basic brightener in zinc electrolytes.
LUGALVAN G 35 is employed at a concentration of 0.5 – 5 g/l.
LUGALVAN G 35 is also used as a protective colloid in the chemical and allied industries.

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication

Handling and Storage of LUGALVAN G 35:

Precautions for safe handling:
No special measures necessary provided product is used correctly.

Protection against fire and explosion:
No special precautions necessary.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:

Suitable materials for containers:
Stainless steel 1.4401, Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2), Polyester resin, glass reinforced (Palatal A410), High density polyethylene (HDPE), glass, Low density polyethylene (LDPE)

Further information on storage conditions:
Keep container tightly closed and in a cool place.

Protect from temperatures above:
40 °C

Storage of LUGALVAN G 35:
LUGALVAN G 35 has a shelf life of one year in its sealed original packaging, provided LUGALVAN G 35 is stored properly.

Stability and Reactivity of LUGALVAN G 35:

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals: No corrosive effect on metal.

Chemical Stability:
LUGALVAN G 35 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.

Safety of LUGALVAN G 35:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN G 35 for the purpose for which LUGALVAN G 35 is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
LUGALVAN G 35 does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN G 35 is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheet are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN G 35:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

On skin contact:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

On contact with eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

On ingestion:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN G 35:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:
Harmful vapours, carbon oxides
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Special protective equipment:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Accidental Release Measures of LUGALVAN G 35:

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Use personal protective clothing.

Environmental precautions:
Contain contaminated water/firefighting water.
Do not discharge into drains/surface waters/groundwater.

Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:

For large amounts:
Dike spillage.
Pump off product.

For residues:
Pick up with suitable absorbent material.
Dispose of absorbed material in accordance with regulations.

Properties of LUGALVAN G 35:

Chemical nature:
Low-molar-mass polyethylenimine

Physical form:
Slightly cloudy, colourless or yellowish liquid

Concentration:
48 – 52 %
(method derived from ISO 3251, 2 g, 130 °C, 2 h)

Refractive index:
approx. 1.450
(DIN 51423, Part 2, 23 °C),

Viscosity:
80 – 130 s
(ISO 2431, No. 4, 20 °C)

pH:
10 – 12
(method derived from ISO 976, 10 %)

Density:
approx. 1.08 g/cm3
(DIN 51757, ASTM D 1298, hydrometer, 23 °C)

pH: 10 – 12
Viscosity: 80 – 130 s
Refractive index: 1.450
Concentration: 48–52%
Density: 1.08 g/cm3

Physical form: Slightly cloudy, colourless or yellowish liquid
Concentration 48 – 52 %
Refractive index: approx. 1.450
Viscosity: 80 – 130 s
pH: 10 – 12
Density: approx. 1.08 g/cm3

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
LUGALVAN G 35 does not necessarily form part of LUGALVAN G 35 specification.

A detailed product specification is available from your local BASF representative

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500

Synonyms of LUGALVAN G 35:
Aziridine, homopolymer
Ethylenimine, polymers
Montrek 1000
Polymin FL
Tydex 12
PEI 1120
PEI 18
Montrek 6
CF 218 (polymer)
PEI 6
Polyaziridine
PEI 100
PEI 1
PEI 2
PEI 12
PEI 400
PEI 1000
PEI 600
Everamine 210T
Everamine 50T
PEI
Everamine
CF 218
Polyethylenimine
Polymin HS
2MB
Emerlube 6717
Corcat P 200
15T
Corcat P 18
Corcat P 100
EL 420
Corcat P 145
SP 200
Polymin G 35
Corcat P 600
EL 402
Polymin Waterfree
Corcat P 150
Corcat P 12
Polymin G 15M
Aziridine polymer
Epomin P 1000
Epomin 150T
Epomin SP 003
Epomin SP 012
Epomin D 3000
Epomin SP 110
Epomin SP 200
Epomin SP 103
Epomin 1000
Epomin P 500
Epomin SP 018
Epomin SP 006
Epomin P 1500
Sedipur CL 930
SN
SP 012
Epomin SP 1000
Epomin SP 300
P 1000
SP 300
P 600
Everamine 150T
Everamine 500T
Montrek 12
Montrek 18
Montrek 600
Polymin G 500;Polymin 6
K 203C
AC 871
Polyethenimide
SP 018
UP 300 (polyamine)
210T
P 600XE
XA 1007
Epomin P 003
T 13A
P 70 (polyamine)
P 70
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 15
LUGALVAN G 35
UP 300
Polymin SNA
PR 20 (release agent);PR 20
P 100 (polyamine)
P 0381
P 100
Lupasol WF
Polymin G 100
Lupasol P
Adcote 372
SP 003
Lupasol G 35
Bufloc 595
Polymin G 20
Lupasol FG
Epomin P 1050
A 131X
Ethylenimine homopolymer
Lupasol G 20
Lupasol HF
Basocoll PR 8086
Epomin P 200
Epomin P 012
Lupasol G 100
Lupasol PR 8515
Epomin
G 35
Ethyleneimine homopolymer
Lupasol PS
Duramax 1007
G 20
PR 8515
WF
FC
G 100
HF
Lupasol FC
SP 006
39289-19-5
66456-64-2
69522-69-6
73597-47-4
81210-07-3
81210-08-4
81210-09-5
92047-44-4
96956-22-8
96956-23-9
96956-24-0
145379-92-6
217821-63-1
391936-72-4
461012-73-7
949092-53-9
1084334-00-8
1244969-44-5
1257304-92-9
1333407-92-3
1349653-19-5
1360462-35-6
1384465-19-3
1394151-56-4
1402087-16-4
1606980-34-0
1821214-71-4
1821214-75-8
1821214-80-5
1821214-82-7
1983974-20-4
1997302-19-8
1997302-20-1
2101731-67-1
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is used to formulate brightener additives and LUGALVAN HS 1000 is known for its stellar performance in combination with nonionic and anionic surfactants.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 prevents charring at high current densities and is great at improving the ductility of the plated metal at high current densities.
This metal surface treatment also helps improve the brightness of the plated metal over the whole range of current densities.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 is used to formulate brightener additives and LUGALVAN HS 1000 is known for its stellar performance in combination with nonionic and anionic surfactants.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 is especially effective in brightener formulations for acid zinc electrolytes.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is usually employed at a concentration of 0.1 – 5 g/l.

Application of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is especially effective in brightener formulations for acid zinc electrolytes.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is usually employed at a concentration of 0.1 – 5 g/l.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 is used to formulate brightener additives.
This metal surface treatment also helps improve the brightness of the plated metal over the whole range of current densities.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 has the following advantages in acid zinc electrolytes:
LUGALVAN HS 1000 prevents charring at high current densities.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 improves the ductility of the plated metal at high current densities.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 improves the brightness of the plated metal over the whole range of current densities.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 performs very well in combination with nonionic and anionic surfactants.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 is low-foaming.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 suppresses the formation of foam, especially in combination with LUGALVAN NES.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 solubilizing action on LUGALVAN TC-BAR is comparable to that of Pluriol E 400 or E 600.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 has no effect on the cloud point of the bath.

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication.

Functions of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
Surface Modification,
Electroplating Additive,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Zinc,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Tin,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Copper,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Medium Acidic,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Basic Brightener,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Polarization Agent.

Related Functions of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Brighteners,
Electroplating,
Surfactant.

Related End Markets of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Consumer Products,
Electronics,
General Industrial,
Transportation.

Handling and Storage of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

Precautions for safe handling:
Breathing must be protected when large quantities are decanted without local exhaust ventilation.

Protection against fire and explosion:
Avoid dust formation.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:

Suitable materials for containers:
Low density polyethylene (LDPE), High density polyethylene
(HDPE), Carbon steel (Iron), Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2), Stainless steel 1.4401, Stove-lacquer RDL 50, Stainless steel 1.4541

Further information on storage conditions:
Keep container tightly closed and dry.
Store in a cool place.

Shelf life of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
LUGALVAN HS 1000 has a shelf life of two years in its sealed original packaging, provided LUGALVAN HS 1000 is stored properly.

Stability and Reactivity of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals:
No corrosive effect on metal.

Oxidizing properties:
Not fire-propagating.

Chemical stability:
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is chemically stable.

Safety of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN HS 1000 for the purpose for which LUGALVAN HS 1000 is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN HS 1000 does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that it is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheet are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air.

If on skin:
Wash thoroughly with soap and water

If in eyes:
Wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open.

If swallowed:
Rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

Suitable extinguishing media:
Dry powder, foam.

Unsuitable extinguishing media for safety reasons:
Carbon dioxide.

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Harmful vapours, carbon oxides, sulfur oxides.
Evolution of fumes/fog. The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
The degree of risk is governed by the burning substance and the fire conditions.
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Properties of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
Physical form:
Yellowish or brownish, waxy solid

Water content:
max. 1%
(DIN 51777, Part 1, ASTM D 1744)

Iodine colour:
max. 12
(DIN EN 1557, 40 °C),

Density:
1.11 –1.13 g/cm3
(DIN 51757, 40 °C, ASTM D 1298)

Viscosity:
100 –160 mPa · s
(DIN 53019, 40 °C)

pH:
6.0 – 7.5
(ISO 976, 10 %)

Setting point:
24 – 30 °C
(ISO 3016)

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 does not necessarily form part of LUGALVAN HS 1000 specification.

A detailed product specification is available from your local BASF nepresentative.

Specifications of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
Water Content: 1%
Iodine Colour: 12
Density: 1.11 –1.13 g/cm3
Viscosity: 100 –160 mPa · s
pH: 6.0 – 7.5
Setting Point: 24 – 30
Primary Chemistry: Thiodiglycol Ethoxylate

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

Solubility:
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is easy to dissolve in water when it has been melted.

Product Type:
Plating Chemicals

Chemistry:
Other alkoxylate

Related Products of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

DEGRESSAL Surfactants:
DEGRESSAL SD 20

GOLPANOL Metal Brighteners:
GOLPANOL HD
GOLPANOL MBS
GOLPANOL PA
GOLPANOL VS

LUTRON Functional Fluids:
LUTRON Q 75
LUTRON HF 1
LUTRON KS 1

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN IMZ is a water and alcohol soluble top brightener for zinc electroplating with a high concentration of >99.5%.
LUGALVAN IMZ is used to formulate brightener additives for the electroplating industry.

Molecular Formula: C3H4N2
Molar Mass (DIN 51405): 68.08 g/mol

Applications of LUGALVAN IMZ:
LUGALVAN IMZ is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry, especially in alkaline zinc electrolytes.
LUGALVAN IMZ can be caused to react with a wide variety of other substances.
LUGALVAN IMZ is employed at a concentration of 0.5 – 5 g/l.

Other Applications of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Electroplating.

Functions of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Electroplating Additive,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Zinc,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Tin,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Medium Alkaline,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Basic Brightener.

Other Functions of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Brighteners,
Electroplating,
Surfactant.

Features and Benefits of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Raw material copper electroplating.

Related End Markets of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Consumer Products,
Electronics,
General Industrial,
Transportation.

Related Substrates of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Non-Ferrous,
Zinc.

Solubility of LUGALVAN IMZ:
LUGALVAN IMZ is soluble in water and alcohols.

Safety of LUGALVAN IMZ:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN IMZ for the purpose for which LUGALVAN IMZ is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN IMZ does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN IMZ is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheet are observed.

Handling and Storage of LUGALVAN IMZ:

Precautions for safe handling:
Breathing must be protected when large quantities are decanted without local exhaust ventilation.

Protection against fire and explosion:
Dust can form an explosive mixture with air.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Segregate from acids and acid forming substances.

Suitable materials for containers:
Low density polyethylene (LDPE), glass, High density polyethylene (HDPE), Stove-lacquer RDL 16

Unsuitable materials for containers:
Aluminium, Galvanized carbon steel (Zinc), Lead-plated, Paper/Fibreboard, Carbon steel (Iron), tinned carbon steel (Tinplate).

Further information on storage conditions:
Containers should be stored tightly sealed in a dry place.

Storage Stability of LUGALVAN IMZ:
LUGALVAN IMZ has a shelf life of two years in LUGALVAN IMZ sealed original packaging.

Storage duration:
24 Months

From the data on storage duration in this safety data sheet no agreed statement regarding the warrantee of application properties can be deduced.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN IMZ:

General advice:
First aid personnel should pay attention to their own safety.
If the patient is likely to become unconscious, place and transport in stable sideways position (recovery position).
Immediately remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air.
Assist in breathing if necessary.
Seek medical attention.

If on skin:
Wash affected areas thoroughly with soap and water.
Remove contaminated clothing.
If irritation develops, seek medical attention.

If in eyes:
In case of contact with the eyes, rinse immediately for at least 15 minutes with plenty of water.
Immediate medical attention required.

If swallowed:
Rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water.
Do not induce vomiting.
Immediate medical attention required.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN IMZ:

Suitable extinguishing media:
Water spray, dry powder, foam, carbon dioxide

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Carbon oxides, nitrogen oxides
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus and chemical-protective clothing.

Further information:
Collect contaminated extinguishing water separately, do not allow to reach sewage or effluent systems.

Accidental Release Measures of LUGALVAN IMZ:

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Use breathing apparatus if exposed to vapours/dust/aerosol.
Avoid contact with the skin, eyes and clothing.

Environmental precautions:
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:

For small amounts:
Pick up with suitable appliance and dispose of.

For large amounts:
Pick up with suitable appliance and dispose of.

Identifiers of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Molecular Formula: C3H4N2
Molar Mass (DIN 51405): 68.08 g/mol

Properties of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Form: powder, crystalline
Odour: amine-like
Odour threshold: not determined
Colour: colourless to yellowish
pH value: 10.5
Melting point: 88 - 90°C (DIN EN ISO 3146)
Boiling point: 256°C
Flash point: > 135°C
Flammability: Vapours are flammable.
Autoignition: 480 °C (DIN 51794)
SADT: Not a substance/mixture liable to self-decomposition according to GHS.
Vapour pressure: 0.003 mbar ( 20°C)
Density: 1,233 g/cm3 ( 20°C)
Bulk density: 500 - 700 kg/m3 (ISO 697)
Self-ignition temperature:
Based on its structural properties LUGALVAN IMZ is not classified as selfigniting.
Not self-igniting The value has not be determined because of the low risk of self-ignition in consequence of the low melting point.
Thermal decomposition: Stable up to boiling point.
Viscosity, dynamic: 2.696 mPa.s ( 100°C)
Viscosity, kinematic: not applicable, LUGALVAN IMZ is a solid

Physical form: Colourless or pale yellow flakes

Concentration: >99.5%
(BASF method, GC, % area under the curve)

Bulk density: 0.5–0.7 g/cm3 (ISO 697)

pH: 9 – 11 (ISO 976, 10 %, 23 °C)

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
It does not necessarily form part of LUGALVAN IMZ specification.

A detailed product specification is available from your local BASF representative.

Specifications of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Physical Form: Colorless or Pale Yellow Flakes
Concentration: >99.5%
Bulk Density: 0.5–0.7 g/cm 3
pH: 9–11
Primary Chemistry: Imidazole

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN IMZ:

Product Type:
Plating Chemicals

Chemistry:
Aromatic based plating chemical

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication

Related Products of LUGALVAN IMZ:

DEGRESSAL Surfactants:
DEGRESSAL SD 20

GOLPANOL Metal Brighteners:
GOLPANOL HD
GOLPANOL MBS
GOLPANOL PA
GOLPANOL VS

LUTRON Functional Fluids:
LUTRON Q 75
LUTRON HF 1
LUTRON KS 1

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IZE has been developed for use in the formulation of brightener additives for the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN IZE acts as a basic brightener in alkalin zinc and zinc-alloy plating, especially in cyanide-free baths.

LUGALVAN IZE is usually used in combination with top brighteners.
LUGALVAN IZE is normally employed at a concentration of 1-10 g/l.
LUGALVAN IZE has also been shown to perform particularly well in combination with LUGALVAN BPC 48, and also with LUGALVAN G.

Applications of LUGALVAN IZE:
LUGALVAN IZE has been developed for use in the formulation of brightener additives for the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN IZE acts as a basic brightener in alkaline zinc and zinc-alloy plating, especially in cyanide-free baths.

LUGALVAN IZE is usually used in combination with top brighteners.
LUGALVAN IZE is normally employed at a concentration of 1-10 g/l.

The compatibility of LUGALVAN IZE with conventional top brighteners is good.
LUGALVAN IZE has been shown to perform particularly well in combination with LUGALVAN BPC 48, and also with LUGALVAN G types.
LUGALVAN IZE gives high throwing power and ensures that the plated metal is evenly distributed.

LUGALVAN IZE gives high brightness, particularly at low current densities, and LUGALVAN IZE inhibits blistering.
Zinc-plated components plated with the aid of LUGALVAN IZE are easy to chromate.

Other Applications of LUGALVAN IZE:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Electroplating.

Features and Benefits of LUGALVAN IZE:
LUGALVAN IZE gives high throwing power and ensures that the plated metal is evenly distributed.
LUGALVAN IZE gives high brightness, particularly at low current densities and LUGALVAN IZE inhibits blistering.
Zinc-plated components plated with the aid of LUGALVAN IZE are typically easier to chromate.

Related Functions of LUGALVAN IZE:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Brighteners,
Electroplating,
Surfactant.

Related End Markets of LUGALVAN IZE:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Consumer Products,
Electronics,
General Industrial,
Transportation.

Related Substrates of LUGALVAN IZE:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Non-Ferrous.

Storage of LUGALVAN IZE:
Storage stability in sealed containers min. 12 month (no special measures necessary providing product is used correctly).

Safety of LUGALVAN IZE:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN IZE for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained up to now and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN IZE does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN IZE is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheet are observed.

Properties of LUGALVAN IZE:
Appearance: liquid
Physical form: clear, yellow
Concentration: 100 % - water content 42 - 48 %
Water content: ISO 760, Karl Fischer 52 – 58 %
Density: DIN 51757-1, ASTM D 1298, 20 °C 1.14 – 1.18 kg/m³
pH: DIN 19268, 20°C 8 – 10
APHA colour: DIN EN 1557 < 850
Viscosity: DIN 53015, 20 °C 10 – 40 mPa·s
Epichlorohydrin content: BASF method < 1 ppm
Solubility: Miscible with water

Specifications of LUGALVAN IZE:
Physical Form: Clear, Yellow
Concentration: 42-48%
Water Content: 52-58%
pH: 8 – 10
Viscosity: 10–40
Primary Chemistry: Reaction Product of Imidazole and Epichlorohydrin

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication

Related Products of LUGALVAN IZE:

DEGRESSAL Surfactants:
DEGRESSAL SD 20

GOLPANOL Metal Brighteners:
GOLPANOL HD
GOLPANOL MBS
GOLPANOL PA
GOLPANOL VS

LUTRON Functional Fluids:
LUTRON Q 75
LUTRON HF 1
LUTRON KS 1

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN IZE

Lugalvan IZE is a specialized additive crafted for formulating brighteners in the electroplating industry.
Developed for use in alkalin zinc and zinc-alloy plating, it excels, particularly in cyanide-free baths.
Its physical form is characterized by a clear and vibrant yellow appearance, enhancing its recognition in industrial processes.



APPLICATIONS


Lugalvan IZE finds primary application in the electroplating industry as a crucial additive in the formulation of brighteners.
Specifically designed for alkalin zinc and zinc-alloy plating, it excels in ensuring high-quality plated surfaces.

Its utilization is prominent in cyanide-free electroplating baths, aligning with modern environmental and safety standards.
Lugalvan IZE is employed in combination with top brighteners to enhance the overall electroplating process.

With an optimal concentration range of 1-10 g/l, it acts as a fundamental brightener, contributing to surface quality.
The additive demonstrates superior performance when used in conjunction with Lugalvan BPC 48 and Lugalvan G.

In electroplating processes, Lugalvan IZE contributes to the even distribution of plated metals, ensuring uniformity.
Lugalvan IZE provides high throwing power, making it particularly effective in challenging plating scenarios.

Lugalvan IZE excels at enhancing brightness, especially at low current densities during electroplating operations.
Its inhibition of blistering during plating results in a smoother and more consistent surface finish.
Chromating zinc-plated components becomes more efficient and streamlined with the incorporation of Lugalvan IZE.
The additive is employed in various metal substrates, making it versatile across a range of electroplating applications.

Lugalvan IZE facilitates the electroplating of metals with high precision and control, meeting specific industry demands.
Industries reliant on electroplating for corrosion resistance benefit from the protective properties of Lugalvan IZE.

Applications extend to the automotive sector, where Lugalvan IZE contributes to the electroplating of essential components.
In the electronics industry, it ensures the precision plating of metal parts used in electronic devices and components.

Lugalvan IZE is applied in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for architectural and structural metal elements.
Aerospace applications utilize Lugalvan IZE for electroplating critical components, ensuring both durability and reliability.
Its efficiency makes Lugalvan IZE a preferred choice for plating metal components used in marine environments.

The additive contributes to the electroplating of components in the renewable energy sector, ensuring longevity.
Applications extend to the protection of metal components in the medical industry, where precision and reliability are paramount.
Lugalvan IZE plays a role in the protection of historical artifacts, contributing to their preservation in museums and collections.
In the manufacturing of consumer goods, Lugalvan IZE is employed to enhance the aesthetic and functional qualities of metal parts.

The telecommunications industry benefits from Lugalvan IZE in plating metal structures for communication infrastructure.
Lugalvan IZE is a versatile additive, making significant contributions to the efficiency and quality of various electroplating applications.

Lugalvan IZE is a key component in the electroplating of precision components used in the production of electronic devices.
Its application in the jewelry industry ensures the creation of durable and aesthetically pleasing plated metal pieces.
Lugalvan IZE is instrumental in enhancing the corrosion resistance of metal parts used in the construction and architectural sectors.
Lugalvan IZE contributes to the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal elements in the oil and gas industry.

In the energy sector, Lugalvan IZE is applied to protect metal components in power generation and distribution systems.
The aerospace industry benefits from the use of Lugalvan IZE in the electroplating of aircraft components for longevity and reliability.
Automotive applications leverage Lugalvan IZE for precision plating of critical components, ensuring both function and appearance.

Lugalvan IZE plays a role in enhancing the durability and corrosion resistance of metal parts in renewable energy systems.
Lugalvan IZE contributes to the plating of metal components used in medical devices, meeting stringent quality and safety standards.
Lugalvan IZE is employed in the fabrication of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal parts in chemical processing plants.
Lugalvan IZE finds application in the protection of metal surfaces in the manufacturing of industrial machinery and equipment.

In the defense industry, Lugalvan IZE is utilized for the electroplating of military equipment to ensure durability and functionality.
Lugalvan IZE is applied in the preservation of historical and cultural artifacts, protecting metal objects from corrosion.
Lugalvan IZE is integral to the manufacturing of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal furniture, enhancing both aesthetics and longevity.

In the agricultural sector, it contributes to the protection of metal parts in farming equipment exposed to diverse environmental conditions.
Lugalvan IZE is employed in the fabrication of metal components for mining equipment, ensuring durability in harsh mining environments.
The textile industry benefits from Lugalvan IZE in protecting metal machinery components from corrosion in textile manufacturing processes.
Lugalvan IZE plays a crucial role in the food and beverage industry, protecting metal components used in processing and packaging equipment.

Lugalvan IZE is utilized in the plating of metal parts for industrial pumps and valves, ensuring corrosion resistance in fluid-handling applications.
In the manufacturing of consumer goods, it contributes to the electroplating of metal surfaces, enhancing product longevity and quality.
Lugalvan IZE is employed in the protection of metal components in transportation systems, including railways and public transit.

Lugalvan IZE finds application in the fabrication of metal parts for the telecommunications industry, protecting against corrosion in communication infrastructure.
Lugalvan IZE is used in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components in the semiconductor industry.
Lugalvan IZE contributes to the durability of metal parts in the production of appliances and household items.
Lugalvan IZE is applied in the protection of metal components used in water treatment plants, ensuring corrosion resistance in harsh chemical environments.



DESCRIPTION


Lugalvan IZE is a specialized additive crafted for formulating brighteners in the electroplating industry.
Developed for use in alkalin zinc and zinc-alloy plating, it excels, particularly in cyanide-free baths.
Its physical form is characterized by a clear and vibrant yellow appearance, enhancing its recognition in industrial processes.

With a concentration ranging from 42% to 48%, Lugalvan IZE is carefully formulated for optimal electroplating performance.
The water content in Lugalvan IZE falls within the range of 52% to 58%, contributing to its specific application requirements.

Operating within a mildly alkaline pH range of 8 to 10, Lugalvan IZE ensures compatibility with diverse plating conditions.
The viscosity of Lugalvan IZE, measured at 10–40, facilitates smooth application and adherence to metal surfaces.
Utilized in concentrations of 1-10 g/l, Lugalvan IZE acts as a fundamental brightener in the electroplating process.

Lugalvan IZE synergizes effectively with top brighteners, enhancing the overall electroplating efficiency.
Its performance has been demonstrated to be particularly remarkable when combined with Lugalvan BPC 48.

In combination with Lugalvan G, it exhibits enhanced properties, contributing to the quality of plated metal.
Plated metals with Lugalvan IZE boast high throwing power, ensuring uniform distribution and coverage.
The additive imparts a remarkable level of brightness, especially at low current densities during electroplating.

Blistering, a common concern in electroplating, is effectively inhibited by the application of Lugalvan IZE.
Chromating zinc-plated components becomes notably easier when Lugalvan IZE is incorporated into the process.

Its formulation aims to achieve not just electroplating functionality but also aesthetic and surface quality enhancements.
Lugalvan IZE addresses industry needs for effective brightening agents in an environmentally conscious manner.
The clear and yellow appearance of Lugalvan IZE provides visual cues during the electroplating process.
Plating with Lugalvan IZE is a meticulously controlled process, optimizing both efficiency and end-product quality.

The additive's characteristics make it well-suited for applications in modern, eco-friendly electroplating solutions.
Lugalvan IZE contributes to the overall efficiency and sustainability of electroplating practices.
Manufacturers appreciate its consistent performance, which contributes to reliable and reproducible electroplating results.

As an integral part of the electroplating industry, Lugalvan IZE adheres to stringent quality and safety standards.
Its versatility extends to various metal substrates, making it a valuable asset in diverse electroplating applications.
Lugalvan IZE stands as a testament to advancements in electroplating technology, offering a balance of performance and environmental considerations.



PROPERTIES


Chemical Composition: The specific chemical composition is not provided, as Lugalvan IZE is often a proprietary formulation designed for electroplating applications.
Physical Form: Clear, Yellow
Concentration: 42-48%
Water Content: 52-58%
pH: 8 – 10
Viscosity: 10–40
Application: Used as a basic brightener in alkalin zinc and zinc-alloy plating, especially in cyanide-free baths.
Compatibility: Demonstrates compatibility with top brighteners, including Lugalvan BPC 48 and Lugalvan G.



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If inhaled, immediately remove the affected person to fresh air away from the source of exposure.
If respiratory distress persists or if breathing is difficult, seek immediate medical attention.
Administer artificial respiration if the person is not breathing and if trained to do so.
Keep the affected person calm and at rest while awaiting medical assistance.


Skin Contact:

In case of skin contact, promptly remove contaminated clothing, including shoes.
Wash the affected area thoroughly with mild soap and water for at least 15 minutes.
If irritation, redness, or other adverse reactions persist, seek medical attention.
If skin irritation is severe, consider seeking prompt medical evaluation.


Eye Contact:

In case of eye contact, immediately rinse the eyes with gently flowing water for at least 15 minutes, lifting the upper and lower eyelids.
Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do so, after the initial rinse.
Seek immediate medical attention if irritation, redness, or other symptoms persist.


Ingestion:

If Lugalvan IZE is swallowed, do not induce vomiting unless directed by medical professionals.
Rinse the mouth with water if the person is conscious.
Seek immediate medical attention and provide information about the ingested substance.
Do not give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.


General First Aid Measures:

If first aid is administered, ensure that it is performed by trained personnel.
Have the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) or relevant product information available for medical professionals.
Monitor vital signs, including breathing and pulse.
Keep the affected person under observation and provide supportive care as necessary.
If irritation, redness, or other symptoms persist, seek medical attention promptly.


Note:

Never administer first aid unless you are trained and equipped to do so safely.
Do not leave the affected person unattended.
Be cautious about the potential for secondary contamination when providing assistance.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
Wear suitable protective clothing, including gloves and safety goggles or a face shield.
Use respiratory protection if handling Lugalvan IZE in conditions that may generate dust or vapors.

Ventilation:
Work in a well-ventilated area to minimize exposure to airborne particles or vapors.
Consider local exhaust ventilation to control airborne concentrations.

Avoidance of Contact:
Avoid skin contact and inhalation of dust or vapors.
Do not eat, drink, or smoke while handling Lugalvan IZE.

Hygiene Practices:
Wash hands and exposed skin thoroughly after handling Lugalvan IZE.
Do not touch the face, eyes, or mouth with contaminated hands.

Storage:
Store Lugalvan IZE in a cool, dry place away from incompatible materials.
Keep containers tightly closed to prevent moisture absorption and contamination.

Separation from Incompatibles:
Store away from strong acids, strong bases, and other incompatible materials.
Take precautions to avoid contact with reducing agents and strong oxidizers.

Handling Precautions:
Use appropriate equipment for handling, such as scoops or shovels, to minimize dust generation.
Implement powder-handling procedures to minimize the release of airborne dust.

Emergency Measures:
Have emergency equipment, including eyewash stations and safety showers, accessible in the handling area.
Ensure that personnel are trained in emergency response procedures.


Storage:

Storage Temperature:
Store Lugalvan IZE at ambient temperatures, avoiding extremes of heat and cold.

Moisture Control:
Protect from moisture to prevent clumping and degradation of the substance.
Consider using desiccants or moisture-absorbing materials in storage areas.

Container Material:
Use containers made of materials compatible with Lugalvan IZE, such as polyethylene or glass.
Ensure that containers are properly labeled with hazard information.

Labeling:
Clearly label containers with appropriate hazard information and handling instructions.
Include the date of receipt and other relevant information on storage containers.

Segregation:
Store away from incompatible substances, including strong oxidizers and reducing agents.
Implement segregation measures to prevent cross-contamination.

Fire Precautions:
Lugalvan IZE is not flammable, but it may emit toxic fumes in a fire.
Store away from potential ignition sources.

Security Measures:
Store Lugalvan IZE in a secure location to prevent unauthorized access and potential misuse.

Regular Inspection:
Regularly inspect storage areas for signs of damage, leaks, or other issues.
Follow the recommended shelf-life and expiration dates provided by the manufacturer.

Training:
Train personnel on proper handling and storage procedures, including emergency response measures.
Keep records of training sessions and updates.
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN P is an additive that is very soluble in saline media.
LUGALVAN P is impervious to water hardness and protects metals against corrosion in acidic, neutral and alkaline media.

LUGALVAN P is an easy-to-formulate corrosion inhibitor used in galvanoplating, descaling boilers, preventing deposits and inhibiting corrosion in crude oil production.

CAS Number: 68555-36-2
Molecular Formula: (C11H26N4O)n.(C4H8Cl2O)n

LUGALVAN P is characterized by superior throwing power, i.e. metal distribution, in alkaline cyanide-free zinc plating processes.
Recent studies have shown that LUGALVAN P also acts as a film former with anti-corrosion properties.
LUGALVAN P prevents pitting of stainless steel in highly chloride-containing environments and can stop pitting that is already present.

Applications of LUGALVAN P:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Corrosion Preventatives,
Electroplating.

Functions of LUGALVAN P:
Electroplating Additive,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Zinc,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Medium Alkaline,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Basic Brightener,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Polarization Agent.

Other Functions of LUGALVAN P:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Corrosion Protection,
Surfactant.

Features and Benefits of LUGALVAN P:
Improves metal distribution.

Related End Markets of LUGALVAN P:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Consumer Products,
Electronics,
General Industrial,
Transportation.

Related Substrates of LUGALVAN P:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Non-Ferrous,
Zinc.

Identifers of LUGALVAN P:
CAS No.:68555-36-2
Other Names:PUB
MF:(C11H26N4O)n.(C4H8Cl2O)n
EINECS No.:---
Purity: ≥65%
Type: Other, Alkaline Zn leveling agent
Usage: Coating Auxiliary Agents

Specifications of LUGALVAN P:
Color: Colourless to Yellow
pH value: 7.5-9
Boiling Point: 105 °C
Flash Point: 100 °C
Flammability: Not Flammable
Vapour Pressure: 23.4 mbar
Primary Chemistry: Sulfonated and Sulfated Alkylphenol Ethoxylate

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN P:

Plating Chemicals:
Polymers

Chemistry:
Other plating chemical

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication

Related Products of LUGALVAN P:

DEGRESSAL Surfactants:
DEGRESSAL SD 20

GOLPANOL Metal Brighteners:
GOLPANOL HD
GOLPANOL MBS
GOLPANOL PA
GOLPANOL VS

LUTRON Functional Fluids:
LUTRON Q 75
LUTRON HF 1
LUTRON KS 1

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500

Synonyms of LUGALVAN P:
1040CF30
15T
210T
2MB
3106P44
A 131X
AC 871
ATB 9800
Adcote 372
Adcote372MW
Aldrich 408719
Aldrich 482595
Aziridine Polymer
Basocoll PR 8086
Basomin G 500
Basonal White FO 1
Bufloc 595
CF 218
CF 218 (Polymer)
CP 8994
Corcat P 100
Corcat P 12
Corcat P 145
Corcat P 150
Corcat P 18
Corcat P 200
Corcat P 600
Duramax 1007
EA 275
EAz 1300
EAz 800
EC 005
EL 402
EL 420
EP 108
EP 108 (Polymer)
Emerlube 6717
Epomin
Epomin 018
Epomin 1000
Epomin 1050
Epomin 150T
Epomin D 3000
Epomin HM 2000
Epomin L 18
Epomin P 003
Epomin P 012
Epomin P 1000
Epomin P 1030
Epomin P 1050
Epomin P 1500
Epomin P 200
Epomin P 500
Epomin S 1000
Epomin S 300
Epomin SP 003
Epomin SP 006
Epomin SP 012
Epomin SP 012D
Epomin SP 018
Epomin SP 030
Epomin SP 050
Epomin SP 075
Epomin SP 1000
Epomin SP 103
Epomin SP 110
Epomin SP 12
Epomin SP 200
Epomin SP 300
Ethyleneimine Homopolymer
Ethylenimine Homopolymer
Everamine
Everamine 150T
Everamine 210T
Everamine 500T
Everamine 50T
F 2S
FC
Fluka P 3142
G 100
G 20
G 20WF
G 35
G 500
HF
HG 20
HM 2000
HZ 20
HZ 20 (Polyamine)
IP 232
JS 980
K 203C
Katax 6760
L 771
Liposol G
Loxanol MI 6730
Loxanol MI 6735
LUGALVAN G 15
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN G 50
Lupasol 800
Lupasol 8515
LUPASOL HF
Lupasol HF has a branched cationic structure with high charge density that enables improved adhesion of dissimilar materials.
Lupasol HF is branched spherical polymeric amines.


CAS Number: 9002-98-6
EC Number: 205-793-9
Chemical formula: (C2H5N)n, linear form



p 1000 (polyamine), epamine 150t, epomin sp 110, epomin p 500, epomin p 003, xa 1007, polymin g 15m, poly (ethylenimine), lupasol g 35, pei, polymin fl, pr 20 (release agent), pei 1000, polymin p, k 203c, pei-30, polymin sna, sedipur cl 930, epomin sp 300, pei 18, aziridine,polymers,homopolymer, pei-700, everamine, everamine 210t, pei 100, polyethyleneimine, epomin sp 200, epomin sp 003, dow pei-18, pei-10, montrek 6, epomin p 1500, el 402, polymin g 100, pei-275, lupasol wf, epomin sp 012, ethylenimine, polymers, pei-250, pei-600, epomin sp 1000, epomin d 3000, polymin 6, montrek 1000, everamine 150t, dow pei-6, p 600xe, epomine 150t, dow pei-600e, 15t, lupasol sk, pei 2, epomin sp 018, pei-45, polymin g 35, polymin, epomin sp 006, corcat p 18, pei-7, lugalvan g 15, epomine p 1000, everamine 50t, polymin hs, pei 400, polyethylenimine, m.w.600, pei 600, ethoxylated polyethylenimine, m.w. 60,000, p 0381, epomin 150t, ethylenimine resins, p 1000, 2mb, bufloc 595, pei 1120, polyethyleneimine, 50 % solution in water, lugalvan g 35, pei-14m, corcat p 145, pei-35, pei 12, cf 218 (polymer), corcat p 600, montrek 600, epomine 1000, corcat p 150, epomin p 1000, lugalvan g 20, aziridine homopolymer, montrek 12, emerlube 6717, pei 1, epomin 1000, pei-15, tydex 12, everamine 500t, pei 6, p 100 (polyamine), polymin g 20, corcat p 200, epomin sp 103, lupasol g 20, lupasol fg, p 70 (polyamine), basocoll pr 8086, montrek pei 6, montrek 18, corcat p 12, lupasol hf, corcat p 100, 1/c2h5n/c1-2-3-1/h3h,1-2h, polymin g 500, epomin pp 061, ethylenimine, homopolymer, up 300 (polyamine), adcote 372, lupasol p, el 420, montrek pei 18, ethylenimine polymer, epomin p 1050, paz 33, polymine p, polyethylenimine, m.w.1800, Ethylenimine, polymers, Montrek 1000, PEI 18, Epomin SP 003, Montrek PEI 18, Corcat P 12, Epomin P 500, Montrek PEI 6, XA 1007, Lugalvan G 15, Polyethylenimine, M.W.1800, Lupasol HF, Ethylenimine resins, Epomin P 1500, Epomin SP 018, Corcat P 150, Montrek 12, Polymine P, Epomin P 003, P 1000 (polyamine), Ethylenimine, homopolymer, Lupasol WF, Epomin 150T, Polymin HS, EL 420, Dow PEI-600e, Polymin G 20, PAZ 33, Lupasol G 20, Lugalvan G 20, Montrek 6, Everamine 210T, Aziridine homopolymer, Epomin SP 012, UP 300 (polyamine), PEI, P 100 (polyamine), Montrek 18, K 203C, 15T, Epomin P 1000, Epomin SP 1000, Everamine 500T, Polymin P, Tydex 12, 1/C2H5N/c1-2-3-1/h3H,1-2H, Epamine 150T, Corcat P 200, Epomine P 1000, Epomin PP 061, Aziridine,polymers,homopolymer, PEI-600, Adcote 372, PEI 600, PR 20 (release agent), Everamine 50T, Epomin 1000, Epomin SP 006, Polymin 6, Epomin P 1050, Polyethyleneimine, PEI 400, Corcat P 145, PEI 1, PEI 12, Polymin G 100, Basocoll PR 8086, Lupasol G 35, Dow PEI-6, Polymin G 15M, PEI 1000, Ethylenimine polymer, PEI 6, Polyethylenimine, M.W.600, Epomine 1000, Polymin, Epomin SP 200, 2MB, CF 218 (polymer), Everamine, Dow PEI-18, PEI 100, Lupasol SK, Epomin SP 103, P 0381, Lupasol P, Ethoxylated polyethylenimine, M.W. 60,000, Corcat P 600, Epomin D 3000, Polymin G 35, EL 402, Poly (ethylenimine), P 600XE, Epomin SP 110, P 1000, Polymin G 500, Everamine 150T, Lugalvan G 35, PEI 1120, Sedipur CL 930, Epomin SP 300, P 70 (polyamine), Polymin FL, Emerlube 6717, Corcat P 100, PEI 2, Lupasol FG, Epomine 150T, Corcat P 18, Montrek 600, Bufloc 595, Polymin SNA, Polyethyleneimine, 50 % solution in water, epomine 150t, pei-600, polymine p, aziridine,polymers,homopolymer, everamine 50t, polyethyleneimine, lupasol fg, corcat p 145, montrek 12, ethylenimine polymer, p 100 (polyamine), pei-700, corcat p 600, polymin g 35, pei-7, lupasol p, epomin pp 061, corcat p 12, pei-35, epomin p 003, polymin p, pei 400, epomin sp 300, ethylenimine, polymers, up 300 (polyamine), pr 20 (release agent), basocoll pr 8086, 1/c2h5n/c1-2-3-1/h3h,1-2h, montrek 1000, ethylenimine, homopolymer, el 402, lupasol wf, polymin g 20, bufloc 595, pei, ethylenimine resins, aziridine homopolymer, pei 18, el 420, polymin g 100, polymin fl, montrek 18, epomin sp 1000, epomin d 3000, epomin 150t, epomin p 1050, 2mb, everamine 150t, epomin sp 012, pei 12, epomin p 1500, epomin sp 200, p 600xe, dow pei-18, polymin hs, pei 1, sedipur cl 930, polymin sna, polyethylenimine, m.w.1800, pei 6, montrek pei 18, corcat p 100, epomin 1000, epomin p 500, k 203c, corcat p 200, p 0381, everamine 500t, xa 1007, pei-275, p 1000, pei-14m, epomine 1000, pei 1000, lupasol g 20, pei-10, lupasol hf, epomin p 1000, pei 1120, corcat p 150, paz 33, pei-250, epomin sp 103, polyethyleneimine, 50 % solution in water, polymin g 15m, corcat p 18, dow pei-6, lugalvan g 20, polymin 6, ethoxylated polyethylenimine, m.w. 60,000, everamine, lupasol g 35, poly (ethylenimine), 15t, polymin g 500, epomine p 1000, adcote 372, everamine 210t, epomin sp 003, emerlube 6717, polymin, pei 600, pei-45, epomin sp 018, lupasol sk, polyethylenimine, m.w.600, epomin sp 110, pei 2, montrek pei 6, montrek 6, pei 100, pei-15, pei-30, dow pei-600e, lugalvan g 15, montrek 600, epomin sp 006, p 1000 (polyamine), epamine 150t, p 70 (polyamine), cf 218 (polymer), tydex 12, lugalvan g 35, Adcote372MW, Aldrich 408719, Aldrich 482595, Aziridine Polymer, Basocoll PR 8086, Basomin G 500, Basonal White FO 1, Bufloc 595, CF 218, CF 218 (Polymer), CP 8994, Corcat P 100, Corcat P 12, Corcat P 145, Corcat P 150, Corcat P 18, Corcat P 200, Corcat P 600, Duramax 1007, EA 275, EAz 1300, EAz 800, EC 005, EL 402, EL 420, EP 108, EP 108 (Polymer), Emerlube 6717, Epomin, Epomin 018, Epomin 1000, Epomin 1050, Epomin 150T, Epomin D 3000, Epomin HM 2000, Epomin L 18, Epomin P 003, Epomin P 012, Epomin P 1000, Epomin P 1030, Epomin P 1050, Epomin P 1500, Epomin P 200, Epomin P 500, Epomin S 1000, Epomin S 300, Epomin SP 003, Epomin SP 006, Epomin SP 012, Epomin SP 012D, Epomin SP 018, Epomin SP 030, Epomin SP 050, Epomin SP 075, Epomin SP 1000, Epomin SP 103, Epomin SP 110, Epomin SP 12, Epomin SP 200, Epomin SP 300, Ethyleneimine Homopolymer, Ethylenimine Homopolymer, Everamine, Everamine 150T, Everamine 210T, Everamine 500T, Everamine 50T, F 2S, FC, Fluka P 3142, G 100, G 20, G 20WF, G 35, G 500, HF, HG 20, HM 2000, HZ 20, HZ 20 (Polyamine), IP 232, JS 980, K 203C, Katax 6760, L 771, Liposol G, Loxanol MI 6730, Loxanol MI 6735, Lugalvan G 15, Lugalvan G 20, Lugalvan G 35, Lugalvan G 50, Lupasol 800, Lupasol 8515, Lupasol C 20, Lupasol F-WF, Lupasol FC, Lupasol FG, Lupasol FG 800, Lupasol FS, Lupasol G 10, Lupasol G 100, Lupasol G 20, Lupasol G 20WF, Lupasol G 20WFR, Lupasol G 35, Lupasol G 500, Lupasol G20 Waterfree, Lupasol HF, Lupasol HF Plus, Lupasol HF+, Lupasol LU 321, Lupasol P, Lupasol P-WF, Lupasol PN 40, Lupasol PR, Lupasol PR 8515, Lupasol PS, Lupasol R, Lupasol SN, Lupasol WF, Lupasoli G, Lupazol, Luposal P, Luprasol SK, Mica A 131X, Montrek 1000, Montrek 12, Montrek 18, Montrek 6, Montrek 600, OEI 800, Oribain EL 420, P 0381, P 100, P 100 (Polyamine), P 1000, P 1030, P 200, P 3142, P 3143, P 600, P 600XE, P 70, P 70 (Polyamine), PC 8994, PEI, PEI 1, PEI 100, PEI 1000, PEI 1120, PEI 12, PEI 18, PEI 2, PEI 300, PEI 400, PEI 6, PEI 600, PEI 700000, PEO 113V, PR 20, PR 20 (Release Agent), PR 8515, Poly 8, Polyaziridine, Polyethenimide, Polyimin P, Polymin 6, Polymin FL, Polymin G 100, Polymin G 15M, Polymin G 20, Polymin G 35, Polymin G 500, Polymin HM, Polymin HS, Polymin PR 9711, Polymin PR 971L, Polymin SKA, Polymin SNA, Polymin WF, Polymin Waterfree, Rewin CLE, Rhenocure DR, SN, SP 003, SP 006, SP 012, SP 012D, SP 018, SP 1050, SP 110, SP 200, SP 300, SP 400, SP 400 (Polyimine), SP 600, Sedipur CL 930, T 13A, TS 280, TS 280 (Crosslinking Agent), Titabond 185E, Titabond T 100, Toyobain 210K, Toyobine 210K, Tydex 12, UN 3082, UP 300, UP 300 (Polyamine), WF, XA 1007, XUS 19036.00, Poly(iminoethylene), Polyaziridine, Poly[imino(1,2-ethanediyl)], MFCD00084427, Aziridine, homopolymer, aziridine, homopolymer, PEI, PEI-10, polyethyleneimine, branched, m.w. 1800, Aziridine,homopolymer, polyethylenimine(10,000), POLYETHYLENEIMINE, BRANCHED, PEI-35, PEI-2500, PEI-1500, polyethylenimine(20,000), Ethyleneimine,homopolymer, Aziridine, Ethylenimine, Azacyclopropane, Everamine, Polymin, Dimethyleneimine, Polyethyleneimine, Dihydroazirene, Dihydroazirine, Polymine P, Aziran, Polymin P, ETHYLENEIMINE, Polymin FL, Ethylene imine, Montrek 6, Ethylenimine resins, Everamine 50T, Poly(ethylenimine), Polyaziridine



Lupasol HF is available in water-free and waterborne grades of various molecular weights.
Lupasol HF has the largest possible amino group density of all commercially available polyamines, with a nitrogen-to-carbon ratio of 1:2.
Lupasol HF thus has a high cationic charge density that is strongly dependent on pH, being highest at pH 2–4.


Lupasol HF is generally compatible with non-ionic and cationic systems and incompatible with anionic systems.
Lupasol HF is soluble in water as well as both polar and aprotic nonpolar solvents.
The high charge density of Lupasol HF forms strong bonds on negatively charged surfaces, including cellulose, polyester, polyolefins, polyamides, and metals.


The ratio of primary amine to secondary amine to tertiary amine is 1:2:1.
In each Lupasol HF molecule, one nitrogen atom in every two carbon atoms is protonated.
Due to the different pKa values of primary, secondary, and tertiary amino groups, Lupasol HF could capture protons under different pH conditions, which is called the "proton sponge" mechanism.


As a cationic polymer, Lupasol HF is also a widely used transfection reagent in molecular biology and a dispersant in nanotechnology.
Lupasol HF can form a positively charged complex with DNA, which binds to anionic cell surface residues and enters the cell via endocytosis. Lupasol HF is available with an organic matrix of a polystyrene polymer.


The Lupasol HF magnetic particles can capture negatively charged molecules, such as DNA and RNA, through charge-charge interaction.
Lupasol HF is a cationic polymer containing a large number of nitrogen atoms,which usually has a highly branched structure.
Lupasol HF has good solubility,adsorption,and reducibility,and has important functions in many applications.


Lupasol HF is highly branched liquid water soluble polyamine with high cationic charge density.
Lupasol HF is a high-charge cationic polymer that readily binds highly anionic substrates.
Lupasol HF is a clear viscous liquid.


Lupasol HF, an organic polyamine polymer, is one of the most prominent examples of cationic polymers capable of gene transfection in vitro and in vivo into various cell lines and tissues.
Lupasol HF was also applied in different fields from gene therapy and several studies have emphasized the importance of this polymer in medicinal chemistry.


Lupasol HF is a clear viscous liquid.
Lupasol HF or polyaziridine is a polymer with repeating units composed of the amine group and two carbon aliphatic CH2CH2 spacers.
Linear polyethyleneimines contain all secondary amines, in contrast to branched PEIs which contain primary, secondary and tertiary amino groups.


Lupasol HF has a branched cationic structure with high charge density that enables improved adhesion of dissimilar materials.
Lupasol HF can be used as a formulation additive or primer coat for: adhesion promotion, pigment stabilization, and increased particle cohesion.
Lupasol HF is obtained from the polymerization of ethylenimine, this line of polymers is available in a wide range of molecular weights (from 800 -106 g/mol).


Lupasol HF in detail along with its key properties like mechanical, thermal, electrical, etc. and understand what makes it an ideal choice in high-end engineering applications.
Lupasol HF is a powerful, trusted, and cost-effective transient transfection reagent.


Lupasol HF improves in vitro and in vivo delivery of oligonucleotides and nucleic acids (DNA, siRNA, mRNA), and improve transfection efficiency.
Lupasol HF is a saturated organic heteromonocyclic parent, a member of aziridines and an azacycloalkane.
Lupasol HF has a role as an alkylating agent.


Lupasol HF is a conjugate base of an aziridinium.
All polyethylene imine polymers are hydrophilic and may contain approx. 30% hydrated water.
Lupasol HF is a highly charged cationic polymer that easily binds negatively charged nucleic acid molecules, forms a complex, and allows the complex to enter the cell.


Lupasol HF is highly branched liquid water soluble polyamine with high cationic charge density.
Lupasol HF contains primary, secondary, and tertiary amine groups in approximately 25/50/25 ratio.
Lupasol HF branched is a organic macromolecule with high cationic-charge-density potential.


Lupasol HF's a linear compound noted for its remarkable attributes and versatile applications across myriad industrial, research, and other sectors.
With a linear average molecular weight of 5,000 and a Polydispersity Index (PDI) exceeding 1.3, Lupasol HF stands out as an essential component in many processes.


Lupasol HF or polyaziridine is a polymer with repeating unit composed of the amine group and two carbon aliphatic CH2CH2 spacer.
Linear Polyethylenimines (PEI) contain all secondary amines, in contrast to branched Lupasol HFs which contain primary, secondary and tertiary amino groups.


Totally branched, dendrimeric forms were also reported.
Lupasol HF magnetic particles are superparamagnetic beads covalently functionalized with PEI.
Lupasol HF is a kind of branched polymer with a high-density amine group.


Lupasol HF can ensnare DNA as well as attach to cell membrane, PEI also retains a substantial buffering capacity at virtually any pH.
Lupasol HF is a high-charge cationic polymer that readily binds highly anionic substrates.
Industrially, Lupasol HF can improve the appearance of negatively charged dyes by modulating their properties and improving their adherence to surfaces.


In research, Lupasol HF readily binds to DNA and other negatively charged biological molecules, making it the most efficient vector carriers available.
Lupasol HF is soluble in: hot water, cold water at low pH, methanol and ethanol


Lupasol HF products are water soluble and also exhibit good solubility in polar solvents with the added benefit of having a strong eco-toxicological profile including several food contact compliances.
Lupasol HF is branched spherical polymeric amines.


Lupasol HF is one of the polyethyleneimines which may be used according to the patent in suit as the "primary and/or secondary amine compound having an Odor Intensity index of less than that of a 1% solution of methylanthranilate in dipropylene glycol".
Lupasol HF is a powder, or liquid


Lupasol HF is insoluble in: benzene, ethyl ether and acetone
Lupasol HF is a high-charge cationic polymer that readily binds highly anionic substrates.
Industrially, linear Lupasol HF can improve the appearance of negatively charged dyes by modulating their properties and improving their adherence to surfaces.


In research, Lupasol HF readily binds to DNA and other negatively charged biological molecules, making it the most efficient vector carriers available.
Lupasol HF polymers are suitable solutions for a wide range of adhesive applications.


Lupasol HF (molecular weight 40,000) is a highly charged cationic polymer that readily binds to DNA or other negatively charged biomacromolecules, making it a common and effective cell transfection reagent.
In principle, Lupasol HF condenses DNA plasmid into positively charged complexes.


Lupasol HF belongs to the categories of Polymers; Amine-Functional Polymers; Hydrophilic Polymers; Polymer Science.
Lupasol HF's cas registry number is 9002-98-6.
Lupasol HF is also called Aziridine, homopolymer ; Ethylenimine, polymers (8CI) ; Polyethylenimine (10,000) ; Polyethylenimine (20,000) ; Polyethylenimine (35,000) .


The complexes can adhere to negatively charged cell surface residues, and then enters the cell through endocytosis.
As a transient transfection reagent, Lupasol HF has the advantages of high efficiency, low cost and relative stability, etc., which has been validated for a wide range of common cell lines including HEK-293, HEK293T, CHO-K1, HepG2 and Hela cell transfection.


In HEK293 and CHO cell expression systems, Lupasol HF provides excellent transfection results at different sizes (from 96-well plates to 100 L bioreactors).
Lupasol HF is widely utilized in Industrial settings, numerous Research fields, and a plethora of other distinctive applications.


Lupasol HF, also known as CAS Number: 9002-98-6, is a multi-functional linear polymer with an average molecular weight of 5,000 and a minimum Polydispersity Index (PDI) of 1.3.
Lupasol HF is a high-performing polymer identified primarily by CAS Number 9002-98-6.



USES and APPLICATIONS of LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF is used Pharmaceuticals, intermediates, APIs, custom synthesis, chemicals.
Applications of Lupasol HF: Paints & Coatings — Building & Construction, Architectural Coatings, Building & Construction — Building Envelope & Roofing, Architectural Coatings, Industrial — Leather & Textiles, and Textile Manufacturing.


Due to their high charge density Lupasol HF adsorbs tightly on negatively charged surfaces.
This mode of action can be applied to a huge variety of materials, such as cellulose, polyesters, polyolefines, polyamides, and metals, and provides visible advantages to the user.


Lupasol HF acts as a protein precipitant used to purify proteins.
Lupasol HF is used as a chelating agent and as a scavenger for aldehydes and oxides.
Lupasol HF is also used in detergents, paper industry, dyes, printing inks and in water treatment.


Lupasol HF is widely used in many applications due to its polycationic character.
Unlike its linear equivalent, branched Lupasol HF contains primary, secondary, and tertiary amines.
Primarily utilized in industrial applications, high molecular weight Lupasol HF has been used as a flocculating agent, textile coating, adhesion promoter, enzyme carrier, and as a material for CO2 capture.


Lupasol HF is used as a polyelectrolyte multilayer on charged surfaces to provide a biocompatible coating on surfaces.
Lupasol HF is used detergents, adhesives, water treatment, printing inks, dyes, cosmetics, and paper industry, adhesion promoter, lamination primer, fixative agent, flocculant, cationic dispersant, stability enhancer, surface activator, chelating agent, scavenger for aldehydes and oxides.


Lupasol HF is the ideal adhesion promoter between different types of plastics or between plastics and polar substrates, such as polyolefine films and paper.
Lupasol HF improves dye acceptance, paintability, and barrier properties
In lamination inks, Lupasol HF acts as a tie-bond for the plastic film placed over the substrate.


Lupasol HF is used Adhesion Promoter; Compatibilizer; Plastic Adhesion; Impart Paintability; Barrier Coating; Tie-Bond; Lamination Adhesives
Lupasol HF is multifunctional, cationic, branched polyethyleneimines (PEI).
Lupasol HF is used as adhesion promoters, primers, compatibilizers, and flocculants for multiple applications and substrates.


Lupasol HF can be used as a non-viral synthetic polymer carrier for in vivo delivery of therapeutic nucleic acids.
The interaction between the negatively charged nucleic acid and the positively charged polymer backbone leads to the formation of nanoscale complexes.
This neutralising complex protects the enclosed nucleic acid from enzymes and maintains Lupasol HF's stability until cellular uptake occurs.


For example, human serum albumin-coupled PEI shows good pDNA transfection and low toxicity.
Lupasol HF can be used to functionalize single-walled nanotubes (SWNTs) to improve their solubility and biocompatibility while maintaining the structural integrity of the original SWNT.


Covalently functionalized SWNTs can be used for CO2 uptake and gene delivery.
Lupasol HF can also be used to modify the surface properties of adsorbents.
Lupasol HF-modified aqueous zirconia/PAN nanofibres have a high fluoride adsorption capacity and a wide working pH range, and can therefore be used for groundwater defluoridation.


Lupasol HF may be used as an adhesion promoter for printing inks used on plastic films.
For inkjet inks, Lupasol HF increases resolution and water fastness on paper.
Lupasol HF may also be used as a primer to increase the surface energy of a variety of plastic films and metal foils, making them more receptive to applying adhesives to form multilayer flexible packaging.


For applications where Lupasol HF is used as an adhesion promoter, an appropriate grade to select is one having a similar molecular weight to the other polymers in the system.
In coating applications, Lupasol HF can impart tie-layer and paint adhesion.


Lupasol HF is produced on industrial scale and finds many applications usually derived from its polycationic character.
Lupasol HF is used as a polyelectrolyte multilayer on charged surfaces to provide a biocompatible coating on surfaces.
Totally branched, dendrimeric forms were also reported.


Water Treatment: Lupasol HF proves beneficial in removing heavy metals and organic contaminants in water treatment processes.
Photography: In the field of photography, Lupasol HF is used as a wetting agent and as a constituent in developer solutions.
Personal Care: Lupasol HF is a popular addition in personal care products for its moisturizing and detangling properties.


Characterized by a combination of outstanding thermal, mechanical and electrical properties, Lupasol HF has made its place in high performance applications like automotive, aerospace, industrial and many more.
Lupasol HF is used Capturing negatively charged molecules, Transfection reagent and dispersant, and DNA and protein concentration.


This imparts a high buffering ability at nearly any pH.
Hence, once inside the endosome, Lupasol HF disrupts the vacuole and releases the genetic material into the cytoplasm.
Stable complexation with DNA, efficient entry into the cell, and ability to escape the endosome makes Lupasol HF a highly efficient transfection reagent which is compatible for a wide range of cell lines/types including the most commonly used HEK293 and CHO cells grown in adherent and suspension cultures.


Lupasol HF has multiple industrial, medical, biological and research applications.
Lupasol HF is a difficult compound to analyze by HPLC.
The problem has many degrees of difficulty.


Lupasol HF is not a single compound, but a mixture of different molecules with different lengths and branching structures.
Lupasol HF has multiple charges in acidic and neutral pH, which is most common in HPLC PEI molecules have no UV chromophores and can not be measured by UV-Vis detector, the most common detector in analytical laboratories.


Lupasol HF is produced on an industrial scale and finds many applications usually derived from its polycationic character.
Polyethyleneimine finds many applications in products like: detergents, adhesives, water treatment agents and cosmetics.
Owing to its ability to modify the surface of cellulose fibres, Lupasol HF is employed as a wet-strength agent in the paper-making process.


Lupasol HF is also used as flocculating agent with silica sols and as a chelating agent with the ability to complex metal ions such as zinc and zirconium.
Biology uses of Lupasol HF: Lupasol HF has a number of uses in laboratory biology, especially tissue culture.
Lupasol HF is a powerful, trusted, and cost-effective reagent widely considered as a current gold standard for both in vitro and in vivo transfection.


Wet adhesion of paints may be improved by blending a small concentration of Lupasol HFinto the formula.
Lupasol HF is particularly useful as a primer in UV curing systems to improve adhesion where volume shrinkage occurs.
Lower molecular weight Lupasol HF grades are useful as cross-linkers for coating and adhesive formulations, where they increase cohesive strength while maintaining the same level of adhesion.


Lupasol HF is widely used as transfection reagent.
Coatings and Adhesives: Lupasol HF contributes significantly to the formulation of coatings and adhesives, lending them exceptional bonding properties.
Textiles: The textile industry utilizes Lupasol HF in their finishing processes to enhance fabric properties such as water resistance and color fastness.
Paper Manufacturing: Lupasol HF’s function as a wet-strength agent enhances the durability and strength of paper products.


Instead, this analysis requires MS, CAD, ELSD with their own limitations of the mobile phase composition.
Lupasol HF irreversibly binds to silica-based columns, limiting the type of adsorbents that can be used for analysis.
If composition of Lupasol HF with proteins or peptides needs to be analyzed then the peptide/protein signal can interfere with PEI peak SIELC developed a new methodology and a corresponding HPLC column to address these difficulties and offer a simple and reliable method for PEI quantitation in any liquid samples.


The method is based on forming a complex of Lupasol HF with Cu (II) which has strong UV and visible light adsorption maximums.
This complex can be measured by UV-Vis detector and can be separated from Cu (II) signal and other Cu complexes using specially designed Lupasol HF specific HPLC column.


Oil and Gas: Lupasol HF is integral to the oil and gas industry as it improves the flow properties of petroleum products.
Gene Delivery: Lupasol HF is a preferred transfection agent for gene delivery, facilitating efficient genetic material transfer into cells.
Nanoparticle Synthesis: Lupasol HF aids in the controlled synthesis of nanoparticles, acting as a stabilizing agent.


Surface Modification: Lupasol HF is used for surface modifications, enhancing adhesion and improving surface properties.
Biomedical Engineering: In biomedical engineering, Lupasol HF is used in tissue engineering scaffolds, drug delivery systems, and diagnostic assays.


The high positive charge density mentioned also allows high molecular weight grades of Lupasol HF to flocculate highly charged, anionic particles such as proteins, zeolites, and silicates.
This property makes Lupasol HF useful in water treatment and protein immobilization applications.


-Attachment promoteruses of Lupasol HF:
Lupasol HF is used in the cell culture of weakly anchoring cells to increase attachment.
Lupasol HF is a cationic polymer; the negatively charged outer surfaces of cells are attracted to dishes coated in PEI, facilitating stronger attachments between the cells and the plate.


-Transfection reagent uses of Lupasol HF:
Poly(ethylenimine) was the second polymeric transfection agent discovered, after poly-L-lysine.
Lupasol HF condenses DNA into positively charged particles, which bind to anionic cell surface residues and are brought into the cell via endocytosis.

Once inside the cell, protonation of the amines results in an influx of counter-ions and a lowering of the osmotic potential.
Osmotic swelling results and bursts the vesicle releasing the polymer-DNA complex (polyplex) into the cytoplasm.
If the polyplex unpacks then the DNA is free to diffuse to the nucleus.
Permeabilization of gram negative bacteria Lupasol HF is also an effective permeabilizer of the outer membrane of Gram-negative bacteria.



LOW WORK FUNCTION MODIFIER FOR ELECTRONICS, LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF and poly(ethylenimine) ethoxylated (PEIE) have been shown as effective low-work function modifiers for organic electronics by Zhou and Kippelen et al.
Lupasol HF could universally reduce the work function of metals, metal oxides, conducting polymers and graphene, and so on.

Lupasol HF is very important that low-work function solution-processed conducting polymer could be produced by the Lupasol HF or PEIE modification.
Based on this discovery, Lupasol HF has been widely used for organic solar cells, organic light-emitting diodes, organic field-effect transistors, perovskite solar cells, perovskite light-emitting diodes, quantum-dot solar cells and light-emitting diodes etc.



USE IN DELIVERY OF HIV-GENE THERAPIES, LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF, a cationic polymer, has been widely studied and shown great promise as an efficient gene delivery vehicle.
Likewise, the HIV-1 Tat peptide, a cell-permeable peptide, has been successfully used for intracellular gene delivery.



FEATURES OF LUPASOL HF:
*Superior Performance:
High transfection efficiency with low cytotoxicity.

*Flexible Workflow:
Easy to optimize and introduce into application protocols.
Scalable for well plates, flasks, and larger capacity bioreactors.

*Cost-Effective:
Economical compared to similar transfection products in the market.



FEATURES OF LUPASOL HF:
*Improved Color Acceptance



PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF LUPASOL HF:
(1) Refractive index: n20/D 1.5290;
(2) Melting Point: 59-60°C ;
(3) Boiling Point: 250 °C(lit.);
(4) Flash Point: >230 °F;
(5) Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C.



PROPERTIES OF LUPASOL HF:
The linear Lupasol HF is a semi-crystalline solid at room temperature while branched Lupasol HF is a fully amorphous polymer existing as a liquid at all molecular weights.
Linear Lupasol HF is soluble in hot water, at low pH, in methanol, ethanol, or chloroform.

Lupasol HF is insoluble in cold water, benzene, ethyl ether, and acetone.
Linear Lupasol HF has a melting point of around 67 °C.
Both linear and branched Lupasol HF can be stored at room temperature.
Linear Lupasol HF is able to form cryogels upon freezing and subsequent thawing of its aqueous solutions.



SYNTHESIS OF LUPASOL HF:
Branched Lupasol HF can be synthesized by the ring opening polymerization of aziridine.
Depending on the reaction conditions different degree of branching can be achieved.
Linear Lupasol HF is available by post-modification of other polymers like poly(2-oxazolines) or N-substituted polyaziridines.
Linear Lupasol HF was synthesised by the hydrolysis of poly(2-ethyl-2-oxazoline) and sold as jetPEI.
The current generation in-vivo-jet Lupasol HF uses bespoke poly(2-ethyl-2-oxazoline) polymers as precursors.



UNMATCHED QUALITIES OF LUPASOL HF:
The versatility of Lupasol HF lies in its unique properties which include outstanding adhesion and bonding attributes.
It's these traits that have led to Lupasol HF being a choice compound in numerous areas of application.



PRODUCTION METHODS OF LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF is produced by the homopolymerization of ethylenimine.
The reaction is catalyzed by acids, Lewis acids, or haloalkanes.
The polymerization is usually carried out at 90 – 110 ℃ in water or in a variety of organic solvents.

The average molecular mass of the Lupasol HF prepared as described above is 10 000 – 20 000.
Higher molecular mass polymers are prepared by addition of a difunctional alkylating agent, such as chloromethyloxirane or 1,2-dichloroethane.
Polyethylenimines (PEI) with a higher average molecular mass can also be provided by ultrafiltration of polymers with a broad mass distribution.
Likewise, polymers of lower molecular mass can be obtained by inclusion of a low molecular mass amine, such as 1,2- ethanediamine, during polymerization.

By using these techniques a range of molecular masses from 300 to 10 6 can be obtained.
Cross-linking during the polymerization of ethylenimine in organic solvents leads to solid Polyethylenimines (PEI).
Furthermore the polymerization process can be conducted on the surface of organic or inorganic materials, thus fixing the Polyethylenimines (PEI) to a support.



STRUCTURE AND CONFORMATION OF LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF exists as both a branched and linear structure.
Branched Lupasol HF (bPEI) is synthesized via acid-catalyzed polymerization of aziridine, whereas the linear structure (lPEI) is synthesized via ring opening polymerization of 2-ethyl-2-oxazoline followed by hydrolysis.



BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY OF LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF is nondegradable and the molecular weight of PEI affects the cytotoxicity and gene transfer activity.
Lupasol HF acts as a low toxicity and efficient gene vector.



CO2 CAPTURE, LUPASOL HF:
Both linear and branched Lupasol HF have been used for CO2 capture, frequently impregnated over porous materials.
First use of Lupasol HF polymer in CO2 capture was devoted to improve the CO2 removal in space craft applications, impregnated over a polymeric matrix.

After that, the support was changed to MCM-41, an hexagonal mesostructured silica, and large amounts of Lupasol HF were retained in the so-called "molecular basket".
MCM-41-PEI adsorbent materials led to higher CO2 adsorption capacities than bulk Lupasol HF or MCM-41 material individually considered.

The authors claim that, in this case, a synergic effect takes place due to the high Lupasol HF dispersion inside the pore structure of the material.
As a result of this improvement, further works were developed to study more in depth the behaviour of these materials.

Exhaustive works have been focused on the CO2 adsorption capacity as well as the CO2/O2 and CO2/N2 adsorption selectivity of several MCM-41-PEI materials with Lupasol HF polymers.
Also, Lupasol HF impregnation has been tested over different supports such as a glass fiber matrix and monoliths.

However, for an appropriate performance under real conditions in post-combustion capture (mild temperatures between 45-75 °C and the presence of moisture) it is necessary to use thermally and hydrothermally stable silica materials, such as SBA-15, which also presents an hexagonal mesostructure.
Moisture and real world conditions have also been tested when using Lupasol HF-impregnated materials to adsorb CO2 from the air.

A detailed comparison among Lupasol HF and other amino-containing molecules showed an excellent performance of PEI-containing samples with cycles.
Also, only a slight decrease was registered in their CO2 uptake when increasing the temperature from 25 to 100 °C, demonstrating a high contribution of chemisorption to the adsorption capacity of these solids.

For the same reason, the adsorption capacity under diluted CO2 was up to 90% of the value under pure CO2 and also, a high unwanted selectivity towards SO2 was observed.
Lately, many efforts have been made in order to improve Lupasol HF diffusion within the porous structure of the support used.

A better dispersion of Lupasol HF and a higher CO2 efficiency (CO2/NH molar ratio) were achieved by impregnating a template-occluded PE-MCM-41 material rather than perfect cylindrical pores of a calcined material, following a previously described route.
The combined use of organosilanes such as aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane, AP, and Lupasol HF has also been studied.

The first approach used a combination of them to impregnate porous supports, achieving faster CO2-adsorption kinetics and higher stability during reutilization cycles, but no higher efficiencies.
A novel method is the so-called "double-functionalization".

It is based on the impregnation of materials previously functionalized by grafting (covalent bonding of organosilanes).
Amino groups incorporated by both paths have shown synergic effects, achieving high CO2 uptakes up to 235 mg CO2/g (5.34 mmol CO2/g).
CO2 adsorption kinetics were also studied for these materials, showing similar adsorption rates as impregnated solids.

This is an interesting finding, taking into account the smaller pore volume available in double-functionalized materials.
Thus, it can be also concluded that their higher CO2 uptake and efficiency compared to impregnated solids can be ascribed to a synergic effect of the amino groups incorporated by two methods (grafting and impregnation) rather than to a faster adsorption kinetics.



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of LUPASOL HF:
Chemical formula: (C2H5N)n, linear form
Molar mass: 43.04 (repeat unit), mass of polymer variable
Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C
Boiling Point: 250 °C(lit.)
Flash Point: >230 ºF
Melting Point: 59-60 °C
Refractive index: n20D 1.5290
CAS No.: 9002-98-6
Molecular Formula: (C2H5N)x
InChIKeys: InChIKey=NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N
Molecular Weight: 43.069
Exact Mass: 43.04220

EC Number: 205-793-9
HScode: 39019090
Categories: Polymer
PSA: 21.94000
XLogP3: -0.4
Appearance: Pale yellow Liquid
Density: 1.05 g/cm3
Melting Point: 59-60°C
Boiling Point: 250 °C(lit.)
Flash Point: >230 °F
Refractive Index: n20/D 1.5290
Water Solubility: soluble in water.
Storage Conditions: 2-8°C
Vapor Pressure: 9 mmHg ( 20 °C)
Vapor Density: 1.48

Flammability characteristics: Class IB
Explosive limit: Explosive limits , vol% in air: 3.3-55
Odor: Pungent, ammonia-like odor
PH: Strongly alkaline
Name: Polyethyleneimine
EINECS: 205-793-9
CAS No.: 9002-98-6
Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C
PSA: 21.94000
LogP: -0.08160
Solubility: Soluble in water.
Melting Point: 59-60°C
Formula: (C2H5N)x
Boiling Point: 250 °C(lit.)
Molecular Weight: 43.06780
Flash Point: >230 °F
Appearance: N/A

Chemical formula: (C2H5N)n, linear form
Molar mass: 43.04 (repeat unit), mass of polymer variable
Melting Point: 59-60°C
Boiling Point: 250 °C(lit.)
Flash Point: >230 °F
Molecular Formula: C2H5N
Molecular Weight: 43.06780
Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C
Physical state: viscous
Color: colorless
Odor: No data available
Melting point/freezing point
Melting point/range: 54 - 59 °C
Initial boiling point and boiling range: 250 °C - lit.
Flammability (solid, gas): No data available
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: No data available

Flash point: > 110 °C - closed cup
Autoignition temperature: > 200 °C
Decomposition temperature: > 250 °C
pH: 11 - DIN 19268
Viscosity
Viscosity, kinematic: No data available
Viscosity, dynamic: 15.000 mPa.s at 50 °C
Water solubility soluble
Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water: No data available
Vapor pressure: No data available
Density: 1,030 g/cm3 at 25 °C
Relative density: No data available
Relative vapor density: No data available
Particle characteristics: No data available
Explosive properties: No data available
Oxidizing properties: none
Other safety information: No data available

Fòrmula: (C2H5N)x
No. CAS: 9002-98-6
Appearance: Liquid
Color: Colorless to light yellow
SMILES: NCCN(CCN)CCN(CCCNCN)CCN(CCNCCN)CCNCCN(CCN)CCN.[n]
Appearance (Form): Viscous Liquid
Refractive index: n20/D 1.5290
Boiling point: 250 °C(lit.)
Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C
Impurities: ≤1% water
CBNumber: CB9162514
Molecular Formula:C2H5N
Molecular Weight:43.07
MDL Number:MFCD00803910
MOL File:9002-98-6.mol
Melting point: 59-60°C
Boiling point: 250 °C(lit.)
Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C

vapor pressure: 9 mmHg ( 20 °C)
refractive index: n20/D 1.5290
Flash point: >230 °F
storage temp.: 2-8°C
solubility: DMSO (Sparingly)
form: Liquid
color: Pale yellow
Specific Gravity: 1.045 (20/4℃)
PH: pH(50g/l, 25℃) : 10~12
Water Solubility: Soluble in water.
Sensitive: Hygroscopic
InChI: InChI=1S/C2H5N/c1-2-3-1/h3H,1-2H2
InChIKey: NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N
SMILES: C1NC1
LogP: -0.969 (est)

Indirect Additives used in Food Contact Substances: POLYETHYLENIMINE
EWG's Food Scores: 1
EPA Substance Registry System: Aziridine, homopolymer (9002-98-6)
IUPAC Name: aziridine
Molecular Weight: 10,000
Molecular Formula: C2H5N
Canonical SMILES: C1CN1
InChI Key: NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N
Density: 1.029-1.038
EC Number: 205-793-9
Exact Mass: 43.04220
H-Bond Acceptor: 1
H-Bond Donor: 1
UN Number: 1185
Viscosity: 40,000 - 150,000 cps



FIRST AID MEASURES of LUPASOL HF:
-Description of first-aid measures:
*General advice:
Show this material safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
*If inhaled:
After inhalation:
Fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Take off immediately all contaminated clothing.
Rinse skin with water/ shower.
Consult a physician.
*In case of eye contact:
After eye contact:
Rinse out with plenty of water.
Call in ophthalmologist.
Remove contact lenses.
*If swallowed:
After swallowing:
Immediately make victim drink water (two glasses at most).
Consult a physician.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of LUPASOL HF:
-Environmental precautions:
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Cover drains.
Collect, bind, and pump off spills.
Observe possible material restrictions.
Take up dry.
Dispose of properly.
Clean up affected area



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of LUPASOL HF:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Water
Foam
Carbon dioxide (CO2)
Dry powder
*Unsuitable extinguishing media:
For this substance/mixture no limitations of extinguishing agents are given.
-Further information:
Prevent fire extinguishing water from contaminating surface water or the ground water system.



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of LUPASOL HF:
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use equipment for eye protection
Safety glasses
*Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Wash and dry hands.
Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Splash contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
*Body Protection:
protective clothing
*Respiratory protection:
Recommended Filter type: Filter type P2
-Control of environmental exposure:
Do not let product enter drains.



HANDLING and STORAGE of LUPASOL HF:
-Precautions for safe handling:
*Hygiene measures:
Immediately change contaminated clothing.
Apply preventive skin protection.
Wash hands and face after working with substance.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of LUPASOL HF:
-Chemical stability:
The product is chemically stable under standard ambient conditions (room temperature) .
-Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No data available


LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is a chemical compound (specifically, an organic peroxide) with structural formula (C6H5−C(=O)O−)2, often abbreviated as (BzO)2.
In terms of its structure, the molecule can be described as two benzoyl (C6H5−C(=O)−, Bz) groups connected by a peroxide (−O−O−).
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is a white granular solid with a faint odour of benzaldehyde, poorly soluble in water but soluble in acetone, ethanol, and many other organic solvents.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is an oxidizer, which is principally used as in the production of polymers.


CAS Number, 94-36-0
EC number, 202-327-6
Chemical Formula: C14H10O4
Molecular Weight: 242.23


SYNONYMS OF LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE:
benzoperoxide, Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide, BPO PEROXAN BP,DBP,Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide,Benzac,Clearasil,Panoxyl,Perkadox, Peroxide, dibenzoyl; Acetoxyl; Akneroxid 5; Asidopan; Benoxyl; Benzac; Benzoic acid, peroxide; Benzol peroxide; Benzoperoxide; Benzoyl superoxide; Benzoylperoxid; Benzoyl peroxyde;Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide; Dibenzoylperoxid; Dibenzoylperoxyde; Diphenylglyoxal peroxide; Dry and Clear; Duresthin 5; Eloxyl; Epi-Clear; G20; Lucidol; Lucidol B 50; Lucidol G 20; Luperco AST; Mytolac; Nayper BO; Oxy 5; Oxylite; Panoxyl; Perossido di benzoile; Peroxyde de benzoyle; Persa-Gel; Persadox; Resdan Akne; Theraderm; Acnegel; Aztec BPO; Benzaknew; BZF-60; Cadet; Cadox; Cadox BS; Clearasil Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide lotion; Clearasil BP acne treatment; Cuticura acne cream; Debroxide; Fostex; Garox; Incidol; Loroxide; Luperco; Luperox FL; NA 2085 (DOT); Nayper B and BO; Norox bzp-250; Norox bzp-C-35; Novadelox; OXY-10; OXY WASH; Quinolor compound; Superox; Topex; UN 2085 (DOT); UN 2086; UN 2088; Vanoxide; Xerac; Acne-Aid Cream; Benzac W; Clear By Design; Abcure S-40-25; Akneroxid L; Akneroxide L; Benzagel 10; Benzaknen; BPO; Brevoxyl; Cadet BPO 78W; Cadox 40E; Dermoxyl; Desanden; Lucidol 78; Lucidol 75FP; Luzidol; Nericur; NSC 675; Oxy-L; Peroxyderm; Peroxydex; Preoxydex; Sanoxit; Xerac BP 10; Xerac BP 5; Triaz; Perkadox 20S; Cadox B; Desquam E; Lucidol (peroxide); Luperco AA; Nyper B; Nyper BMT; W 75



Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is primarily used in the manufacture of polymers, as a polymerisation initiator.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide can also be used in other applications: as an oxidant in anti-acne formulations, as a hardener/cross-linking agent (in production of unsaturated polyester resins and silicone rubbers) and as a bleaching agent.

Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is in the form of white powder or paste with a molecular mass of 242 g/mol.
This material is available as a 75% pure powder for polymerization applications or as a 55% paste.
The percentage of active oxygen for this material should be at least 4.9%.

The half-life time of this substance in chlorobenzene is 10 hours at 71°C and 1 hour at 91°C.
Its bulk density at 20 degrees Celsius is 500 kg/m3.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide like other peroxide compounds starts to decompose at a temperature above 20 degrees Celsius.
Its storage time is a maximum of 6 months.


Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is mainly used in production of plastics[5] and for bleaching flour, hair, plastics and textiles.
As a bleach, it has been used as a medication and a water disinfectant.

As a medication, Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is mostly used to treat acne, either alone or in combination with other treatments.
Some versions are sold mixed with antibiotics such as clindamycin.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is on the World Health Organization's List of Essential Medicines.

Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is available as an over-the-counter and generic medication.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is also used in dentistry for teeth whitening.
In 2021, it was the 284th most commonly prescribed medication in the United States, with more than 700,000 prescriptions



STRUCTURE AND REACTIVITY OF LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE
Structure of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide from X-ray crystallography.
The O=C-O-O dihedral angle is 90°.
The O-O distance is 1.434 Å.

The original 1858 synthesis by Liebig reacted benzoyl chloride with barium peroxide,[15] a reaction that probably follows this equation:
2 C6H5C(O)Cl + BaO2 → (C6H5CO)2O2 + BaCl2
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is usually prepared by treating hydrogen peroxide with benzoyl chloride under alkaline conditions.
2 C6H5COCl + H2O2 + 2 NaOH → (C6H5CO)2O2 + 2 NaCl + 2 H2O

The oxygen–oxygen bond in peroxides is weak.
Thus, Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide readily undergoes homolysis (symmetrical fission), forming free radicals:
(C6H5CO)2O2 → 2 C6H5CO•2
The symbol • indicates that the products are radicals; i.e., they contain at least one unpaired electron.
Such species are highly reactive.

The homolysis is usually induced by heating.
The half-life of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is one hour at 92 °C. At 131 °C, the half-life is one minute.


In 1901, J. H. Kastle and his graduate student A. S. Loevenhart observed that the compound made the tincture of guaiacum tincture turn blue, a sign of oxygen being released.
Around 1905, Loevenhart reported on the successful use of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide to treat various skin conditions, including burns, chronic varicose leg tumors, and tinea sycosis.
He also reported animal experiments that showed the relatively low toxicity of the compound.


Treatment with Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide was proposed for wounds by Lyon and Reynolds in 1929, and for sycosis vulgaris and acne varioliformis by Peck and Chagrin in 1934.
However, preparations were often of questionable quality.
It was officially approved for the treatment of acne in the US in 1960.

Polymerization:
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is mainly used as a radical initiator to induce chain-growth polymerization reactions,[4] such as for polyester and poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) resins and dental cements and restoratives.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is the most important among the various organic peroxides used for this purpose, a relatively safe alternative to the much more hazardous methyl ethyl ketone peroxide.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is also used in rubber curing and as a finishing agent for some acetate yarns.

USES OF LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE:
Tube of a water-based 5% Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide preparation for the treatment of acne
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is effective for treating acne lesions.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide does not induce antibiotic resistance.

Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide may be combined with salicylic acid, sulfur, erythromycin or clindamycin (antibiotics), or adapalene (a synthetic retinoid).
Two common combination drugs include Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide/clindamycin and adapalene/Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide, adapalene being a chemically stable retinoid that can be combined with Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide[26] unlike tezarotene and tretinoin.
Combination products such as Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide/clindamycin and Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide/salicylic acid appear to be slightly more effective than Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide alone for the treatment of acne lesions.

The combination tretinoin/Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide was approved for medical use in the United States in 2021.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide for acne treatment is typically applied to the affected areas in gel, cream, or liquid, in concentrations of 2.5% increasing through 5.0%, and up to 10%.
No strong evidence supports the idea that higher concentrations of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide are more effective than lower concentrations.


Mechanism of action:
Classically, Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is thought to have a three-fold activity in treating acne.
It is sebostatic, comedolytic, and inhibits growth of Cutibacterium acnes, the main bacterium associated with acne.

In general, acne vulgaris is a hormone-mediated inflammation of sebaceous glands and hair follicles.
Hormone changes cause an increase in keratin and sebum production, leading to blocked drainage. C. acnes has many lytic enzymes that break down the proteins and lipids in the sebum, leading to an inflammatory response.

The free-radical reaction of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide can break down the keratin, therefore unblocking the drainage of sebum (comedolytic).
It can cause nonspecific peroxidation of C. acnes, making it bactericidal,[6] and it was thought to decrease sebum production, but disagreement exists within the literature on this.

Some evidence suggests that Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide has an anti-inflammatory effect as well.
In micromolar concentrations it prevents neutrophils from releasing reactive oxygen species, part of the inflammatory response in acne



APPLICATIONS OF LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE
For some special applications it is desirable to use a dry Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide powder as a catalyst.
For these cases the Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide formulation Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide was introduced, which is a mixture of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide and filler.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide can be handled very easily and without risk.

Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide contains no plasticizer and is lower concentrated than the usual Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide formulations, which makes dosing easier.
One of the most important applications for Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is as a catalyst for putties based on unsaturated polyester resins.
A putty containing an accelerated polyester resin and Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide cures rapidly so that after a short time the surface can be sanded and polished


Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is primarily used as a radical initiator to induce polymerisation (free radical polymerisation process), for the manufacture of e.g. expandible polystyrene in suspension, acrylics polymers (for road marking paints).
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide can also be used in other applications, in production, as an oxidant in anti-acne formulation, as a hardener of unsaturated polyester resins, as a cross-linking agent for the production of and silicone rubbers, and as a bleaching agent.


Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxides are used to harden the resin in hot mold.
It is applied alone at high temperatures and with accelerators at room temperature.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide paste;It is used together with marble adhesives in the hardening of polyester repair pastes used in automotive parts repair at ambient temperature.
• Styrene polymerization
• Acne treatment
• Copolymerization of acrylonitrile and vinyl acetate
• Paint and resin industries
• Polymerization of acrylate and methacrylate
• Bleaching agent in various industries


CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL OF LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE:
Formula, C14H10O4
Molar mass, 242.230 g•mol−1
3D model (JSmol), Interactive image
Density, 1.334 g/cm3
Melting point, 103 to 105 °C (217 to 221 °F) decomposes
Solubility in water, poor mg/mL (20 °C)
Chemical family
Organic peroxide
CAS number
94-36-0
Physical form
Powder
Regional availability
Africa, Asia Pacific, China, Europe, India, Middle East
Chemical name
DiLuperox A75 benzoyl peroxide
Appearance, white powder or doughy
SADT, 80 °C
AppeThe maximum storage temperaturearance, ≤ 20 °C
Active oxygen, 4.9 wt.%
Physical state Solid at ambient temperature, low dustiness (wet powder)
Form White powder, moist
Colour White
Odour Slightly benzaldehyde-like
Density 1.33 g/cm3 at 20°C
Melting point 103-108°C at 1013 hPa
Explosive properties The pure substance is explosive
Self-Accelerating Decomposition Temperature (SADT) 65°C
Vapour pressure 9.07.10-5 hPa (at 25°C) (by calculation)
Mol weight 242.23 g/mol
Water solubility 0.35 mg/L at 20ºC Octanol-water partition coefficient (LogKow) 3.2 at 20°C
Appearance, White granular powder
Assay, 48.0 – 51.0 %
Acidity (as COOH), ≤0.50 %
Cl, ≤0.40 %
(In)organic hydrolysable Cl, ≤0.50 %
Water, ≤1.00 %
Molecular formula, C14H10O4
Molecular weight, 242.23 g/mol
Smiles notation, O=C(OOC(=O)c1ccccc1)c2ccccc2
InChi key, OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYAV
Flash point, Not applicable
Flammability, Highly flammable
Melting point, 103 – 105 20 °C @ 1.013 hPa
Partition coefficient (log Pow), 3.43 @ 20 °C
Relative density, 1.33 @ 25 °C
Solubility in water, Slightly soluble (9 .1 mg/l) @ 25 °C
Vapour pressure, < 1mm Hg @ 20 °C



SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE:
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product
LUPRAGEN N 205
LUPRAGEN N 205 LUPRAGEN N 205 is a tertiary amine that primarily promotes the urea (water-isocyanate) reaction in flexible and rigid polyurethane foams. LUPRAGEN N 205 can be used in all types of foam formulations. The strong catalytic effect on the blowing reaction can be balanced by the addition of a strong gelling catalyst. If amine emissions are a concern, TOYOCAT ETSlow-emission alternatives are available for many end use applications. Bis(2-Dimethylaminoethyl)ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) is a colorless to yellowish liquid, with an amine-like odor. LUPRAGEN N 205 is also miscible with water. Bis (2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) reacts as a base. Reacts exothermically with acids. May form explosive peroxides upon exposure to the air. Formula of LUPRAGEN N 205: C8H20N2O Molecular weight of LUPRAGEN N 205: 160.2572 IUPAC Standard InChI: InChI=1S/C8H20N2O/c1-9(2)5-7-11-8-6-10(3)4/h5-8H2,1-4H3 IUPAC Standard InChIKey: GTEXIOINCJRBIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bis(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) appears as a clear or yellow liquid. Bp: 188°C. Toxic by inhalation, by skin absorption, ingestion, and eye contact. DMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) vapor was readily absorbed at a constant rate, slowly eliminated mainly by urinary excretion, and without preferential specific organ/tissue accumulation. DMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) is used primarily as a catalyst in the manufacturing of polyurethane foams. NIAX Catalyst ESN, its components, dimethylaminopropionitrile and bis(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) In May 1978, OSHA and NIOSH jointly published the Current Intelligence Bulletin (CIB) 26: NIAX Catalyst ESN. In this CIB, OSHA and NIOSH recommended that occupational exposure to NIAX Catalyst ESN, its components, dimethylaminopropionitrile and bis(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)ether (LUPRAGEN N 205), as well as formulations containing either component, be minimized. Acute Exposure/ Unoccluded application of 10 uL of undiluted LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE) to the skin of rabbits produced marked local necrosis. More serious skin lesions were produced when the material was kept on the skin under occlusive dressing for 4 hr. Acute Exposure/ LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE) was applied to the eyes of rabbits undiluted or as a 1%, 5%, or 15% aqueous solution. When administered undiluted, LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE) produced extensive corneal injury, iritis, severe conjunctival irritation, and chemosis. A 15% solution did not produce a corneal injury and produced only mild conjunctivitis. No ocular effects were produced by a 1% solution. In rabbits, measurements of corneal thickness were made prior to exposure, several times on the day following exposure, and at 24, 48, and 72 hr after the exposure. Exposures were by inhalation for 2 hr at 0.1, 1, 5, 10, 12, 15, 25, or 30 ppm LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE). Concentration-related increases in corneal thickness in rabbits were observed immediately following the exposure at between 10 and 30 ppm of LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE), with the thickness generally reaching a maximum at 3 hr postexposure. Groups of six female rats were exposed to air saturated with the vapors of LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE) for 8 hr. No deaths occurred. Lacrimation and excess conjunctival irritation were observed. For more Non-Human Toxicity Excerpts (Complete) data for Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) (10 total), please visit the HSDB record page. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether)'s production and use as a laboratory reagent and as a catalyst in the manufacturing of polyurethane foams may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams. If released to air, an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C indicates LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist solely as a vapor in the atmosphere. Vapor-phase LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will be degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals; the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 0.6 hrs. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm, and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight. If released to soil, LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to have very high mobility based upon an estimated Koc of 13. However, the estimated pKa values of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) are 8.14 and 9.21, indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the cation form in the environment and cations generally adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts. Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the compound exists as a cation and cations do not volatilize. Utilizing the Japanese MITI test, 0% of the Theoretical BOD was reached in 4 weeks indicating that biodegradation is not a rapid environmental fate process. If released into water, LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment based upon the estimated Koc. The pKa values indicate LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist almost entirely in the cation form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. An estimated BCF of 3 suggests the potential for bioconcentration in aquatic organisms is low. Hydrolysis is not expected to be an important environmental fate process since this compound lacks functional groups that hydrolyze under environmental conditions. Occupational exposure to LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) may occur through inhalation and dermal contact with this compound at workplaces where LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is produced or used. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether)'s production and use as a laboratory reagent(1) and as a catalyst in the manufacturing of polyurethane foams(2) may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams(SRC). Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 13(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to have very high mobility in soil(SRC). However, the estimated pKa values of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) are 8.14 and 9.21(3), indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the cation form in the environment and cations generally adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts(4). Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the compound exists as a cation and cations do not volatilize. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to volatilize from dry soil surfaces(SRC) based upon an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C(SRC), determined from a fragment constant method(5). Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 13(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment(SRC). The estimated pKa values of 8.14 and 9.21(3) indicate that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist almost entirely in the cation form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. According to a model of gas/particle partitioning of semivolatile organic compounds in the atmosphere(1), LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether), which has an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C(SRC), determined from a fragment constant method(2), is expected to exist solely as a vapor in the ambient atmosphere. Vapor-phase LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals(SRC); the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 6 hrs(SRC), calculated from its rate constant of 2.1X10-10 cu cm/molecule-sec at 25 °C(SRC) that was derived using a structure estimation method(3). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm(4), and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight(SRC). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether), present at 100 mg/L, reached 0% of its theoretical BOD in 4 weeks using an activated sludge inoculum at 30 mg/L in the Japanese MITI test(1). The rate constant for the vapor-phase reaction of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals has been estimated as 2.1X10-10 cu cm/molecule-sec at 25 °C(SRC) using a structure estimation method(1). This corresponds to an atmospheric half-life of about 0.6 hours at an atmospheric concentration of 5X10+5 hydroxyl radicals per cu cm(1). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is not expected to undergo hydrolysis in the environment due to the lack of functional groups that hydrolyze under environmental conditions(3). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm(3), and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight(SRC). An estimated BCF of 3 was calculated in fish for LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether)(SRC), using an estimated log Kow of -0.54(1) and a regression-derived equation(2). Using a structure estimation method based on molecular connectivity indices(1), the Koc of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) can be estimated to be 13(SRC). According to a classification scheme(2), this estimated Koc value suggests that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to have very high mobility in soil. However, the pKa values of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) are pKa1 = 8.14 and pKa2 = 9.21, indicating that this compound will almost entirely exist in the cation form in the environment and cations generally adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts(4). The estimated pKa values of 8.14 and 9.21(1) indicate that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist almost entirely in the cation form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to volatilize from dry soil surfaces(SRC) based upon an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg(SRC), determined from a fragment constant method(3). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) was tested for but not detected in river water samples collected on April 2, 1980 from the highly polluted Hahashida River in Japan; the Hayashida is a tributary of the Ibo River that runs through Tatsuno City, Hyogo Prefecture, a center of leather manufacture(1). NIOSH (NOES Survey 1981-1983) has statistically estimated that 1,529 workers (165 of these were female) were potentially exposed to LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) in the US(1). Occupational exposure to LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) may occur through inhalation and dermal contact with this compound at workplaces where LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is produced or used(SRC). Description and features of LUPRAGEN N 205 AminCat A-1 ( bis-2-dimethylaminoethyl-ether, LUPRAGEN N 205 ) is one of the most active amine blowing catalysts available. LUPRAGEN N 205 consists of 70% bis (2-Dimethylaminoethyl) ether diluted with 30% dipropylene glycol for ease and accuracy of metering. Although AminCat A-1 (LUPRAGEN N 205) catalyzes both the blowing and gelling reactions, its unique emphasis on the isocyanate reaction has established it as the industry standard for all types of polyurethane systems where efficient catalysis of the blowing reaction is required. Application of LUPRAGEN N 205 LUPRAGEN N 205 (AminCat A-1) is the established blowing catalyst for all types of flexible foam. Its strong catalytic effect on the blowing reaction can be balanced by the addition of a strong gelling catalyst. When used in flexible slabstock formulations, LUPRAGEN N 205 (AminCat A-1) catalyst improves the processing of all grades of foam ranging from low to high density, and from filled to high resiliency grades. The unique performance characteristics of LUPRAGEN N 205 (AminCat A-1) catalyst make it an effective choice for high resiliency molded foam. In this application, a catalyst system containing both LUPRAGEN N 205 (AminCat A-1) and a strong gelling catalyst will effectively meet most standard processing requirements. Storage Store Bis (2-Dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) in a cool, dry and well-ventilated area and in line with legal requirements. Keep LUPRAGEN N 205 (AminCat A-1) away from heat sources and oxidizing agents. BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) is a tertiary amine that is used as a blowing catalyst in the manufacture of polyurethane foam. PURPOSE: The most common polyurethane foam catalysts are tertiary amines. BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) is a strong blowing catalyst that promotes the reaction between isocyanate and water, producing polyurea and carbon dioxide gas, which acts as a blowing agent. The blowing reaction for BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) can be balanced by the addition of a strong gelling catalyst, such as A-Cat-33 (LUPRAGEN N 205). APPLICATION of LUPRAGEN N 205: BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) is a strong blowing catalyst for use in the manufacture of flexible slab-stock and rigid polyurethane foam. ADVANTAGES of LUPRAGEN N 205: Gulbrandsen is able to utilize its cost effective manufacturing to provide dilute mixtures of BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) to various ratios with Dipropylene Glycol, Polyol, and Natural Polyol. Gulbrandsen can also provide blends of BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) with Triethylene Diamine (TEDA) and Natural Polyol. PROPERTIES of LUPRAGEN N 205: Results are for pure Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) Ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) APHA Color = 100 MAX BDMAEE, wt% = 97.0% MIN Water, wt% = 0.50% MAX PACKAGING of LUPRAGEN N 205: BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) diluted solutions or amine blends are supplied in 55 gallon steel drums and polyethylene steel-reinforced tote bins. The loaded weight will depend on the ratio of the dilution or the ratio of the blend components. Description of LUPRAGEN N 205v NT CAT BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) is a tertiary amine that primarily promotes the urea (water-isocyanate) reaction in flexible and rigid polyurethane foams. Applications of LUPRAGEN N 205 NT CAT BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) can be used in all types of foam formulations. The strong catalytic effect on the blowing reaction can be balanced by the addition of a strong gelling catalyst. If amine emissions are a concern, low-emission alternatives are available for many end use applications. Ether amine catalysts The 2,2'-dichloroethyl ether (abbreviated as chloroether) amination method is an earlier reported LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) synthesis process. In 1968, Fedor et al. used chloroether as a raw material to synthesize LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) through ammoniation and demethylation [13]. In high-rebound soft foams, bis(2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) is used as a conventional foaming catalyst due to its unique chemical structure, which is a typical strong and efficient tertiary amine catalyst, promotes the reaction of water with isocyanate, also known as the foaming reaction or early reaction. The vast majority of foam formulations use LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) in combination with triethylenediamine TEDA. TEDA is a commonly used gel catalyst. Currently, there are many commercially available catalysts that use a mixture of catalysts for the purpose of balancing effects and process rates. The synthetic route of LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) by condensation of amido ester and formaldehyde In 2013, Chen Songlin and Huang Daqi et al. reported on a two-step process for the synthesis of LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) using dimethylaminoethoxyethanol (abbreviated as DMAEE) through aminolysis and condensation reduction [15]. The reaction process is shown in Figure 5. JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) catalyst is one of the most active amine blowing catalysts available. Although JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) catalyzes both the blowing and gelling reactions, its unique emphasis on the isocyanate reaction has established it as the industry standard for all types of polyurethane systems where efficient catalysis of the blowing reaction is required. JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) is the established blowing catalyst for all types of flexible foam. Its strong catalytic effect on the blowing reaction can be balanced by the addition of a strong gelling catalyst. When used in flexible slabstock formulations, JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) catalyst improves the processing of all grades of foam ranging from low to high density, and from filled to high resiliency grades. The unique performance characteristics of JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) catalyst make it an effective choice for high resiliency molded foam. In this application, a catalyst system containing both JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) and a strong gelling catalyst will effectively meet most standard processing requirements. Production method of LUPRAGEN N 205: Bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) can be obtained by reacting dimethylethanol with dimethylamino-2-chloroethane to dehydrogenate. Features and uses of LUPRAGEN N 205: Bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) is one of the important amine catalysts in the polyurethane industry. Bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) has very high catalytic activity and selectivity for the foaming reaction, and the pure product has high activity. People use diol to dilute it into solution. A-1 catalyst is a catalyst composed of 70% bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) and 30% dipropylene glycol (DPG). use of LUPRAGEN N 205: Bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) is one of the important amine catalysts in the polyurethane industry. Bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) has very high catalytic activity and selectivity for the foaming reaction, and the pure product has high activity. People use diol to dilute it into solution. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether)'s production and use as a laboratory reagent and as a catalyst in the manufacturing of polyurethane foams may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams. If released to air, an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C indicates LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist solely as a vapor in the atmosphere. Vapor-phase LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will be degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals; the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 0.6 hrs. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm, and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight. If released to soil, LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to have very high mobility based upon an estimated Koc of 13. However, the estimated pKa values of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) are 8.14 and 9.21, indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the cation form in the environment and cations generally adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts. Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the compound exists as a cation and cations do not volatilize. Utilizing the Japanese MITI test, 0% of the Theoretical BOD was reached in 4 weeks indicating that biodegradation is not a rapid environmental fate process. If released into water, LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment based upon the estimated Koc. The pKa values indicate LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist almost entirely in the cation form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. An estimated BCF of 3 suggests the potential for bioconcentration in aquatic organisms is low. Hydrolysis is not expected to be an important environmental fate process since this compound lacks functional groups that hydrolyze under environmental conditions. Occupational exposure to LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) may occur through inhalation and dermal contact with this compound at workplaces where LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is produced or used. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether)'s production and use as a laboratory reagent(1) and as a catalyst in the manufacturing of polyurethane foams(2) may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams(SRC). Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 13(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to have very high mobility in soil(SRC). However, the estimated pKa values of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) are 8.14 and 9.21(3), indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the cation form in the environment and cations generally adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts(4). Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the compound exists as a cation and cations do not volatilize. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to volatilize from dry soil surfaces(SRC) based upon an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C(SRC), determined from a fragment constant method(5). Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 13(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment(SRC). The estimated pKa values of 8.14 and 9.21(3) indicate that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist almost entirely in the cation form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. According to a model of gas/particle partitioning of semivolatile organic compounds in the atmosphere(1), LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether), which has an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C(SRC), determined from a fragment constant method(2), is expected to exist solely as a vapor in the ambient atmosphere. Vapor-phase LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals(SRC); the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 6 hrs(SRC), calculated from its rate constant of 2.1X10-10 cu cm/molecule-sec at 25 °C(SRC) that was derived using a structure estimation method(3). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm(4), and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight(SRC).
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 3 is a nonionic surfactant for commercial laundry and vehicle and transportation care applications.
LUTENSOL AO 3 is nonionic surfactants for use in detergents and cleaners and in the chemical and allied industries.

LUTENSOL AO 3 has the advantages of low critical micelle concentration, low chemical oxygen consumption, low dosage, and environmental friendliness.

CAS Number: 64425-86-1
EC Number: 613-595-2

LUTENSOL AO 3 is a lipophilic emulsifier, which can enhance the solubility of some substances in organic solvents and has the advantage of low bubbles.
LUTENSOL AO has a carbon chain length of C13 ~ C15, which is a medium-length carbon chain with excellent cleaning ability and super emulsification.

LUTENSOL AO 5 and M 7 are compounded, and they have relatively stable oil removal performance under the high and low temperature of different synthetic fibers.
And the dynamic and static foam of AO5 is very low.

LUTENSOL AO 7 single oil removal experiment(silicone oil removal on polyester fabric) shows excellent anti-fouling and oil removal performance.
The compound oil removal with LUTENSOL TO 5 also provides excellent oil removal and anti-fouling effects on synthetic fabrics such as polyamide and polyester.

LUTENSOL AO 11 has excellent alkaline resistance.

Applications of LUTENSOL AO 3:
Commercial Laundry,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL AO 3:
The LUTENSOL AO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on C13C15 oxo alcohol that consists of ca. 67% C13 and ca. 33% C15.

The LUTENSOL AO types conform to the following structural formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = C13C15 oxo alcohol
x = 3, 5, 7, 8, 11

The degree of ethoxylation is denoted by the numeric product designation.
LUTENSOL AO 79 consist of ca. 10% water and ca. 90% LUTENSOL AO 7 and LUTENSOL AO 8 respectively.

These products are supplied in the form of mobile liquids, and they are easier to process than 100% active products supplied in paste form.
LUTENSOL AO 3109 is a mixture of LUTENSOL AO 3 and LUTENSOL AO 10 with an active content of ca. 90% w/w and a water content of ca. 10% w/w.

The LUTENSOL AO types are manufactured by causing the C13C15 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance surfactants with low toxicity are formed

Properties of LUTENSOL AO 3:
LUTENSOL AO 3, AO 5 and AO 7 are cloudy, colourless liquids at 23 °C.
They have a tendency to form a sediment, but they form clear solutions at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL AO 79 and AO 3109 are clear liquids at 23 °C.
LUTENSOL AO 8 and AO 11 are soft, colourless pastes.

Handling of LUTENSOL AO 3:
All contact with the eyes and prolonged contact with the skin should be avoided.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.
Further details are given in our Safety Data Sheets.

Ecology of LUTENSOL AO 3:

Biodegradability:
The LUTENSOL TO types are, on average, at least 90 % biodegradable and satisfy the requirements of German surfactants legislation of 4 June 1986.

Labelling:
According to European and German legislation, the LUTENSOL TO types
have to be labelled as follows.

Hazard labelling:
Xn = Harmful
Xi = Irritant
R 22 = Harmful if swallowed
R 36 = Irritating to eyes
R 38 = Irritating to skin
R 41 = Risk of serious damage to eyes

Labelling “Dangerous for the environment”

N = Dangerous for the environment (Symbol: dead tree/fish)
R 50 = Very toxic to aquatic organisms
R 51 = Toxic to aquatic organisms
R 52 = Harmful to aquatic organisms
R 53 = May cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment
NLN = No labelling necessary

Storage of LUTENSOL AO 3:
The LUTENSOL AO types should be stored in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL AO types are hygroscopic and soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums should be tightly resealed each time material is taken from them.

The LUTENSOL AO types should not be stored at temperatures substantially below 20°C.
Attention also needs to be paid to their setting points.

LUTENSOL AO 3, AO 5, and AO 7 are supplied in the form of cloudy liquids, and they have a tendency to form a sediment.
They become clear at ca. 50°C.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to 50 – 60°C and homogenized before use.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 70°C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL AO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks at 50 – 60°C (LUTENSOL AO 30: 70°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X6 CrNiMoTi 17122)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL AO 3:
The LUTENSOL AO types have a shelf life of at least two years, provided they are
stored in their original packaging and kept tightly sealed.

Safet of LUTENSOL AO 3:y
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL AO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL AO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL AO 3:
CAS no.: 64425-86-1
EC / List no.: 613-595-2

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL AO 3:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13C15-Oxo alcohol + 3 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL AO 3:

Regulatory process name:
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated

IUPAC name:
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated

Trade names:
AE7; 7-EO
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated
Alcohols, C13-15-Alkyl, Ethoxylated
Alcool gras ethoxyle 7 OE; 7-EO
Alk 3
Alkohole, C13-15, ethoxyliert
Bn 751/72; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Bn Te 1471; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13-15-Oxoalkohol + EO
C13-15-Oxoalkohol + EO (CTFA)
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 11,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 11,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 19,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 19,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 3 EO; 3-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 3,2 EO, Basis Synperol ICI; 3,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 7,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 7,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehydol AE 7; 7-EO
Dehydol PL255; unbekannt1
Ethoxylated alcohols, C13-15
Ethoxylated C13-15 alcohols
FA + 10 EO, Oxo C13-15; 10-EO
FA + 11 EO, Oxo C13-15; 11-EO
FA + 3 EO, Oxo C13-15; 3-EO
FA + 4 EO, Oxo C13-15; 4-EO
FA + 7 EO, Oxo C13-15; 7-EO
FA + 7 OE, Oxo C13-15; 7-EO
FA + EO, Oxo C13-15
FA C13-15 + min 20EO; >20-EO
FA-C13-15, ethoxylated
FA-C13-15-Alkyl, Ethoxylated
Fatty alcs., C13-15, ethoxylated
Fettalkoholethoxylat C13-15 6EO; 6-EO
Fettalkoholethoxylat C13-15, 7 EO; 7-EO
Fettalkoholethoxylat, 3 EO; 3-EO
Genapol 070; 7-EO
HED AF 2484; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2485; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2506; 8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2507; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2508; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin C 135/110
Imbentin C 135/110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL A 04; 4-EO
LUTENSOL A 05; 5-EO
LUTENSOL A0 3; 3-EO
LUTENSOL A0 7; 7-EO
LUTENSOL AO
LUTENSOL AO 10
LUTENSOL AO 109; 10-EO
LUTENSOL AO 10; 10-EO
LUTENSOL AO 11; 11-EO
LUTENSOL AO 12
LUTENSOL AO 12; 12-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 30
LUTENSOL AO 30; 30-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3109; 5,8-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3; 3-EO
LUTENSOL AO 4; 4-EO
LUTENSOL AO 5; 5-EO
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 79
LUTENSOL AO 7; 7-EO
LUTENSOL AO 8
Neonol 2V1315-12
Neonol 2V1315-9
Neopol 25-12
OXAEO C13-15 + 10EO; 10-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 11.2EO; 11,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 11EO; 11-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 12EO; 12-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 19.2EO; 19,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 20EO; 20-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 3.2EO; 3,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 30EO; 30-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 3EO; 3-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 4EO; 4-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 5,8EO; 5,8-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 5EO; 5-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 6EO; 6-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 7.2EO; 7,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 7EO; 7-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 8EO; 8-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 9EO; 9-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + nEO; n-EO
Oxoalkohol(C13/15)-7 EO
Oxoalkohol, C13-15 + EO
Prawozell F 1315/7 A; 7-EO
Präwozell F 1315/7 A; 7-EO
Renex 706
RENEX 707; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
RENEX 711; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Su Af 1111; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Su AF 674; 9-EO
Su Af 797; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Synperonic 7
Synperonic A
Synperonic A 10
Synperonic A 11
Synperonic A 14
Synperonic A 18
Synperonic A 2
Synperonic A 20
Synperonic A 20; 20-EO
Synperonic A 3
Synperonic A 4
Synperonic A 5
Synperonic A 50
Synperonic A 6
Synperonic A 6; 6-EO
Synperonic A 7
Synperonic A 7 / 90; 7-EO
Synperonic A 7; 7-EO
Synperonic A 9
Synperonic A 9; 9-EO
SYNPERONIC A11; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
SYNPERONIC A2; 2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
SYNPERONIC A3; 3-EO
SYNPERONIC A4; 4-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Synperonic E 3
Ukanil 43; 7-EO
Ukanil 69; 9-EO
Ukanil 87

Other identifier:
64425-86-1
LUTENSOL FA 12K
CAS Number: 61791-14-8



APPLICATIONS


General uses of Lutensol FA 12K:

Performance claims
Sustainability claims

Lutensol FA 12K can be used as antistatic agent, emulsifier, dispersants, solubilizers, rust inhibitors and corrosion inhibitors.

Lutensol FA 12K surfactants are ethoxylated coco amines with approximately two to seven and one-half moles of ethylene oxide.
They were developed for use as emulsifiers for a variety of pesticide formulations.
Lutensol FA 12K can be used alone or in combination with other surfactants.

Advantages of Lutensol FA 12K:

Effective emulsifier
Resistant to hard water and acid and alkaline environments,
Lutensol FA 12K has anti-corrosion properties,
Very good detergent and dispersing properties,
Properties that accelerate the drying of the car body after washing the car.

ApplicationS of Lutensol FA 12K:

Metalworking
Metal degreasing
Industrial and institutional cleaning
Agrochemicals
Car washes

Lutensol FA 12K uses and applications include:

Corrosion inhibitor
Emulsifier for waxes
Solution oils
Pesticides
Cleaners
Bitumen
Silicone oils
Antistat for textile spin finishes
Paper processing
Plastics
Wetting agent
Dispersant in electrostatic paints
Inks
Dyes
Pigments
Food packaging



DESCRIPTION


Characteristics of Lutensol FA 12K:

Excellent detergency
High wetting power
Moderate foamer
Readily biodegradable

Applications of Lutensol FA 12K include light-duty and heavy-duty laundry, powders and liquids, industrial and household cleaners.
Lutensol FA 12K is an important raw material.

Lutensol FA 12K belongs to the non-ionic surfactant-polyether-amine Polyether, slightly soluble in water to soluble in water. The solubility of Lutensol FA 12K increases with increasing EO number.
Lutensol FA 12K can be dissolved in acetone, benzene and other organic solvents.

Lutensol FA 12K has excellent emulsification, dispersion, solubilization, antistatic, lubrication, corrosion inhibition, Anti Rust performance.
The performance of Lutensol FA 12K is related to the EO number in the structure.
When the EO number is low, it is not alkali resistant, at the same time, the compatibility with anionic surfactants is poor.

Due to the presence of a double oxyethylene chain at the nitrogen atom, Lutensol FA 12K shows a combination of action in the application as a non-ionic and cationic surfactant, especially in acidic systems.

Due to its cationic nature, the Lutensol FA 12K molecule can form a single layer (film) on the metal surface.
This makes Lutensol FA 12K anti-corrosive, especially in relation to ferrous metals.

Good emulsifying properties enable the use of Lutensol FA 12K in agrochemical formulations, such as: EW, EC, SL, ME, WP, WG. Lutensol FA 12K is also suitable for the formation of cationic emulsions.

In this application, Lutensol FA 12K can be used alone or in combination with other surfactants.
On the other hand, in the lubricant industry, Lutensol FA 12K is used as a component in the formulation of cooling and lubricating fluids and flame-retardant hydraulic fluids.

Lutensol FA 12K has very good detergent and dispersing properties, thanks to which it effectively removes persistent dirt. Furthermore, Lutensol FA 12K works well in acidic and alkaline formulations, it is also resistant to hard water.

Thanks to such properties, Lutensol FA 12K can be used in the industrial and institutional cleaning industry as a component of hard surface cleaners, industrial degreasers and metal cleaning agents.
Lutensol FA 12K also exhibits drying properties when used in washing preparations for car washes.



PROPERTIES


Appearance, 25°C: Pale Yellow Liquid
Density, g/ml (lbs/U.S. gal), 25°C: 0.90 (7.5)
Moisture, %: 0.5 max
pH, 5% in 1:1 IPA/H2O: 10.8
Viscosity, 25°C, cps: 117
Flash Point, PMCC, °C (°F): >94 (>201)
Pour Point, °C (°F): 2 (36)
Amine Value: 191
Tertiary Amine, %: 96 min.
Approx. Moles, EO: 2
HLB, calculated: 6
RVOC, U.S. EPA, %: 0
Solubility Water: Dispersible
Methanol: Soluble
Kerosene: Soluble
Xylene: Soluble



FIRST AID


General information:

Take person away from hazardous area.
Immediately get medical help.

After inhalation:

Supply fresh air.
If required give artificial respiration.

Keep patient warm.
Consult physician if symptoms persist.

After skin contact:

Remove contaminated clothing immediately.
Wash off with plenty of water and soap.
Consult a physician if irritation persists.

After eye contact:

Remove contact lens.
Rinse open eyes with plenty of water (10-15 min).
Consult physician.

After ingestion:

Rinse mouth with water and give plenty of water to drink.
Consult a physician.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.



STORAGE AND HANDLING


Precautions for Safe Handling
Instructions on safe handling:

Wear adequate protective clothing.

Hygienic measures:

Do not eat or drink during work.
Do not smoke.

Conditions for Safe Storage, including any Incompatibilities
Storage conditions:

Store in tightly sealed containers in a well ventilated location.
Protect Lutensol FA 12K from direct sunlight.

Requirements for storage areas and containers:

No special measures necessary.

Information on fire and explosion protection:

Keep away from sources of ignition - do not smoke.

Storage class:

3 B; combustible liquids (TRGS 510)

Further Information:

Store in a dry place.

Specific End Use(s)
Further information:

No information available.



SYNONYMS


Atmer 169
Berol 307
Berol 397
Blaunon L 210
Blaunon L 220
Chemeen C 10
Chemeen C 12G
Chemeen C 2
Coulter Dispersant IIIA
Crisamine PC 2
Crodamet 02
Crodamet C 20
Crodamet C 5
Esomine C 25
Ethomeen C
Ethomeen C 12
Ethomeen C 15
Ethomeen C 20
Ethomeen C 25
Ethox CAM 15
Ethox CAM 2
Ethoxylated coco alkyl amines
Ethylan TLM
GN 8361
Genamin C
Genamin C 020
Genamin C 050
Genamin C 200
K 215
Kostat P 650/5
Lutensol FA 12K
Lutensol FA 5K
Mazeen C 2
Mazeen C 5
Nissan Nymeen F 215
Noramox C
Noramox C 11
Noramox C 2
Nymeen F 202
Nymeen F 215
Optamine PC 5
PPEM 239
Rhodameen C 5
Rofamin KD 3
Sinopol 412
Surfonic C 2
Variquat 1215
Varonic K 202
Varonic K 205
Varonic K 209
Varonic K 210
Varonic K 210LC
Varonic K 215
Varonic K 215LC
Witcamine 302
Witcamine 305
Ethoxylated cocoamines
Cocoamine, ethoxylated
PEG-n Cocamine
Polyethylene glycol (n) coconut amine
2-Hydroxyethyl coco amine, ethoxylated
(Coconut oil alkyl)amine, ethoxylated
Polyoxyethylene (n) coconut amine
28053HD34J
2F9J4Q575K
8L6LB12TSJ
KTM00873VC
PMT39AFQ4Z
Z99UKQ29D9
ZA36V5XS8F
61791-14-8
PEG-10 Cocamine
PEG-15 Cocamine
PEG-2 Cocamine
PEG-20 Cocamine
PEG-3 Cocamine
PEG-5 Cocamine
Polyethylene glycol 1000 cocamine
Polyethylene glycol 100 coconut amine
Polyethylene glycol (15) coconut amine
Polyethylene glycol (3) coconut amine
Polyethylene glycol (5) coconut amine
Polyethylene glycol 500 coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (20) cocamine
Polyoxyethylene (10) coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (15) coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (2) coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (20) coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (3) coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (5) coconut amine
Amines, coco alkyl, ethoxylated
Ethomeen C/l5
Cocoamine, ethoxylated
(Coconut oil alkyl)amine, ethoxylated
2-Hydroxyethyl coco amine, ethoxylated
Primary coco amine ethylene oxide adduct
Ethoxylated cocoamines
UNII-28053HD34J
UNII-2F9J4Q575K
UNII-8L6LB12TSJ
UNII-KTM00873VC
UNII-PMT39AFQ4Z
UNII-Z99UKQ29D9
UNII-ZA36V5XS8F
N-(Coco alkyl)N,N-bis(2-omega-hydroxypoly(oxyethylene)ethyl)amine
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL ON 110 is nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL ON 110 is foam wetting agent, degreaser and emulsifier (100%).
LUTENSOL ON 110 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

CAS Number: 26183-52-8

LUTENSOL ON 110 is HLB 15.
LUTENSOL ON 110 is water soluble.

Uses of LUTENSOL ON 110:
LUTENSOL ON 110 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

Other Uses:
Wetting agents

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 110:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 110 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 110, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 110 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 110 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 110:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Functions of LUTENSOL ON 110:
Emulsifying
Emulsifier
Emulsifier Oil / Water
Oil / Water Paraffinic
Oil / Water Naphthenic
Oil / Water Aromatic
Oil / Water Triglyceride
Oil / Water Silicone
Emulsifier Dynamic Wetting fast
Surface Modification
Surface Modification Wetting Agent
Surface Modification Wetting Dynamics Fast
Foam Behavior Medium
Hydrophobic / Hydrophilic Modifier
Hydrophobic / Hydrophilic Modifier Modification Type Hydrophilization
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Surfactant / Wetting Agent

Features and Benefits of LUTENSOL ON 110:
Low toxicity

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 110:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 110:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 110:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 110:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 110:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 110:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 110:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL ON 110:

Product Type:
Polymers
Surfactants
Surfactant Type Nonionic
Surfactants Alcohol Source Petrochemical
Surfactants EO number 9-15
Surfactants HLB Value (Griffin) 14.5-16

Chemistry:
Alcohol alkoxylate

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Synonyms of LUTENSOL ON 110:
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-decyl-w-hydroxy-
AlkasurfDA 3
Biodac 39
Biodac 59
Blaunon EL 1303
C10E10
Cemulsol 860
Chemal DA 4
Conion N 100
Conion N 30
Conion N 60
DeSonic DA 4
DeSonic DA 6
Decanol E3
Deceth
Deceth 4
Deceth 6
Deceth 9
Decyl poly(oxyethylene) ether
Dehydol D3
Empilan KAS
Emulgin BL 309
Emulphogene DA 630
Enazol DE 4
Enazol ODE 4
Ethal DA 4
Ethal DA 6
Ethoxylated decanol
Ethoxylated decylalcohol
Findet10/15
Findet SE 2249
Finesurf D 1303
Finesurf D 1305
Finesurf D 1310
Finesurf EL 1303
H 1110
Iconol DA 4
Iconol DA 9
Ifralan X 1008L
Imbentin91/35
Imbentin AG 100/040
Imbentin E 100/100
KX-NS 12030
Karawet LOG
LD654-15
Lauropal 0205
lutensol ON 110
lutensol ON 50
lutensol XL 80
lutensol XL 90
Makon DA 4
Makon DA 6
Marlox K 158
Noigen SD 400
Noigen SD70
Noigen XL 1000
Noigen XL 160
Oxetal D 104
PEG decyl ether
Poly(oxyethylene) decyl ether
Poly(oxyethylene) monodecyl ether
Polyethyleneglycol 1-decanol monoether
Polyethylene glycol decyl ether
Polyethyleneglycol monodecyl ether
Polyethylene oxide decyl ether
Renex KB
SD 110
SD70
SXS
Sanmorin 11
Trycol 5950
Trycol 5953
Trycol 5956
Trycol DA 4
Trycol DA 6
XL 80
a-Decyl-w-hydroxy-poly(oxyethylene)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a,a'-[[(9Z)-(1-oxo-9-octadecen-1-yl)imino]di-2,1-ethanediyl]bis[w-hydroxy-
Glycols,polyethylene, ether with (Z)-N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-9-octadecenamide (2:1)(8CI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a,a'-[[(9Z)-(1-oxo-9-octadecenyl)imino]di-2,1-ethanediyl]bis[w-hydroxy- (9CI)
Dionil OC
Dipoly(oxyethylene)oleamide
Ethomid O 12
Ethomid O 15
Ethomid O 17
lutensolFSA 10
Nikkol TAMDO 5
Oleic acid diethanolamide ethoxylate
Oleic aciddiethanolamide-ethylene oxide adduct
Poly(oxyethylene) oleoamide
Polyethyleneglycol ether with (Z)-N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-9-octadecenamide (2:1)
Polyethylene glycol oleic acid amide
TAMDO 10
TAMDO 15
TAMDO 5
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
CaflonDE 0600
Chemal DA 6
Chemal DA 9
Correctol SE
Emulphogene DA 530
Ethoxylated isodecyl alcohol
Ethylan CD 109
Finesurf D 45
Genapol ID 60
ID206
Iconol DA 6
Igepal DA 530
lutensol XP 89
lutensol XP 90
Marlipal013Ei
Naroacty ID 60
Nissan Nonion ID 206
Noigen SD 110
Noigen SD 150
Noigen SD 30
Noigen SD 300
Noigen SD 60
Noigen SD 80
Noigen SDX 60
NoigenXL 1000F
Noigen XL 140
Nonion ID 206
Polyethylene glycol isodecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isodecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether withExxal 10
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
Rhodasurf 860P
Rhodasurf DA530
Rhodasurf DA 630
Rhodasurf DA 630E
Rhodasurf DA 639
SDX 60
StepantexDA 6
Surfonic DA 6
Synperonic 10/11
Synperonic 10/5
Synperonic 10/7
Trend90
Trend 90EC
Trycol 5952
Trycol LF 1
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 30 is nonionic surfactant.

LUTENSOL ON 30 is low foam emulsifier (HLB 9) and wetting agent.
LUTENSOL ON 30 has defoaming properties.

CAS Number: 78330-20-8

LUTENSOL ON 30 is used in CIP washing, dishwasher rinses and other non-foaming formulations.
LUTENSOL ON 30 is requires the use of a hydrotrope.
LUTENSOL ON 30 can be used in solvent based cleaners.

Benefits as a detergent:
LUTENSOL ON 30 is used for cleaning agents for the chemical industry.

Uses of LUTENSOL ON 30:
LUTENSOL ON 30 is a nonionic surfactant, 100% active, alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol, with approximately 3 moles of Ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL ON 30 is a high-performance surfactant with low toxicity, great emulsification, dispersion, wetting and compatibilizing properties.

LUTENSOL ON 30 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Suspension concentrates,
Microemulsions,
Oil dispersions,
Suspo-emulsions.

Other Uses of LUTENSOL ON 30:
Nonionic Surfactant,
Emulsifier,
Detergent,
Dispersant,
Commercial Laundry,
Vehicle and Transportation Care

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 30:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 30 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 30 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 30 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 30:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 30:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 30:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 30:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 30:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 30:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 30:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 30:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL ON 30:
Trade Name: LUTENSOL ON 30
Scientific name: 70-100% Alcohols, C9-11-iso-, C10-rich, ethoxylated.
CAS No.: 78330-20-8
Industry/Industry Name: Chemicals, Textile Aux.
Appearance: liquid
Packing size (kg.): 30 kg/pail, 190 kg/drum

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL ON 30:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Oxo alcohol + 3 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 50 is nonionic surfactant.

LUTENSOL ON 50 is wetting agent, degreaser and emulsifier (100%).
LUTENSOL ON 50 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

CAS Number: 26183-52-8

LUTENSOL ON 50 is GLB 11.5.
LUTENSOL ON 50 has excellent penetrating power.
LUTENSOL ON 50 is water soluble, but requires the use of a hydrotrope in the presence of electrolytes.

Uses of LUTENSOL ON 50:
Commercial Laundry,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 50:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 50 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 50 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 50:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 50:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 50:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 50:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 50:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 50:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 50:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 50:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL ON 50:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Oxo alcohol + 5 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 60 is useful as a detergent and cleaning agent for the chemical industry.

LUTENSOL ON 60 has excellent penetrating power.
LUTENSOL ON 60 is water soluble, but requires the use of a hydrotrope in the presence of electrolytes.

CAS Number: 78330-20-8

LUTENSOL ON 60 is nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL ON 60 is foam wetting agent, degreaser and emulsifier (100%).

LUTENSOL ON 60 is GLB 12.
LUTENSOL ON 60 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

Uses of LUTENSOL ON 60:
LUTENSOL ON 60 is a nonionic surfactant, 100% active, alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol, with approximately 6 moles of Ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL ON 60 is a high-performance surfactant with low toxicity, great emulsification, dispersion, wetting and compatibilizing properties.

LUTENSOL ON 60 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Suspension concentrates,
Microemulsions,
Oil dispersions,
Suspo-emulsions.

Other Uses of LUTENSOL ON 60:
Emulsifier,
Dispersing Agent/Antiscale,
Detergent.

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 60:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 60 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 60 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 60 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 60:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 60:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 60:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 60:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 60:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 60:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 60:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 60:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL ON 60:
Trade Name: LUTENSOL ON 60
Scientific name: 70-<100% Alcohols, C9-11-iso-, C10-rich, ethoxylated.
CAS No.: 78330-20-8
Industry/Industry Name: Textile Aux., Chemicals
Application: Emulsifier, Dispersing Agent/Antiscale, Detergent
Appearance: liquid
Packing size (kg.): 30 kg/pail, 190 kg/drum

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL ON 60:

Regulatory process names:
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-

IUPAC names:
2-(8-methylnonoxy)ethanol
Alcol isodecilico 7 OE
Fatty Alcohol ethoxylate
Fattyalcohol-ethoxylate
ISODECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isodecanol, ethoxylated
isodecanol, ethoxylated
Isodecanolo etossilato, 6 OE
Isodecylalcohol polyethoxylate
ISOTRIDECYLALCOHOL, ETHOXYLATED
NONION ID-203
poly oxy 1,2 ethanediyl alpha isodecyl omega hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl) , .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy- (7 EO)
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
polyoxyethylated (6) decyl alcohol
POLYOXYETHYLATED (6) ISODECYL ALCOHOL
POLYOXYETHYLENE ISODECYL ETHER
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether

Trade names:
Aquaflow NHS-350
ARBYL R CONC; 4,4-EO
Arbyl R KONZ.; 4,4-EO
BF 5583; 4,4-EO
BF 5658; 3-EO
Emulphogene DA 530
Ethylan CD 109
FA + 7 EO, Isodecyl; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isodecyl; 8-EO
FA-C11-19 + EO-butylformal
Fettalkohol, C11-19 + EO-butylformal
FETTALKOHOLETHOXILAT; 7-EO
Igepal DA 530
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 with EO
Isodecanol + EO
Isodecyl alcohol + 4.4 EO; 4,4-EO
ISODECYLALKOHOL + 4EO; 4-EO
Isodecylalkohol 4,4 EO; 4,4-EO
Isodecylalkohol-(4,4)-polyglycolether
IsoFAEO C10 + 11EO; 11-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 3EO; 3-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4.4EO; 4,4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4EO; 4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 5EO; 5-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6.2EO; 6,2-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6EO; 6-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 7EO; 7-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C10 + nEO; n-EO
LUTENSOL 0N 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL ON 30; 3-EO
LUTENSOL ON 50; 5-EO
LUTENSOL ON 60; 6-EO
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70 D; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 80; 8-EO
LUTENSOL-ON-Butanol-Mischformal
OMC 824; 6,2-EO
Oxoalkohol, C11-19 + EO
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isodecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether
Rhodasurf DA 530
Rhodasurf DA 630
Trycol LF 1
ZÖ 5130-55; 6,2-EO
α-Isodécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other names:
fafty alcohol ethoxylate
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-

Other identifier:
61827-42-7
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 70 is a C-10 oxo alcohol ethoxylate.
LUTENSOL ON 70 is acts as a surfactant.
LUTENSOL ON 70 can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates.

CAS Number: 26183-52-8

LUTENSOL ON 70 is useful as a detergent and cleaning agent for the chemical industry.
LUTENSOL ON 70 is nnionic surfactant.

LUTENSOL ON 70 is foam wetting agent, degreaser and emulsifier (100%).
LUTENSOL ON 70 is HLB 13.

LUTENSOL ON 70 is water soluble.
LUTENSOL ON 70 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

Uses of LUTENSOL ON 70:
LUTENSOL ON 70 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

Other Uses:
Wetting agents.

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 70:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 70 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 70 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 70 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 70:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Functions of LUTENSOL ON 70:
Emulsifying,
Emulsifier,
Emulsifier Oil / Water,
Oil / Water Paraffinic,
Oil / Water Naphthenic,
Oil / Water Aromatic,
Oil / Water Triglyceride,
Oil / Water Silicone,
Emulsifier Dynamic Wetting fast,
Surface Modification,
Surface Modification Wetting Agent,
Surface Modification Wetting Dynamics Fast,
Foam Behavior Medium,
Wetting Substrate Cotton,
Wetting Substrate Glass Fibre,
Wetting Substrate Metal,
Wetting Substrate Hydrophobic Surfaces,
Hydrophobic / Hydrophilic Modifier,
Hydrophobic / Hydrophilic Modifier Modification Type Hydrophilization.

Features and Benefits of LUTENSOL ON 70:
Low toxicity.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 70:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 70:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 70:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 70:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 70:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 70:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 70:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL ON 70:
Trade Name: LUTENSOL ON 70
Scientific name: 70-<100% Alcohols, C9-11-iso-, C10-rich, ethoxylated.
Industry/Industry Name: Household Cleaning, Textile Aux., Chemicals, Emulsifier, Nonionic Surfactant, Dispersant, Detergent
Application: Anionic Surfactant, Detergent
Appearance: liquid
Packing size (kg.): 30 kg/pail, 200 kg/drum

Typical properties of LUTENSOL ON 70:

Product Type:
Polymers,
Surfactants,
Surfactant Type Nonionic,
Surfactants Alcohol Source Petrochemical,
Surfactants EO number 4-8,
Surfactants HLB Value (Griffin) 12.5-14.

Chemistry:
Alcohol alkoxylate

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL ON 70:

Regulatory process names:
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-

IUPAC names:
2-(8-methylnonoxy)ethanol
Alcol isodecilico 7 OE
Fatty Alcohol ethoxylate
Fattyalcohol-ethoxylate
ISODECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isodecanol, ethoxylated
isodecanol, ethoxylated
Isodecanolo etossilato, 6 OE
Isodecylalcohol polyethoxylate
ISOTRIDECYLALCOHOL, ETHOXYLATED
NONION ID-203
poly oxy 1,2 ethanediyl alpha isodecyl omega hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl) , .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy- (7 EO)
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
polyoxyethylated (6) decyl alcohol
POLYOXYETHYLATED (6) ISODECYL ALCOHOL
POLYOXYETHYLENE ISODECYL ETHER
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether

Trade names:
Aquaflow NHS-350
ARBYL R CONC; 4,4-EO
Arbyl R KONZ.; 4,4-EO
BF 5583; 4,4-EO
BF 5658; 3-EO
Emulphogene DA 530
Ethylan CD 109
FA + 7 EO, Isodecyl; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isodecyl; 8-EO
FA-C11-19 + EO-butylformal
Fettalkohol, C11-19 + EO-butylformal
FETTALKOHOLETHOXILAT; 7-EO
Igepal DA 530
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 with EO
Isodecanol + EO
Isodecyl alcohol + 4.4 EO; 4,4-EO
ISODECYLALKOHOL + 4EO; 4-EO
Isodecylalkohol 4,4 EO; 4,4-EO
Isodecylalkohol-(4,4)-polyglycolether
IsoFAEO C10 + 11EO; 11-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 3EO; 3-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4.4EO; 4,4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4EO; 4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 5EO; 5-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6.2EO; 6,2-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6EO; 6-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 7EO; 7-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C10 + nEO; n-EO
LUTENSOL 0N 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL ON 30; 3-EO
LUTENSOL ON 50; 5-EO
LUTENSOL ON 60; 6-EO
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70 D; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 80; 8-EO
LUTENSOL-ON-Butanol-Mischformal
OMC 824; 6,2-EO
Oxoalkohol, C11-19 + EO
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isodecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether
Rhodasurf DA 530
Rhodasurf DA 630
Trycol LF 1
ZÖ 5130-55; 6,2-EO
α-Isodécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other names:
fafty alcohol ethoxylate
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-

Other identifier:
61827-42-7
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 80 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL ON 80 is C-10 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 80:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 80 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 80 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 80 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 80:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 80:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 80:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 80:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 80:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 80:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 80:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 80:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL ON 80:

Regulatory process names:
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-

IUPAC names:
2-(8-methylnonoxy)ethanol
Alcol isodecilico 7 OE
Fatty Alcohol ethoxylate
Fattyalcohol-ethoxylate
ISODECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isodecanol, ethoxylated
isodecanol, ethoxylated
Isodecanolo etossilato, 6 OE
Isodecylalcohol polyethoxylate
ISOTRIDECYLALCOHOL, ETHOXYLATED
NONION ID-203
poly oxy 1,2 ethanediyl alpha isodecyl omega hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl) , .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy- (7 EO)
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
polyoxyethylated (6) decyl alcohol
POLYOXYETHYLATED (6) ISODECYL ALCOHOL
POLYOXYETHYLENE ISODECYL ETHER
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether

Trade names:
Aquaflow NHS-350
ARBYL R CONC; 4,4-EO
Arbyl R KONZ.; 4,4-EO
BF 5583; 4,4-EO
BF 5658; 3-EO
Emulphogene DA 530
Ethylan CD 109
FA + 7 EO, Isodecyl; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isodecyl; 8-EO
FA-C11-19 + EO-butylformal
Fettalkohol, C11-19 + EO-butylformal
FETTALKOHOLETHOXILAT; 7-EO
Igepal DA 530
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 with EO
Isodecanol + EO
Isodecyl alcohol + 4.4 EO; 4,4-EO
ISODECYLALKOHOL + 4EO; 4-EO
Isodecylalkohol 4,4 EO; 4,4-EO
Isodecylalkohol-(4,4)-polyglycolether
IsoFAEO C10 + 11EO; 11-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 3EO; 3-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4.4EO; 4,4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4EO; 4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 5EO; 5-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6.2EO; 6,2-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6EO; 6-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 7EO; 7-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C10 + nEO; n-EO
LUTENSOL 0N 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL ON 30; 3-EO
LUTENSOL ON 50; 5-EO
LUTENSOL ON 60; 6-EO
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70 D; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 80; 8-EO
LUTENSOL-ON-Butanol-Mischformal
OMC 824; 6,2-EO
Oxoalkohol, C11-19 + EO
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isodecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether
Rhodasurf DA 530
Rhodasurf DA 630
Trycol LF 1
ZÖ 5130-55; 6,2-EO
α-Isodécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other names:
fafty alcohol ethoxylate
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-

Other identifier:
61827-42-7
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 10 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 10 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.

LUTENSOL TO 10 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 10 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 10 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 10 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL TO 10 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 10:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 10:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 10:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 10:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Paste

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 10 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 109 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 109 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
LUTENSOL TO 109 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 9043-30-5
EC Number: 500-027-2

LUTENSOL TO 109 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 109 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 109 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 109 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 109 consists of approx. 85% LUTENSOL TO 10 and approx. 15% water.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 109:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 109:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 109:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 109:
EC / List no.: 500-027-2
CAS no.: 9043-30-5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 109:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 10 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 109:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 12 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.

CAS Number: 9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 12 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 12 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO 12 belongs to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
LUTENSOL TO 12 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Other Uses:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 12:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 12:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL TO 12:
Physical form (25°C): liquid
Molar mass (g/mol): approx. 750
pH: approx. 7
Cloud point (1:3 BDG-H2O) [°C]: approx. 93
HLB: approx. 14.5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 12:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Solid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 12 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 12
CAS number: 69011-36-5



APPLICATIONS


Uses of Lutensol TO 12:

Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Industrial Cleaning

Lutensol TO 12 types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Main area of Lutensol TO 12's application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the Lutensol TO 12 types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
Lutensol TO 12 is fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

Lutensol TO 12 is also compatible with the Protectol types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our Lutensol A N, TO, AP, AT, EC, F, GD and ON types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper
range is also very good.

The versatility of the Lutensol TO 12 types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the Lutensol range.

Lutensol TO 12 is used in high-temperature powders:

Lutensol TO 12 is recommended for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with Lutensol AO types.

Lutensol TO 12 is used in powders for use at 60 °C:

The Lutensol TO 12 types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
Lutensol TO 12 is recommended, either alone or in combination with Lutensol AO types.

Lutensol TO 12 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, low-phosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with Lutensol AO 3109.
Further, Lutensol TO 12 have been shown to remove fatty stains very effectively in combination with Lutensol TO 8.
Combinations of Lutensol TO 12 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.

Light-duty liquids and powders,detergents for wool, hand-washing Lutensol TO 12 perform very well in detergents of this
detergents for wool, hand-washing type detergents in combination with Lutensol AO 3109 and Plurafac LF detergents 400 or Plurafac LF 401.


General use of Lutensol TO 12:

Performance claims
Sustainability claims
Function, Applications
Usage level


Lutensol TO 12 is a very good emulsifier and dispersant.
Further, Lutensol TO 12 is good wetting agent.

Lutensol TO 12 has excellent detergency properties.
Moreover, Lutensol TO 12 has hydrophilic properties.
Lutensol TO 12 is stable under oxidizing, reducing and hard water conditions.

Lutensol TO 12 is compatible with non-ionic.
Furhermore, Lutensol TO 12 is anionic and cationic components of the formulation.

Lutensol TO 12 shows stability in acidic and alkaline formulations.
More to that, Lutensol TO 12 improves capillarity of the dye after the bleaching process has been carried out.

Lutensol TO 12 removes oil stains from hard surfaces as well as from knit and woven fabrics.
Thus, Lutensol TO 12 easily biodegradable.
Lutensol TO 12 is approved for use as an indirect food additive.

Applications of Lutensol TO 12:

Dishwashing liquids,
Cleaning hard surfaces,
Liquid detergents and softeners,
Products for commercial washing,
Cleaning kitchen soiling,
Institutional cleaning products,
Products for bleaching cotton,
Removing dye from a dyebath,
Agents for removing oil stains resulting from weaving processes.





FIRST AID


General information:

Take person away from hazardous area.
Immediately get medical help.

After inhalation:

Supply fresh air.
If required give artificial respiration.
Keep patient warm.
Consult physician if symptoms persist.

After skin contact:

Remove contaminated clothing immediately.
Wash off with plenty of water and soap.
Consult a physician if irritation persists.

After eye contact:

Remove contact lens.
Rinse open eyes with plenty of water (10-15 min).
Consult physician.

After ingestion:

Rinse mouth with water and give plenty of water to drink.
Consult a physician.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.



STORAGE AND HANDLING


Lutensol TO 12 types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

Lutensol TO 12 types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly. Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of Lutensol TO 12 also need to be taken into account.

Lutensol TO 12 is cloudy liquids at room temperature, and it tends to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.
This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

Lutensol TO 12 types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.


Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

a) AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
b) AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)


Shelf life:

Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the Lutensol TO 12 types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

All contact with the eyes and prolonged contact with the skin should be avoided.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.



SYNONYMS


lutensol TO 109
merpol SH
poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-tridecyl-omega-hydroxy-, branched
polyethylene glycol mono(branched tridecyl) ether
isobranched
tridecylalcohol, ethoxylated
Lutensol TO;Trideceth
Dehydol series
Isotridecanol ethoxylates
Polyoxyethylene trimethyldecyl alcohol
Isotridecyl alcohol polyoxyethylene ether
TRIDECETH-4
Lutensol TO-6
Lutensol TO-5
Lutensol TO-7
Trideceth
Lutensol TO
Dehydol series
Lutensol TO series
tridecanol, branched, ethoxylated
Polyoxyethylene trimethyldecyl alcohol
Isotridecyl alcohol polyoxyethylene ether
Polyethylene glycol mono(branched tridecyl) ether
TRIDECETH-4
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-tridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-, branched
Branched tridecylalcohol, ethoxylated
tridecanol, branched, ethoxylated
Dehydol series
Isotridecyl alcohol polyoxyethylene ether
Lutensol TO series
Polyethylene glycol
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 129 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 129 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 129 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

EC Number: 500-027-2
CAS Number: 9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 129 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 129 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

LUTENSOL TO 129 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 129 consists of approx. 85% LUTENSOL TO 12 and approx. 15% water.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Functions of LUTENSOL TO 129:
Nonionic Surfactant
Emulsifying
Emulsifier
Emulsifier Oil / Water
Oil / Water Paraffinic
Oil / Water Naphthenic
Oil / Water Aromatic
Oil / Water Triglyceride
Oil / Water Silicone
Oil / Water Resins
Emulsifier Salt / Water Hardness Stability
Dispersion Substrate Tall Oil / Pitch (Pulp)
Surface Modification
Surface Modification Wetting Agent
Surface Modification Wetting Dynamics Medium
Foam Behavior Medium
Wetting Substrate Cotton
Wetting Substrate Metal
Wetting Substrate Hydrophobic Surfaces

Features and Benefits of LUTENSOL TO 129:
Consists of approx. 90% surfactant and 10% water.
Low toxicity.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 129:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Industrial Cleaning

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12,
TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 129:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 129:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 129:
EC / List no.: 500-027-2
CAS no.: 9043-30-5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 129:

Product Type:
Polymers
Surfactants
Surfactant Type Nonionic
Surfactants Alcohol Source Petrochemical
Surfactants EO number 9-15
Surfactants HLB Value (Griffin) 14.5-16

Chemistry:
Alcohol alkoxylate

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 12 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 129:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 15 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 15 similar performance characteristics.

EC Number: 613-595-2
CAS Number: 64425-86-1

LUTENSOL TO 15 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 15 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 15 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 15:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 15:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 15:
EC / List no.: 613-595-2
CAS no.: 64425-86-1

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 15:

Regulatory process names:
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated

Trade names:
AE7; 7-EO
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated
Alcohols, C13-15-Alkyl, Ethoxylated
Alcool gras ethoxyle 7 OE; 7-EO
Alk 3
Alkohole, C13-15, ethoxyliert
Bn 751/72; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Bn Te 1471; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13-15-Oxoalkohol + EO
C13-15-Oxoalkohol + EO (CTFA)
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 11,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 11,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 19,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 19,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 3 EO; 3-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 3,2 EO, Basis Synperol ICI; 3,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 7,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 7,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehydol AE 7; 7-EO
Dehydol PL255; unbekannt1
Ethoxylated alcohols, C13-15
Ethoxylated C13-15 alcohols
FA + 10 EO, Oxo C13-15; 10-EO
FA + 11 EO, Oxo C13-15; 11-EO
FA + 3 EO, Oxo C13-15; 3-EO
FA + 4 EO, Oxo C13-15; 4-EO
FA + 7 EO, Oxo C13-15; 7-EO
FA + 7 OE, Oxo C13-15; 7-EO
FA + EO, Oxo C13-15
FA C13-15 + min 20EO; >20-EO
FA-C13-15, ethoxylated
FA-C13-15-Alkyl, Ethoxylated
Fatty alcs., C13-15, ethoxylated
Fettalkoholethoxylat C13-15 6EO; 6-EO
Fettalkoholethoxylat C13-15, 7 EO; 7-EO
Fettalkoholethoxylat, 3 EO; 3-EO
Genapol 070; 7-EO
HED AF 2484; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2485; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2506; 8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2507; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2508; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin C 135/110
Imbentin C 135/110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL A 04; 4-EO
LUTENSOL A 05; 5-EO
LUTENSOL A0 3; 3-EO
LUTENSOL A0 7; 7-EO
LUTENSOL AO
LUTENSOL AO 10
LUTENSOL AO 109; 10-EO
LUTENSOL AO 10; 10-EO
LUTENSOL AO 11; 11-EO
LUTENSOL AO 12
LUTENSOL AO 12; 12-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 30
LUTENSOL AO 30; 30-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3109; 5,8-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3; 3-EO
LUTENSOL AO 4; 4-EO
LUTENSOL AO 5; 5-EO
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 79
LUTENSOL AO 7; 7-EO
LUTENSOL AO 8
Neonol 2V1315-12
Neonol 2V1315-9
Neopol 25-12
OXAEO C13-15 + 10EO; 10-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 11.2EO; 11,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 11EO; 11-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 12EO; 12-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 19.2EO; 19,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 20EO; 20-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 3.2EO; 3,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 30EO; 30-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 3EO; 3-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 4EO; 4-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 5,8EO; 5,8-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 5EO; 5-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 6EO; 6-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 7.2EO; 7,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 7EO; 7-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 8EO; 8-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 9EO; 9-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + nEO; n-EO
Oxoalkohol(C13/15)-7 EO
Oxoalkohol, C13-15 + EO
Prawozell F 1315/7 A; 7-EO
Präwozell F 1315/7 A; 7-EO
Renex 706
RENEX 707; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Su Af 1111; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Su AF 674; 9-EO
Su Af 797; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Synperonic 7
Synperonic A
Synperonic A 10
Synperonic A 11
Synperonic A 14
Synperonic A 18
Synperonic A 2
Synperonic A 20
Synperonic A 20; 20-EO
Synperonic A 3
Synperonic A 4
Synperonic A 5
Synperonic A 50
Synperonic A 6
Synperonic A 6; 6-EO
Synperonic A 7
Synperonic A 7 / 90; 7-EO
Synperonic A 7; 7-EO
Synperonic A 9
Synperonic A 9; 9-EO
SYNPERONIC A11; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
SYNPERONIC A2; 2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
SYNPERONIC A3; 3-EO
SYNPERONIC A4; 4-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Synperonic E 3
Ukanil 43; 7-EO
Ukanil 69; 9-EO
Ukanil 87

Other identifier:
64425-86-1
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 2 is nonionic surfactant for use in detergents and cleaners and for the chemical and allied industries.

LUTENSOL TO 2 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 2 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 2 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 2 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 2 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 2 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 2 is clear at 50°C.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 2:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Related solutions of LUTENSOL TO 2:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 2:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
T hey are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 2:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The numeric code in the product name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 79 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 7 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 89 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 8 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 109 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 10 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 129 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 12 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a special mixture of LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 8 with an active content of approx. 90 % and a water content of approx. 10 %.

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 2:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 2:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 2:

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 2 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 20 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 20 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 20 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

EC Number: 500-027-2
CAS Number: 9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 20 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
LUTENSOL TO 20 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 20:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 20:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 20:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 20:
EC / List no.: 500-027-2
CAS no.: 9043-30-5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 20:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Solid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 20 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140


Names of LUTENSOL TO 20:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 3 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 9043-30-5

The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in the product name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 3 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 3 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO 3 is nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is low lather detergent.

LUTENSOL TO 3 is can be used as an emulsifier and co-emulsifier.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is biodegradable.

Example of Use of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO 3 has excellent wetting properties and LUTENSOL TO 3 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with other composition, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL TO 3 has established itself in detergent and cleaner, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they displayed.

The main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12,
TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 3:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
T hey are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The Lutensol TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The Lutensol TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

Lutensol TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The Lutensol TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 3:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 3:
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 9
Shelf Life: 24 months

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 3:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 3 EO

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL TO 389 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 389 similar performance characteristics.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 389 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is a special mixture of LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 8 with an active content of approx. 90% and approx. 10% water.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 389:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 389:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 389:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 5 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 69011-36-5

The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 5 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 5 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is has good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 5 similar performance characteristics.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 5:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
T hey are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The numeric code in the product name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 79 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 7 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 89 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 8 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 109 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 10 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 129 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 12 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a special mixture of LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 8 with an active content of approx. 90 % and a water content of approx. 10 %.

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 5:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Stability and Reactivity of LUTENSOL TO 5:

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals:
Corrosive effects to metal are not anticipated.

Oxidizing properties:
Based on LUTENSOL TO 5 structural properties LUTENSOL TO 5 is not classified as oxidizing.

Chemical stability:
LUTENSOL TO 5 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is chemically stable.

First-Aid Measures of LUTENSOL TO 5:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention. Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

If on skin:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

If in eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

If swallowed:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUTENSOL TO 5:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Unsuitable extinguishing media for safety reasons:
Water jet

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Harmful vapours
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 5:
Trademarks: LUTENSOL TO 5
Generic Name: C13-Oxo Alcohol Ethoxylate
CAS #: 69011-36-5
Apperance: Liquid

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 5:
Colour: colourless
pH value: approx. 7 ( 50 g/l, 20 °C)
solidification temperature: < 5 °C ( 1,013 hPa)
Drop point: approx. 14 °C
Boiling point: not applicable
Flash point: > 150 °C (DIN 51758)
Flammability: not self-igniting
Lower explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling. The lower explosion point may be 5 - 15 °C below the flash point.
Upper explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
Autoignition: > 200 °C (DIN 51794)
Vapour pressure: < 0.1 hPa ( 20 °C)
Density: 0.96 g/cm3 ( 23 °C)
Vapour density: not determined
Partitioning coefficient noctanol/water (log Pow): not applicable
Self-ignition temperature: not self-igniting
Thermal decomposition: > 200 °C
Viscosity, dynamic: 80 mPa.s ( 23 °C)
Particle size: The substance / LUTENSOL TO 5 is marketed or used in a non solid or granular form.
Solubility in water: partly soluble
Miscibility with water: partly miscible
Solubility (qualitative): soluble
solvent(s): alcohols, aromatic hydrocarbons, mineral oils,
Evaporation rate: not determined
Other Information: If necessary, information on other physical and chemical parameters is indicated in this section.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 5:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 5 EO

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 6 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
LUTENSOL TO 6's is ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1

LUTENSOL TO 6 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 6 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 6 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 6 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect;

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Example of Use of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO 6 has excellent wetting properties and LUTENSOL TO 6 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with other composition, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL TO 6 has established itself in detergent and cleaner, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they displayed.

LUTENSOL TO 6 can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 6 similar performance characteristics.
The main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 6:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 6:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 6:
CAS No.: 160875-66-1
Environmental Protection: Yes
Color: Colorless Transparent Liquid
Kind: Wetting Agent
Appearance: Liquid
HS Code: 34024200

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 6:
Chemical description: Nonionic surfactants based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 11
Shelf Life: 24 months

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 6:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 6 EO

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Industrial Cleaning

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 65 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 65 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 65 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 65 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 65 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 65 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 65 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Functions of LUTENSOL TO 65:
Adjuvant,
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Binder.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 65:
LUTENSOL TO 65 is a nonionic surfactant, approximately 100% active, that is based on a saturated iso-C13- alcohol with 6.5 moles ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL TO 65 is a high-performance surfactant with low toxicity.
LUTENSOL TO 65 offers great emulsification, dispersion, wetting and compatibilizing properties.

LUTENSOL TO 65 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Suspension concentrates,
Microemulsions,
Oil dispersions,
Suspo-emulsions.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12,
TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 65:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 65:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 7 is an emulsifier and wetting agent.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is designed for coatings applications.

CAS Number: 69011-36-5

LUTENSOL TO 7 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 7 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 7 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 7 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 7 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is clear at 50°C.

Example of Use of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO 7 has excellent wetting properties and LUTENSOL TO 7 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with other composition, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL TO 7 has established itself in detergent and cleaner, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they displayed.

LUTENSOL TO 7 can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 7 similar performance characteristics.
The main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Other Uses of LUTENSOL TO 7:
LUTENSOL TO 7 is a nonionic surfactant, approximately 100% active, that is based on a saturated iso-C13- alcohol with 7 moles ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is a high-performance surfactant with low toxicity.
LUTENSOL TO 7 offers great emulsification, dispersion, wetting and compatibilizing properties.

LUTENSOL TO 7 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Suspension concentrates,
Microemulsions,
Oil dispersions,
Suspo-emulsions.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Functions of LUTENSOL TO 7:
Adjuvant,
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Binder.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 7:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 7:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL TO 7:
Chemical description: Nonionic surfactants based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 12
Shelf Life: 24 months

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 8 is a non-ionic surfactant based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is exhibits excellent surface activity, outstanding wetting action and good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 8 can be used as an alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1
Structure Formula: RO(CH2CH2O)XH

LUTENSOL TO 8 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 8 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 8 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO 8 provides high performance in Laundry and Hard Surface cleaning for Industrial, Institutional, and Home Care applications.
LUTENSOL TO 8 offers enhanced production process quality as compared to similar C13 -Alcohol Ethoxylates, due to LUTENSOL TO 8 more consistent composition.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is a non-ionic medium branched surfactant based on BASF’s saturated iso-C13- alcohol.
At 23°C LUTENSOL TO 8 is a cloudy liquid, which tends to form a sediment, at 50°C LUTENSOL TO 8 is clear.

Benefits include superior wetting as compared to linear alcohol ethoxylates of similar chain length, a lower foam profile for medium foam applications, faster spreading in spray application to improve cleaning performance, effective degreasing power at low concentrations, and high formulation stability.
LUTENSOL TO 8 yields strong performance when the mechanism of cleaning is by emulsification.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is also less difficult to defoam than TDA based ethoxylates, and offers lower viscosity during dilution, resulting in faster production.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is biodegradable, has a great environmental profile, and is globally available.

Common applications include hard surfaces: floor, toilet, degreasing, all purpose, F&B open plant cleaner.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect;

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 8:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 8:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Structure of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The molecular structure is isomeric tridecanol polyoxyethylene ether, which is obtained by condensation of isomeric tridecanol and EO.

Structure formula: RO(CH2CH2O)XH

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 8:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 8:
Environmental Protection: Yes
Kind: Wetting Agent
HS Code: 34024200
CAS Number: 160875-66-1
Structure Formula: RO(CH2CH2O)XH

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 8:
Color: Colorless Transparent Liquid
Appearance: Liquid

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 8:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 8 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable Cleaning
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 89 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is C13 oxo alcohol ethoxylate-based wetting agent.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is exhibits excellent surface activity and good emulsifying properties.

CAS Number: 69011-36-5

LUTENSOL TO 89 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 89 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 89 consists of approx. 90% LUTENSOL TO 8 and approx. 10% water.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is designed for coatings applications.

LUTENSOL TO 89 provides high performance in Laundry and Hard Surface cleaning for Industrial, Institutional, and Home Care applications.
LUTENSOL TO 89 offers enhanced production process quality as compared to similar C13 -Alcohol Ethoxylates, due to LUTENSOL TO 89 more consistent composition.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is a non-ionic medium branched surfactant based on BASF’s saturated iso-C13- alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is a clear liquid at 23°C, which is a 90% solution of LUTENSOL TO 8.

Benefits include superior wetting as compared to linear alcohol ethoxylates of similar chain length, a lower foam profile for medium foam applications, faster spreading in spray application to improve cleaning performance, effective degreasing power at low concentrations, and high formulation stability.
This product yields strong performance when the mechanism of cleaning is by emulsification.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is also less difficult to defoam than TDA based ethoxylates, and offers lower viscosity during dilution, resulting in faster production.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is biodegradable, has a great environmental profile, and is globally available.

Common applications include hard surfaces: floor, toilet, degreasing, all purpose, F&B open plant cleaner.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 89:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 89:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 89:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 89:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 8 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 100 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 100 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

Functions of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 100:
LUTENSOL XL 100 is used in formulations for floor and sanitary cleaners, neutral water-based cleaners for industrial use, neutral cleaners for metals and degreasers and alkaline cleaners based on carbonates, silicates and phosphates, acid cleaners based on sulfuric, phosphoric, hydrochloric or amidosulfonic acid.
LUTENSOL XL 100 is used in disinfectants for cleaning buildings.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is highly effective in combination with other LUTENSOL products with different ethoxylation ranges.
The LUTENSOL XL 100 has excellent wetting properties and well solubilizing capacity, and can be degraded absolutely.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
And LUTENSOL XL 100 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is a C10 guerbet alcohol alkoxylate POE (10)(100% active) that is synthetically derived and readily biodegradable.
LUTENSOL XL 100 is a very good solubilizer that offers great emulsification properties.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Microemulsions,
Suspension concentrates,
Suspo-emulsions,
Soluble liquids,
Wettable powders and wettable granules.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 100:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 100:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 100 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Chemical Nature
The LUTENSOL XL 100 is a 100% nonionic surfactants.
LUTENSOL XL 100 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 100:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 100:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 100:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Physical form (23°C): liquid
Degree of ethoxilation: Approx. 10
pH (5% in water): Approx. 7
Cloud point (1% in water) [°C]: 80
HLB: Approx. 15

Specifications of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Appearance 23°C: Colorless to slightly pasty liquid yellow.
Appearance 50°C: Clear liquid.
Degree of ethoxylation: 10.0 approx.
Concentration; %: 100.0
pH value: 7.0 approx.
Density 60°C; g/cm3 : 0.99 approx.
Brookfield Viscosity 60°C, 60rpm; mPa•s: 30.0 approx.
HLB value: 15.0 approx.
Hydroxyl number; mg KOH/g: 75.0 approx.
Surface tension 20°C, 1g/l in distilled water; mN/m: 28.0 approx.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XL 140 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 140 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.
LUTENSOL XL 140 is a soft, colourless or slightly yellowish paste at 23°C.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 140:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 140:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 140 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 140:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 140:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 140:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 140:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Paste

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol alkoxylate + 14 EO

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 40                
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 50 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 50 contains also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

CAS Number: 166736-08-9
EC Number: 605-450-7

Synonyms: LUTENSOL A 3 N, LUTENSOL A 65 N, LUTENSOL A 9 N, LUTENSOL A 12 N, LUTENSOL AO 3, LUTENSOL AO 5, LUTENSOL AO 7, LUTENSOL AO 11, LUTENSOL AT 18 20%, LUTENSOL AT 25 E, LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE, LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER, LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES, LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER, LUTENSOL FT LT 7, LUTENSOL LA 60, LUTENSOL ON 30, LUTENSOL ON 50, LUTENSOL ON 60, LUTENSOL ON 70, LUTENSOL ON 80, LUTENSOL ON 110, LUTENSOL TO 2, LUTENSOL TO 3, LUTENSOL TO 5, LUTENSOL TO 6, LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11, LUTENSOL TO 12, LUTENSOL TO 15, LUTENSOL TO 20, LUTENSOL TO 65, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 89, LUTENSOL TO 108, LUTENSOL TO 109, LUTENSOL TO 129, LUTENSOL TO 389, LUTENSOL XP 30, LUTENSOL XP 40, LUTENSOL XP 50, LUTENSOL XP 60, LUTENSOL XP 69, LUTENSOL XP 70, LUTENSOL XP 79, LUTENSOL XP 80, LUTESNOL XP 89, LUTENSOL XP 90, LUTENSOL XP 99, LUTENSOL XP 100, LUTENSOL XP 140, LUTENSOL XL 40, LUTENSOL XL 60, LUTENSOL XL 70, LUTENSOL XL 79, LUTENSOL XL 80, LUTENSOL XL 89, LUTENSOL XL 90, LUTENSOL XL 99, LUTENSOL XL 100, LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL XL 50 is a clear to cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XL 50 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 50 is sold as a 100% active product and is suitable for machine floor cleaning as a foam controlling and degreasing agent.

LUTENSOL XL 50 is level of residual alcohol is comparatively very low as compared to regular alcohol ethoxylates with the same degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL XL 50 has a HLB of 11.5.

Value:
Suitable for machine floor cleaning as a foam controlling and degreasing agent.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care,
Industrial Cleaning,
Floor Cleaning and Care,
Manual Dishwashing.

LUTENSOL XL 50 can be used in the following industries:
Adhesives & Sealants,
Agriculture,
Chemical Manufacturing,
Cleaning Products,
Other Industries,
Construction,
Leather & Textiles,
Paints & Coatings,
Pulp & Paper,
Water Treatment.

LUTENSOL XL 50 can be applied as:
Other Surfactants

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 50:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 50:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 50 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 50:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 50:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 50:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Technical Specs of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Available as a 100% active product.
HLB of 11.5.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Substance: 2-Propylheptanol, ethoxylated, propoxylated
CAS: 166736-08-9
EC number: 605-450-7
Min. purity / concentration: 0%
Appearance: Liquid
Grades: Technical
Molar Weight [g/mol]: 0.000

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 50:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Markets:
Institutional Cleaning & Sanitation
Industrial Cleaning
Hard Surface Cleaning
Dishwashing

Benefits:
Low Foam Detergency

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol alkoxylate + 5 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 79 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL 79 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 79 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

LUTENSOL XL 79 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 79 contains also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.
LUTENSOL XL 79 is a clear liquid at room temperature.

Functions of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Compatibilizer.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 79:
LUTENSOL XL 79 is a C10 guerbet alcohol alkoxylate POE (7) (85% active) Easy to handle wetting agent and emulsifier that offers improved performance over IDA.
Synthetically derived and readily degradable.

LUTENSOL XL 79 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Microemulsions,
Suspension concentrates,
Suspo-emulsions,
Soluble liquids,
Wettable granules and wettable powders.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 79 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 79 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL 79 is a 100% nonionic surfactants.
LUTENSOL XL 79 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 79:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 79:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 80 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 80 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 80 contains also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and it tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XL 80 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is even, when used in low levels, can boost the degreasing power of the detergent without reducing the foam.

LUTENSOL XL 80 has a lower tendency to form gel compared to longer chain alcohol ethoxylates.
LUTENSOL XL 80 has a HLB of 13 and cloud point of 56 °C.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is listed on safer choice.

Value:
LUTENSOL XL 80 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is even, when used in low levels, can boost the degreasing power of the detergent without reducing the foam.

Benefits of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Low Foaming Solutions,
Low Foam Detergency,
Detergents,
Cleaning.

Benefits as a surfactant form:
LUTENSOL XL 80 is nonionic is used for the manufacture of detergents and cleaners and is used in the chemical industry.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 80:

LUTENSOL XL 80 can be used in the following industries:
Adhesives & Sealants,
Agriculture,
Chemical Manufacturing,
Cleaning Products,
Other Industries,
Construction,
Leather & Textiles,
Packaging Materials,
Paints & Coatings.

LUTENSOL XL 80 can be applied as:
Other Surfactants

Other Uses of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Carpet Cleaning
Hard Surface Cleaning
Manual Dishwashing
Floor Cleaning and Care
Manual Dishwashing
Dishwashing
Laundry
Hard Surface Cleaning
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation
Vehicle and Transportation Care
Industrial Cleaning

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 80:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 80:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 80 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 80:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 80:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 80:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Technical Specs of LUTENSOL XL 80:
It is HLB of 13.
It is cloud point of 56 °C.
It is listed on safer choice.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Trade Name: LUTENSOL XL 80
Scientific name: Oxirane, 2-methyl-, polymer with oxirane, mono (2-propylheptyl) ether.
CAS No.: 166736-08-9
Industry/Industry Name: Household Cleaning, I&I Cleaning, Chemicals
Application: Emulsifier, Nonionic Surfactant, Detergent
Appearance: liquid
Packing size (kg.): 30 kg/pail,200 kg/drum.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 80:

Markets:
Institutional Cleaning & Sanitation
Food Service & Kitchen Hygiene
Vehicle & Transportation Care
Industrial Cleaning
Hard Surface Cleaning
Dishwashing

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol alkoxylate + 8 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable Cleaning
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Chemical Name:
C10-Guerbet Alcohol Alkoxylates, 8EO

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 90 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 90 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XL 90 tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is listed on safer Choice.
LUTENSOL XL 90 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.

LUTENSOL XL 90 has a HLB of 14 and cloud point of 69 °C.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is listed on EPA’s Safer Chemical Ingredients List.

Value:
LUTENSOL XL 90 will improve the wetting and boost the degreasing power of a foam cleaner.
LUTENSOL XL 90 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.

Benefits of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Low Foaming Solutions,
Detergents,
Cleaning,
Disinfection and Hygiene.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Carpet Cleaning,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Manual Dishwashing,
Open Plant Cleaning,
Teat Dips,
Manual Dishwashing.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 90:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 90:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 90 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 90:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 90:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 90:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Technical Specs of LUTENSOL XL 90:
LUTENSOL XL 90 is available as a 100% active product.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is HLB of 14.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is cloud point of 69 °C.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is listed on EPA’s Safer Chemical Ingredients List.

Specifications of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Cloud point °C, 1% aqueous: 67.0 - 70.0
pH (5% aqueous): 5.0 – 8.0
Color, APHA, 70°C: 50 max
Wt % water: 0.50 max
OH#, mg KOH/g: 83.00 – 89.00
Molecular weight SEC-MALS: 630 - 676
1, 4 dioxane, ppm: 2 max

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 90:

Chemical Name:
C10-Guerbet Alcohol Alkoxylates, 9EO

Markets:
Food Service & Kitchen Hygiene,
Food & Beverage Processing,
Vehicle & Transportation Care,
Industrial Cleaning,
Institutional Cleaning & Sanitation,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Dishwashing.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XP 99 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL 99 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 99 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 99 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 99 is a clear liquid at room temperature.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 99:
Dishwashing,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 99:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 99:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 99:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 99 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 99:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 99:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 99:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 99:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 99:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 99:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 9 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 100 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 100 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 100 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 100 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 100 is a soft, colourless or slightly yellowish paste at 23°C.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 100:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 100:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XP types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 100:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 100:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.
They become clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 100:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XP types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 100:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 100:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 100:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL XP types is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 100 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 100:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Paste

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 10 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 30 is nonionic surfactants for detergents and cleaners, and for the chemical and allied industries.

LUTENSOL XP 30 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

LUTENSOL XP 30 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 30 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 30 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 30 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 30 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 30 tends to form a sediment.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 30:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 30:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Structure of LUTENSOL XP 30:
Isomerized deca alcohol polyoxyethylene ether composed of ten-carbon Guerbet alcohol and EO.

Structure formula: RO(CH2CH2O)xH

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 30:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 30:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 30:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 30:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 30:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 30:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 30:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 3 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 40 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XP 40 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1

LUTENSOL XP 40 is a nonionic surfactant.

LUTENSOL XP 40 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 40 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 40 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 40 tends to form a sediment.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 40:
Dishwashing,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 40:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 40:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 40:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 40:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 40:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 40:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 40:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 40:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 4 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 50 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1
EC Number: 605-233-7

LUTENSOL XP 50 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 50 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 50 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 50 tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XP 50 is a liquid nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide and a degree of ethoxilation of approximately 4.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is displays high levels of surface activity and exhibits Emulsifying, dispersing and wetting properties.

LUTENSOL XP 50 is can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates, ehter sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 50:
The LUTENSOL XP50 has excellent wetting properties, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL XP 50 can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

LUTENSOL XP 50 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
And LUTENSOL XP 50 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use

Example of Uses of LUTENSOL XP 50:
Laundry,
Dishwashing,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 50:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 50:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 50:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 50:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 50:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 50:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 50:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XP 50:
Chemical description: Nonionic surfactants. They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 11.5
Shelf Life: 24 months
Substance: 2-Propyl-1-heptanol, ethoxylated
CAS: 160875-66-1
EC number: 605-233-7

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL XP 50:
Physical form(23 °C) liquid
Degree of ethoxilation Approx. 5
pH (5% in water) 7
Cloud point (BDG) [° C] 56
HLB Approx. 11.6

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 50:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 5 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
The eco-challenge

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 60 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 60 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 60 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 60 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 60 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 60 tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XP 60 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 60:
Dishwashing,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

General Uses:
Performance claims, Sustainability claims, Function, Applications, Usage level

Technical Uses:
Chemical group, Chemical properties, Physical properties, Appearance, Colors, Origin, Origin Species

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 60:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 60:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 60:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 60:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 60:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 60:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 60:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 60:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 6 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Quick cleaning, spotless drying
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sustainable Cleaning

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 70 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 70 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XP 70 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1
EC Number: 605-233-7

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 70 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 70 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 70 tends to form a sediment.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 70:
The LUTENSOL XP 70 can quickly clean the filth in low temperature and be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL XP 70 can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

LUTENSOL XP 70 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
And LUTENSOL XP 70 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

General Uses:
Performance claims, Sustainability claims, Function, Applications, Usage level

Technical Uses:
Chemical group, Chemical properties, Physical properties, Appearance, Colors, Origin, Origin Species

Other Uses
Laundry,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 70:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 70:
The LUTENSOL XP 70 is a 100% nonionic surfactants.
LUTENSOL XP 70 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
The LUTENSOL XP 70 is manufactured by reacting the C10-alcohol with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 70:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 70:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 70:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 70:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Stability and Reactivity of LUTENSOL XP 70:

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals:
Corrosive effects to metal are not anticipated.

Oxidizing properties:
Not fire-propagating

Chemical stability:
LUTENSOL XP 70 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.
LUTENSOL XP 70 is chemically stable.

Incompatible materials:
Caustics, halogens, Alkalines, acids, reactive chemicals

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 60:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 70 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUTENSOL XP 70:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

If on skin:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

If in eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

If swallowed:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUTENSOL XP 70:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Harmful vapours.
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Firefighters should be equipped with self-contained breathing apparatus and turn-out gear.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XP 70:
Substance: 2-Propyl-1-heptanol, ethoxylated
CAS: 160875-66-1
EC number: 605-233-7
REACH compliant:-
Min. purity / concentration: 0%
Color: -
Appearance: Liquid
Grades: Technical

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL XP 70:
Physical form (23 °C): liquid
Degree of ethoxilation: Approx. 7
pH (5% in water): 7
Cloud point (BDG) [° C]: 68
HLB: Approx. 13.2

Form: liquid
Odour: product specific
Odour threshold: not determined
Colour: colourless to yellowish
pH value: approx. 7 ( 50 g/l, 23 °C)
Solidification temperature: approx. 9 °C
Boiling point: not applicable
Flash point: approx. 130°C
Flammability: not self-igniting
Lower explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
The lower explosion point may be 5 - 15 °C below the flash point.
Upper explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
Autoignition: > 300 °C
Vapour pressure: < 0.1 hPa (20°C)
Density:
Approx. 1.00 g/cm3 (25°C)
Approx. 0.96 g/cm3 ( 70 °C)
Vapour density: not determined
Partitioning coefficient noctanol/water (log Pow): not applicable
Self-ignition temperature: not self-igniting
Thermal decomposition: > 350 °C
Viscosity, dynamic:
approx. 300 mPa.s ( 23 °C)
< 20 mPa.s ( 70 °C)
< 20 mPa.s ( 60 °C)
Particle size: The substance / product is marketed or used in a non solid or granular form.
Solubility in water: soluble
Solubility (qualitative): soluble
solvent(s): Ethanol,
Evaporation rate: Value can be approximated from Henry's Law Constant or vapor pressure.
Other Information: If necessary, information on other physical and chemical parameters is indicated in this section.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 70:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 7 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sustainable Cleaning
The eco-challenge

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 79 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 79 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 79 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 79 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 79 is a clear liquid at room temperature.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 79:
Floor Cleaning and Care,
Manual Dishwashing,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 79:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 79:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Value:
LUTENSOL XP 79 is can generate very high initial foam (institutional cleaning and sanitation).
LUTENSOL XP 79 is can generate very high initial foam.

LUTENSOL XP 79 is can cause skin irritation.
LUTENSOL XP 79 is recommended to use with Glucopon surfactants to synergistically reduce the skin irritation (food service and kitchen hygiene).

Technical Specs:
Available at a concentration of ~29%.
Slightly yellow as a sold, slightly pasty substance as a liquid.
Contains no preservative.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 79:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 79:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 79:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 79:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Stability and Reactivity of LUTENSOL XP 79:

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals:
Corrosive effects to metal are not anticipated.

Oxidizing properties:
Not fire-propagating

Chemical stability:
LUTENSOL XP 79 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.
LUTENSOL XP 79 is chemically stable.

Incompatible materials:
Atmospheric moisture, caustics, halogens, Alkalines, acids, reactive chemicals

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 79:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 79 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUTENSOL XP 79:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

If on skin:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

If in eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

If swallowed:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUTENSOL XP 79:

Suitable extinguishing media:
Water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Harmful vapours
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Firefighters should be equipped with self-contained breathing apparatus and turn-out gear.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 79:
Form: liquid
Odour: product specific
Odour threshold: not determined
Colour: colourless to yellowish
pH value: approx. 7 ( 50 g/l, 23°C)
Solidification temperature: < 5°C
Boiling point: not applicable, contains water
Flash point: approx. 140 °C (DIN ISO 2592)
Flammability: not self-igniting
Lower explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
Upper explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
Autoignition: > 300 °C
Vapour pressure: < 0.1 hPa (20°C)
Density:
approx. 0.98 g/cm3 (70°C)
approx. 1.01 g/cm3 ( 25 °C)
Vapour density: not determined
Partitioning coefficient noctanol/water (log Pow): not applicable
Self-ignition temperature: not self-igniting
Thermal decomposition: > 350 °C
Viscosity, dynamic: approx. 70 mPa.s ( 23 °C)
Particle size: The substance / product is marketed or used in a non solid or granular form.
Solubility in water: soluble
Miscibility with water: partly miscible
Solubility (qualitative): soluble
solvent(s): Ethanol, Ethanol
Evaporation rate: Value can be approximated from Henry's Law Constant or vapor pressure.
Other Information: If necessary, information on other physical and chemical parameters is indicated in this section.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 79:

General Characteristics:
Dots decoration
Markets
Institutional Cleaning & Sanitation
Hard Surface Cleaning
Dishwashing

Benefits:
High Foam Detergency

Chemical Name:
C10-Guerbet Alcohol Ethoxylates, 7EO

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 7 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTENSOL XP 80 is one of the product which are suitable for Iodophore formulations.
LUTENSOL XP 80 is readily biodegradable Non ionic Surfactant derived from C10 Gaurbet Alcohol.
LUTENSOL XP 80 has good solubility and activity for Iodine.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1
EC Number: 605-233-7

LUTENSOL XP 80 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

LUTENSOL XP 80 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 80 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 80 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 80 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 80 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 80 tends to form a sediment.

Functions of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Surfactant,
Silicone emulsions,
Wetting agent,
Low foaming cleaner.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 80:
LUTENSOL XP 80 is a C10 Guerbet Alcohol Ethoxylate POE (8) (100% active).
LUTENSOL XP 80 is a wetting agent that is a great replacement for Np –9.
Synthetically derived and readily degradable.

LUTENSOL XP 80 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrate,
Emulsion (oil and water),
Microemulsion,
Suspension Concentrates,
Suspo-emulsions,
Soluble Liquids and Wettable Powders.

LUTENSOL XP 80 can be used in the following industries:
Adhesives & Sealants, Agriculture, Chemical Manufacturing, Cleaning Products, Other Industries, Construction, Leather & Textiles, Packaging Materials, Paints & Coatings.

LUTENSOL XP 80 can be applied as:
Other Surfactants.

Example of Uses of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Dishwashing,Laundry,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care,
Hard Surface Cleaning.

General Uses:
Performance claims, Sustainability claims, Function, Applications, Usage level

Technical Uses:
Chemical group, Chemical properties, Physical properties, Appearance, Colors, Origin, Origin Species

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 80:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 80:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 80:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 80:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Stability and Reactivity

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals:
Corrosive effects to metal are not anticipated.

Oxidizing properties:
Not fire-propagating

Chemical stability:
LUTENSOL XP 80 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.
LUTENSOL XP 80 is chemically stable.

Incompatible materials:
caustics, halogens, Alkalines, acids, reactive chemicals

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 80:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 80 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUTENSOL XP 80:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

If on skin:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

If in eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

If swallowed:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUTENSOL XP 80:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Firefighters should be equipped with self-contained breathing apparatus and turn-out gear.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Usage/Application: Industrial
Categories: Agrichemicals
Grade Standard: Industrial Grade
Packaging Type: Drum
Physical State: Liquid

Substance: 2-Propyl-1-heptanol, ethoxylated
CAS: 160875-66-1
EC number: 605-233-7
REACH compliant: -
Min. purity / concentration: 0%
Color: -
Appearance: Liquid
Grades: Technical

IUPAC name: 2-Propyl-1-heptanol, ethoxylated
Molecular formula: -
Molar Weight [g/mol]: 0.000

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Chemical description: Nonionic surfactants. They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 14

Form: liquid
Odour: product specific
Odour threshold: not determined
Colour: colourless to yellowish
pH value: approx. 7 (50 g/l, 20°C)
Solidification temperature:
approx. 14°C
Boiling point: not applicable
Flash point: approx. 140 °C
Flammability: not self-igniting
Lower explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling. The lower explosion point may be 5 - 15 °C below the flash point.
Upper explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
Autoignition: > 300 °C
Vapour pressure: < 0.1 hPa ( 20°C)
Density:
approx. 0.97 g/cm3 ( 70°C)
approx. 1.00 g/cm3 ( 25°C)
Vapour density: not determined
Partitioning coefficient noctanol/water (log Pow): not applicable
Self-ignition temperature: not self-igniting
Thermal decomposition: > 350 °C (DTA)
Viscosity, dynamic: approx. 300 mPa.s ( 23 °C)
Particle size: The substance / product is marketed or used in a non solid or granular form.
Solubility in water: soluble
Miscibility with water: miscible in all proportions
Solubility (qualitative): soluble
solvent(s): Ethanol, Ethanol
Evaporation rate: not determined
Other Information: If necessary, information on other physical and chemical parameters is indicated in this section.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 90 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

LUTENSOL XP 90 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 90 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 90 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 90 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 90 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 90 tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XP 90 is used Improve the wetting and boost the degreasing power of a foam cleaner.
LUTENSOL XP 90 has very fast dynamics and good non-ionic emulsifier for oily soils.

LUTENSOL XP 90 is listed on safer choice.
LUTENSOL XP 90 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.

LUTENSOL XP 90 has a HLB of 14 and cloud point of 69 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 90 is listed on EPA’s Safer Chemical Ingredients List.

Value:
Will improve the wetting and boost the degreasing power of a foam cleaner.
LUTENSOL XP 90 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.

Functions of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Adjuvant,
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Binder.

Benefits of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Detergents,
Cleaning,
Low Foaming Solutions.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 90:
LUTENSOL XP 90 – C10 Guerbet alcohol ethoxylate (POE 9), 100% active.
Easy to handle surfactant that is a great replacement for NP9 in wetting applications.

Synthetically derived and readily biodegradable.
LUTENSOL XP 90 is used as a emulsifier and wetting agent.

The LUTENSOL XP 90 has excellent wetting properties, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL XP 90 can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

LUTENSOL XP 90 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
And LUTENSOL XP 90 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Other Uses of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Carpet Cleaning,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Manual Dishwashing,
Open Plant Cleaning,
Manual Dishwashing.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 90:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XP types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 90:
The LUTENSOL XP 90 is a 100% nonionic surfactants.
LUTENSOL XP 90 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
The LUTENSOL XP 90 is manufactured by reacting the C10-alcohol with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 90:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 90:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XP types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 90:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL XP types is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 90 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Physical form(23°C): liquid
Degree of ethoxilation: Approx. 9
pH (5% in water): 5.0 to 8.0
Cloud point (water) [°C]: 69
HLB: Approx. 14.5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 90:

Technical Specs:
Available as a 100% active product.
HLB of 14.
Cloud point of 69 °C.
Listed on EPA’s Safer Chemical Ingredients List.

Chemical Name:
C10-Guerbet Alcohol Ethoxylates, 9EO

Markets:
Food Service & Kitchen Hygiene
Food & Beverage Processing
Vehicle & Transportation Care
Industrial Cleaning
Hard Surface Cleaning
Dishwashing

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 99 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 99 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 99 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 99 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 99 is a clear liquid at room temperature.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 99:
Dishwashing,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 99:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XP types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 99:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 99:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 99:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XP types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 99:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 99:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 99:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL XP types is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 99 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 99:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 9 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTROPUR MSA
Lutropur MSA High purity methanesulfonic acid 70% (in water). Highly effective, efficient and economical: that is probably the best way to describe Lutropur MSA − high purity methanesulfonic acid (MSA) from BASF. Because of its unique property profile, methanesulfonic acid is becoming increasingly important. In numerous different applications and industries, ranging from chemical synthesis and metal surface treatment through to industrial cleaning, Lutropur MSA is helping our customers to be more successful. Lutropur MSA is ideal for the manufacture of sustainable products. With Lutropur MSA it is often possible to meet more stringent environmental and safety requirements than with other acids. If Lutropur MSA helps ... to achieve optimum industrial results to comply with rules and regulations to cut costs Lutropur MSA is pure methanesulfonic acid. Methanesulfonic acid (MSA) is a strong and odorless organic acid with a unique property profile that distinguishes it from all other acids. Benefits in practical applications come, for example, from its nonoxidizing nature, the high solubility of its salts, the absence of color and odor, and the fact that it is readily biodegradable. Consequently, Lutropur MSA is becoming increasingly important in a number of applications and industries. Using a unique manufacturing process, BASF is able to provide a colorless and odorless product that is virtually free of metal ions and sulfates. Chlorinecontaining by-products are also ruled out by the halogen-free process. As a result, consumers in all relevant fields benefit from being able to use Lutropur MSA that is of very high purity. Lutropur MSA is supplied by BASF as a 70% aqueous solution under the brand name Lutropur MSA. Anhydrous Lutropur MSA is available under the brand name Lutropur MSA 100. Manufacturing Process In the manufacturing process developed and patented by BASF, sulfur, hydrogen and methanol are first converted into the intermediate product dimethyldisulfide (DMDS). The DMDS is refined by distillation and then catalytically oxidized with atmospheric oxygen to form methanesulfonic acid and water. A final distillation step ensures the unique purity of Lutropur MSA. Both BASF’s original production facility in Ludwigshafen, Germany (commissioned in 2003, annual capacity 10,000 metric tons) and the extension (to be commissioned in 2012, annual capacity 20,000 metric tons) operate according to this process. With a total annual manufacturing capacity of 30,000 metric tons, BASF is the world’s leading supplier of methanesulfonic acid. The advantages of this process are that it is very safe and reliable, the raw materials are readily available, the whole process is free of chlorine, and it fits very well into the integrated production complex in Ludwigshafen. This continuous process also ensures consistently high product quality Product Groups -Acids Function -Acid Form of Delivery -Liquid Chemical Description -Methanesulfonic acid in water Application -Dishwashing -Hard Surface Cleaning -Food and Beverage Processing -Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene Commercial Laundry -Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation Vehicle and Transportation Care -Industrial Cleaning Properties Lutropur MSA combines a number of beneficial physical and chemical properties. These properties make Lutropur MSA the reagent of choice in many different applications. Lutropur MSA is a strong organic acid with no oxidizing properties. Its high thermal stability compared with aromatic sulfonic acids is particularly useful in the synthesis of chemicals. One of the reasons why Lutropur MSA is so widely used in the electronics industry is that the salts that it forms with metals are highly soluble. Many organic salts of methanesulfonic acid also exhibit very good solubility properties. Especially methanesulfonates of heterocyclic nitrogen compounds often have a low melting point and are used as ionic liquids. Other advantages from the ecological point of view are its ready biodegradability and its low carbon content (TOC). With a melting point of –54°C, Lutropur MSA can be handled in the form of a liquid over a wide temperature range. Being odorless, Lutropur MSA can also be used in odor-sensitive applications and processors have a free choice when it comes to modifying the odor of their formulations. On the boundary between organic and inorganic chemistry With many of its properties, methanesulfonic acid is on the boundary between organic and inorganic chemistry. For example: Distribution between organic and inorganic phase This plays a role in catalysis: Lutropur MSA works better in an organic phase and can be washed out more easily than inorganic acids. Organic incrustations can also be removed more easily in cleaning processes. Acid strength: the acid strength of Lutropur MSA is between that of carboxylic acids and that of strong mineral acids. Lutropur MSA strong organic acid nonoxidizing easy to handle high thermal stability low vapor pressure no toxic fumes low carbon content (TOC) odorless colorless readily biodegradable hardly any contribution to COD free of nitrogen, phosphorus and halogens resistant to hydrolysis Lutropur MSA is odorless. Because the intensity of the odor is governed primarily by the vapor pressure of a compound, vapor pressure curves provide an indication of the odor intensity of a substance. Figure 1 shows the vapor pressure of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, formic acid, acetic acid and methanesulfonic acid as a function of temperature. The curves show that compounds with a strong odor, such as hydrochloric acid, acetic acid and formic acid, have a high vapor pressure, as would be expected. By contrast, methanesulfonic acid is characterized by an extremely low vapor pressure, which is consistent with its lack of odor The absence of any odor means greater safety at the workplace, as there are no acrid vapors. Formulators have more freedom to control the odor of their products if they use Lutropur MSA, which does not have any inherent odor to interfere with it. As a result, Lutropur MSA is preferred for use especially in high-temperature processes, e.g. in pickling baths, process cleaning solutions or the production of biodiesel, because it can be handled safely. Methanesulfonic acid is hygroscopic (cf. Chapter 6 Storage). This property becomes more pronounced as its concentration increases, and this is put to use in industrial applications. For example, with Eaton’s reagent (7.5% P2O5 dissolved in Lutropur MSA), water can be separated off from organic compounds without these compounds being oxidized. [4] 3.2 Chemical properties 3.2 a. Acid properties – the anion makes all the difference The strength of acids has a wide-ranging influence on the rate at which they react. For example, when limestone is dissolved, the protons present in the acid solution react with the insoluble calcium carbonate to form carbon dioxide, water and the soluble calcium salt of the acid being used (Figure 2). Therefore, the more protons, i.e. active species, the acid used is able to supply, the greater the efficiency of the dissolving process. Many other salts of Lutropur MSA, including rare-earth salts and compounds with nitrogenous bases, also have a remarkably high solubility (cf. Table 3). Because of the excellent solubility of the organic and inorganic methanesulfonates, methanesulfonic acid is used in applications where this feature, combined with the other beneficial properties of Lutropur MSA, provides crucial advantages: all types of acid cleaning processes electroplating neutralization of active chemical and pharmaceutical ingredients extractive metallurgy and mining metal recycling dissolving of rock industrial washing processes ionic liquids 3.2 c. Redox stability Lutropur MSA is very resistant to strong oxidizing agents. For example, it does not react, in the presence of hydrogen peroxide, nitric acid or permanganate. This means, amongst other things, that Lutropur MSA can be used in formulations that contain such oxidizing agents. Even in hot chromosulfuric acid, Lutropur MSA is relatively stable. This is also evident in the determination of the COD value, which, at about 4 mg O2/g COD, is equivalent to only about 2% of the amount of oxygen required theoretically for complete oxidation [6]. Lutropur MSA is also resistant to strong reducing agents, such as nascent hydrogen. In the cyclic voltammogram this high redox stability can also be seen in the electrochemical stability of Lutropur MSA. Lutropur MSA is stable over a remarkably wide range. At about 3.8 volt, the electrochemical window (ECW) of stability is very wide (cf. Figure 6). Not only the redox stability of Lutropur MSA, but its high level of stability generally should be highlighted. Apart from the formation of salts, Lutropur MSA hardly reacts chemically with anything and is therefore practically inert. That also means that, under practical conditions, no unwanted secondary reactions take place. Lutropur MSA is not subject to hydrolysis does not undergo addition reactions does not undergo substitution reactions is stable in air to 180°C Methanesulfonic acid is readily biodegradable according to OECD Guideline 301 A, forming carbon dioxide, sulfate, water and biomass as decomposition products. Of all the organic sulfonic acids, Lutropur MSA is the best choice from the environmental point of view because its oxygen demand for degradation is lower than that of all other organic sulfonic acids. As a result of its high resistance to oxidation, the measured chemical oxygen demand (COD) is also well below the figure for e.g. readily oxidizable carboxylic acids such as acetic acid. Because it contains no phosphorus, Lutropur MSA, unlike phosphoric acid, does not contribute to eutrophication and the associated increase in algal growth in aquatic environments. It is free of halogens and nitrogen and has a low toxicological risk potential to complete its attractive property profile. Methanesulfonic acid is formed as the result of the photochemical oxidation of dimethylsulfide in the atmosphere and is thus part of the natural sulfur cycle [5]. Lutropur MSA also has a lower vapor pressure than other acids (cf. Chapter 3), which is a further advantage from the point of view of safety at work and environmental protection. Therefore − unlike carboxylic acids such as acetic acid or glycolic acid − it is virtually free of volatile organic compounds (VOC). Further advice and information can be found in the safety data sheets for Lutropur MSA and Lutropur MSA 100. Lutropur MSA 100 strong organic acid. It has advantage that many of the salts that it forms with metals are very soluble in water. It is readily biodegradable, and it is also distinguished by its high thermal stability and its high conductivity. Lutropur MSA 100 strong organic acid. It has advantage that many of the salts that it forms with metals are very soluble in water. It is readily biodegradable, and it is also distinguished by its high thermal stability and its high conductivity. Lutropur MSA is a strong odorless organic acid that is fast acting, effective and safe for the environment, along with combines all these benefits while removing: Lime scale faster than other typical acids Calcium oxalate as well as other calcium deposits Rust and Grime Lutropur MSA shows high solubility of its salts for a highly efficient cleaning and high thermal stability. Exhibits a low viscosity and toxicity. Can safely be used on a broad range of surfaces and is non-oxidizing and non reducing. Product overview Lutropur MSA 70% (Methane Sulfonic Acid - CAS 75-75-2) is a strong acid widely used as a catalyst (esterification, alkylation, etc.) thanks to its performances, it is an interesting substitute for organic and inorganic strong acids in various applications. Ester quality, easy recyclability and "green" effluent are part of the major 70% methane sulfonic acid advantage is in esterification. Properties: -strong acid -biodegradable -non oxidizing and not foaming -compatible with oxidizing agent and biocides Lutropur MSA is particularly effective for catalyzing esterification and polymerization reactions, but it is also employed as a catalyst in condensation, cyclization, alkylation and rearrangement reactions. Apart from being used as a catalyst, Lutropur MSA is also employed as a feedstock in the manufacture of salts (the methanesulfonates) and as a solvent to improve yields in various processes. Properties of Lutropur MSA stands for MSA methansulfonic acid. Organic acid with a very versatile application range. Combines a number or beneficial physical and chemical properties. Strong acid with no oxidizing properties. High thermal stability. Compared with aromatic sulfonic acids, MSA is particularly useful in the synthesis of chemicals The formed organic salts show very good dissolution properties. Methansulfonic acid is odourless and has an excellent biodegradability performance. Applications of Lutropur MSA Use as a catalyst in many chemical reactions like -Esterification -Acylation -Alkylation -Dehydration -Hydrolysis -Cyclization -Polymerisation -Condensation -Salification -Diazotization -Rearrangement -Aromatic substitution -Solvent -Neutralisation The formed salts of methansulfonic acid (mesylates) show a high solubility property. General description The product is a 70% aqueous solution of methanesulfonic acid (MSA). Lutropur MSA is a strong organic acid. The chemical oxidation of dimetyl sulfide in the atmosphere leads to the formation of MSA in large quantities.[1] Lutropur MSA undergoes biodegradation by forming CO2 and sulphate. Lutropur MSA is considered a green acid as it is less toxic and corrosive in comparison to mineral acids. The aqueous Lutropur MSA solution has been considered a model electrolyte for electrochemical processes. Application of Lutropur MSA Methanesulfonic acid solution may be used to study the corrosion behavior of stainless steel. Marinosulfonomonas methylotropha strain TR3 is a marine methylotroph that uses methanesulfonic acid (Lutropur MSA) as a sole carbon and energy source. The genes from M. methylotropha strain TR3 encoding methanesulfonate monooxygenase, the enzyme responsible for the initial oxidation of Lutropur MSA to formaldehyde and sulfite, were cloned and sequenced. They were located on two gene clusters on the chromosome of this bacterium. A 5.0-kbp HindIII fragment contained msmA, msmB, and msmC, encoding the large and small subunits of the hydroxylase component and the ferredoxin component, respectively, of the methanesulfonate monooxygenase, while a 6.5-kbp HindIII fragment contained duplicate copies of msmA and msmB, as well as msmD, encoding the reductase component of methanesulfonate. Both sets of msmA and msmB genes were virtually identical, and the derived msmA and msmB sequences of M. methylotropha strain TR3, compared with the corresponding hydroxylase from the terrestrial Lutropur MSA utilizer Methylosulfonomonas methylovora strain M2 were found to be 82 and 69% identical. The msmA gene was investigated as a functional gene probe for detection of Lutropur MSA-utilizing bacteria. PCR primers spanning a region of msmA which encoded a unique Rieske [2Fe-2S] binding region were designed. These primers were used to amplify the corresponding msmA genes from newly isolated Hyphomicrobium, Methylobacterium, and Pedomicrobium species that utilized Lutropur MSA, from Lutropur MSA enrichment cultures, and from DNA samples extracted directly from the environment. The high degree of identity of these msmA gene fragments, compared to msmA sequences from extant Lutropur MSA utilizers, indicated the effectiveness of these PCR primers in molecular microbial ecology. Applications Methane sulfonic acid 70% solution (Lutropur MSA) is used virtually in all electronic applications involving tin or tin-alloy plating from non fluoborate systems. It replaces phosphoric acid in detergent formulations, thereby helping to avoid environmental phosphate pollution. Lutropur MSA is used in the preparation of polyaniline/graphene nanocomposites, which enhances its thermal and electrical properties. Lutropur MSA is utilized for electropolishing of aluminum as well as in electroplating of noble metals like gold, platinum, palladium and their alloys. Solubility Miscible with water. Slightly miscible with benzene and toluene. Immiscible with paraffins. Lutropur MSA's production and use as a catalyst in esterification, alkylation, olefin polymerization, and peroxidation reactions and as a solvent may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams. Lutropur MSA is produced by atmospheric hydrolysis of dimethyl sulfoxide, which itself is produced from naturally-derived dimethyl sulfide. If released to air, a vapor pressure of 4.28X10-4 mm Hg at 25 °C indicates Lutropur MSA will exist solely as a vapor. Vapor-phase Lutropur MSA will be degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals; the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 58 days. Lutropur MSA does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight. If released to soil, Lutropur MSA is expected to have very high mobility based upon an estimated Koc of 1. The pKa of Lutropur MSA is -1.86, indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the anion form in the environment and anions generally do not adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts. Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the acid exists as an anion and anions do not volatilize. Utilizing the Japanese MITI test, 100% of the Theoretical BOD was reached in four weeks indicating that biodegradation is an important environmental fate process. If released into water, Lutropur MSA is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment based upon the estimated Koc. The pKa indicates Lutropur MSA will exist almost entirely in the anion form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. Lutropur MSA is miscible with water and therefore bioconcentration in aquatic organisms is low. Hydrolysis is not expected to be an important environmental fate process since this compound lacks functional groups that hydrolyze under environmental conditions. Occupational exposure to Lutropur MSA may occur through inhalation and dermal contact with this compound at workplaces where Lutropur MSA is produced or used. Monitoring data indicate that the general population may be exposed to methansulfonic acid via inhalation of ambient air; Lutropur MSA is widely detected in marine air. Lutropur MSA is produced by atmospheric hydrolysis of dimethyl sulfoxide(1), which itself is produced from the atmospheric photochemical oxidation of dimethyl sulfide, which comes from marine algae and salt marsh plants(2). Lutropur MSA's production and use as a catalyst in esterification, alkylation, olefin polymerization, peroxidation reactions(1) and as a solvent(2) may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams(SRC). Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 1(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that Lutropur MSA is expected to have very mobility in soil(SRC). The pKa of Lutropur MSA is -1.86(3), indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the anion form in the environment and anions generally do not adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts(4). Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the acid exists as an anion and anions do not volatilize. Lutropur MSA is not expected to volatilize from dry soil surfaces(SRC) based upon a vapor pressure of 4.28X10-4 mm Hg at 25 °C(5). Utilizing the Japanese MITI test, 100% of the Theoretical BOD was reached in four weeks(6) indicating that biodegradation is an important environmental fate process in soil(SRC). AQUATIC FATE: Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 1(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that Lutropur MSA is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment(SRC). A pKa of -1.86(3) indicates Lutropur MSA will exist almost entirely in the anion form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process(4). Lutropur MSA is miscible with water(5) and therefore bioconcentration in aquatic organisms is low(SRC). Utilizing the Japanese MITI test, 100% of the Theoretical BOD was reached in four weeks(6) indicating that biodegradation is an important environmental fate process in water(SRC). ATMOSPHERIC FATE: According to a model of gas/particle partitioning of semivolatile organic compounds in the atmosphere(1), Lutropur MSA, which has a measured vapor pressure of 4.28X10-4 mm Hg at 25 °C(2), is expected to exist solely as a vapor in the ambient atmosphere. Vapor-phase Lutropur MSA is degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals(SRC); the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 58 days(SRC), calculated from its rate constant of 2.8X10-13 cu cm/molecule-sec at 25 °C(SRC) that was derived using a structure estimation method(3). Lutropur MSA does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm(4) and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight(SRC). The rate constant for the vapor-phase reaction of Lutropur MSA with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals has been estimated as 2.8X10-13 cu cm/molecule-sec at 25 °C(SRC) using a structure estimation method(1). This corresponds to an atmospheric half-life of about 58 days at an atmospheric concentration of 5X10+5 hydroxyl radicals per cu cm(1). Lutropur MSA is not expected to undergo hydrolysis in the environment due to the lack of functional groups that hydrolyze under environmental conditions(2). Lutropur MSA does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm(2) and therefore is not expected to direct photolysis by sunlight(SRC). Using a structure estimation method based on molecular connectivity indices(1), the Koc of Lutropur MSA can be estimated to be 1(SRC). According to a classification scheme(2), this estimated Koc value suggests that Lutropur MSA is expected to have very high mobility in soil. The pKa of Lutropur MSA is -1.86(3), indicating that this compound will almost entirely exist in the anion form in the environment and anions generally do not adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts(4). Lutropur MSA had sub-micrometer-aerosol concentration peaks of approximately 0.47 and 0.4 mol/cu m in February and December, respectively, in the atmosphere at Cape Grim off of Australia in 1989(1). Lutropur MSA was found at the highest levels in atmospheric samples collected around noon and concentrated in the smaller size particles (0.25-2 um in diameter) at concentrations of 5.3, 5.5, and 15.7 ng/cu meter in samples taken from the Southern Bahamas, the Northern Bahamas, and the Sargasso Sea, respectively(2). Lutropur MSA was found in Germany at concentrations of 0.02 - 0.43 ug/cu m in atmospheric samples taken in October and November of 1978(3). Aerosol Lutropur MSA was detected at six stations in the Pacific at mean concentrations of 0.097, 0.029, 0.044, 0.026, 0.021, and 0.024 ug/cu m(4). Aerosol Lutropur MSA has been found at mean concentrations of 9.27X10-9 and 1.14X10-9 mol/cu m in July of 1985 and December of 1986 in the marine atmosphere of the British Isles(5). NIOSH (NOES Survey 1981-1983) has statistically estimated that 8,084 workers (1,393 of these were female) were potentially exposed to Lutropur MSA in the US(1). Occupational exposure to methane sulfonic acid may occur through inhalation and dermal contact with this compound at workplaces where Lutropur MSA is produced or used. Monitoring data indicate that the general population may be exposed to Lutropur MSA via inhalation of ambient air(SRC). Lutropur MSA (MsOH) or methanesulphonic acid (in British English) is a colorless liquid with the chemical formula CH3SO3H. It is the simplest of the alkylsulfonic acids. Salts and esters of Lutropur MSA are known as mesylates (or methanesulfonates, as in ethyl methanesulfonate). It is hygroscopic in its concentrated form. Lutropur MSA may be considered an intermediate compound between sulfuric acid (H2SO4), and methylsulfonylmethane ((CH3)2SO2), effectively replacing an –OH group with a –CH3 group at each step. This pattern can extend no further in either direction without breaking down the –SO2– group. Lutropur MSA can dissolve a wide range of metal salts, many of them in significantly higher concentrations than in hydrochloric or sulfuric acid. Applications Lutropur MSA is used as an acid catalyst in organic reactions because it is a non-volatile, strong acid that is soluble in organic solvents. It is convenient for industrial applications because it is liquid at ambient temperature, while the closely related p-toluenesulfonic acid (PTSA) is solid. However, in a laboratory setting, solid PTSA is more convenient. Lutropur MSA can be used in the generation of borane (BH3) by reacting Lutropur MSA with NaBH4 in an aprotic solvent such as THF or DMS, the complex of BH3 and the solvent is formed. Electroplating Solutions of Lutropur MSA are used for the electroplating of tin and tin-lead solders. It is displacing the use of fluoroboric acid, which releases corrosive and volatile hydrogen fluoride.[5] Lutropur MSA is also a primary ingredient in rust and scale removers.[6] It is used to clean off surface rust from ceramic, tiles and porcelain which are usually susceptible to acid attack. Methanesulfonic acid (Lutropur MSA) is a green acid with a remarkably high solubility for several speciality and base metals including lead, making it an interesting leaching agent for metals. Lutropur MSA is safer and less toxic than the mineral acids (HCl, H2SO4, HNO3) currently employed for leaching metals from primary and secondary sources. In this study, Lutropur MSA was tested for the leaching of lead and zinc from the iron-rich jarosite residue of the zinc industry. The leaching of lead, zinc and iron increased as a function of the Lutropur MSA concentration in water up to 90 vol% Lutropur MSA. Higher Lutropur MSA concentrations resulted in precipitate formation due to the limited solubility of the iron and zinc methanesulfonate salts in water-lean Lutropur MSA. Leaching with pure Lutropur MSA resulted in a pregnant leach solution (PLS) comprising most of the lead and zinc, and a precipitate comprising the majority of the iron and a fraction of the zinc originally present in the jarosite. The optimization of the leaching conditions showed that increasing the liquid-to-solid ratio or temperature increased the leaching efficiencies of the metals, especially of lead. The leaching under optimized conditions was successfully performed on a larger scale using a temperature-controlled batch leaching reactor. The metal/iron mass ratio increased from 1/4 for Pb/Fe, and from 1/7 for Zn/Fe in the initial jarosite, to over 2.66/1 and 1/2, in the PLS, respectively. The remaining Lutropur MSA in the PLS was recovered by vacuum distillation and successfully reused for three leaching cycles.
LUVIGEL EM
Luvigel EM is a milky emulsion of sodium acrylates copolymer in caprylic/capric triglyceride and water.
Luvigel EM is used as a thickener in all kinds of cosmetic emulsions.

CAS Number: 256237-03-8



APPLICATIONS


Luvigel EM is commonly used as a thickener and emulsifier in personal care products.
Luvigel EM is suitable for use in a wide range of formulations, including lotions, creams, and gels.

Luvigel EM is particularly effective in creating stable emulsions with a smooth, non-greasy feel.
Luvigel EM can also improve the texture and sensory qualities of formulations.
In hair care products, Luvigel EM can enhance the conditioning and detangling properties.

Luvigel EM is often used in sun care products to improve the water resistance and spreadability.
Luvigel EM can also provide a cooling sensation when applied to the skin, making it ideal for after-sun products.

Luvigel EM is compatible with a wide range of ingredients, including both oil and water-based ingredients.
Luvigel EM can be used to stabilize high concentrations of oil-soluble actives, such as vitamins and botanical extracts.

In deodorant formulations, Luvigel EM can help to improve the spreadability and reduce the greasy feel of the product.
Luvigel EM is also used in anti-aging products to improve the firmness and elasticity of the skin.

Luvigel EM can help to reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles.
Luvigel EM can also improve the sensory properties of makeup formulations, such as foundation and BB creams.
Luvigel EM can help to create a smooth, even texture and improve the spreadability of the product.

In shaving products, Luvigel EM can enhance the glide and lubricity of the formulation.
Luvigel EM can also reduce the potential for skin irritation and provide a moisturizing effect.

Luvigel EM can be used in baby care products, such as diaper creams, to provide a gentle, non-irritating texture.
Luvigel EM can help to reduce redness and irritation, while also moisturizing and protecting delicate skin.

Luvigel EM is suitable for use in both rinse-off and leave-on products.
Luvigel EM can provide a long-lasting, moisturizing effect in leave-on products such as body lotions and hand creams.
Luvigel EM can also be used in hair styling products, such as mousses and gels, to provide hold and texture.

Luvigel EM can help to create a flexible, non-sticky hold that lasts throughout the day.
Luvigel EM is easy to use and can be added to formulations at room temperature.

Luvigel EM does not require any special processing or equipment.
Luvigel EM is a versatile and effective ingredient for a wide range of personal care formulations.

Luvigel EM can be used as a thickener in hair care products such as shampoos and conditioners.
Luvigel EM is an effective emulsifier in skin care products such as lotions and creams.
Luvigel EM can be used as a gelling agent in bath and shower gels.

Luvigel EM is used as a rheology modifier in sunscreens and other UV-protection products.
Luvigel EM can be used in the formulation of antiperspirants and deodorants to improve the texture and stability of the products.

Luvigel EM can be used as a stabilizer for fragrances in perfumes and colognes.
Luvigel EM is a common ingredient in facial masks and peels.

Luvigel EM can be used in the formulation of makeup products such as foundations and concealers.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of shaving creams and gels.

Luvigel EM is used in the formulation of baby care products such as diaper creams and lotions.
Luvigel EM is a common ingredient in hand sanitizers and other sanitizing products.
Luvigel EM can be used as a thickener and emulsifier in pet care products such as shampoos and conditioners.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of hair styling products such as gels and mousses.
Luvigel EM can be used in the formulation of self-tanning lotions and sprays.

Luvigel EM is used as a stabilizer and thickener in oral care products such as toothpastes and mouthwashes.
Luvigel EM is used in the formulation of massage oils and lotions.

Luvigel EM can be used in the production of body washes and shower creams.
Luvigel EM can be used as a thickener and emulsifier in hand and body lotions.
Luvigel EM is used in the formulation of foot care products such as foot creams and balms.

Luvigel EM is a common ingredient in facial cleansers and exfoliants.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of bubble baths and bath oils.

Luvigel EM is used in the formulation of hair coloring products such as hair dyes and tints.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of men's grooming products such as beard oils and balms.

Luvigel EM can be used as a thickener and emulsifier in massage gels and creams.
Luvigel EM is used in the formulation of fragranced body sprays and mists.


Luvigel EM is a multifunctional ingredient used in various personal care products.
Some of its applications include:

Skin care:

Luvigel EM is used in a range of skin care products, such as lotions, creams, and serums, as it helps to improve the texture and spreadability of the product.


Hair care:

In hair care products, Luvigel EM acts as a film-forming agent, providing a protective coating around the hair strands to improve their strength and resilience.


Sun care:

Luvigel EM is used in sunscreens to improve the viscosity and stability of the product, ensuring that the active ingredients are evenly distributed and providing optimal protection against UV rays.


Decorative cosmetics:

Luvigel EM is used in various makeup products, such as foundations and mascaras, to enhance their texture, spreadability, and adherence.


Fragrance:

Luvigel EM can also be used in fragrance products, such as perfumes and colognes, to improve the stability and longevity of the scent.


Overall, Luvigel EM is a versatile ingredient that can improve the overall performance and aesthetic of a wide range of personal care products.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of body lotions and creams, providing a smooth and silky texture.
Luvigel EM is also used in the production of hair conditioners to provide a soft and manageable feel to the hair.

Luvigel EM can be used in the production of facial moisturizers, providing a lightweight and non-greasy texture.
Luvigel EM is used in the production of hand sanitizers to provide a thick and stable gel-like texture.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of sunscreens to provide a smooth and easy-to-spread texture.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of facial masks to provide a creamy and luxurious feel to the skin.
Luvigel EM is used in the production of shaving creams and gels, providing a smooth and lubricating texture.

Luvigel EM is also used in the production of body scrubs and exfoliants to provide a thick and creamy texture.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of anti-aging creams and serums, providing a smooth and hydrating texture.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of lip balms and lipsticks, providing a smooth and moisturizing texture to the lips.
Luvigel EM is used in the production of foot creams and lotions, providing a soothing and moisturizing texture.
Luvigel EM is also used in the production of hair styling products such as gels and mousses, providing a strong hold and definition.

Luvigel EM can be used in the production of hand creams and lotions, providing a soft and silky texture.
Luvigel EM is used in the production of bath and shower gels, providing a thick and luxurious lather.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of baby creams and lotions, providing a gentle and soothing texture.
Luvigel EM is also used in the production of massage oils and lotions, providing a smooth and glide-like texture.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of deodorants and antiperspirants, providing a smooth and non-sticky texture.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of perfumes and fragrances, providing a thick and long-lasting texture.
Luvigel EM is used in the production of pet grooming products such as shampoos and conditioners, providing a soft and manageable texture to the fur.
Luvigel EM can also be used in the production of wound healing and scar treatment products, providing a smooth and healing texture to the skin.


Luvigel EM is used in a variety of applications in the personal care and cosmetics industry, some of which include:

Facial moisturizers
Anti-aging creams
Eye creams
Serums
Sunscreen lotions
Body lotions
Hand creams
Foot creams
Hair styling products
Hair gels
Hair mousses
Shampoos
Conditioners
Hair masks
Body washes
Shower gels
Bath foams
Shaving creams
After-shave lotions
Deodorants



DESCRIPTION


Luvigel EM is a milky emulsion of sodium acrylates copolymer in caprylic/capric triglyceride and water.
Luvigel EM is used as a thickener in all kinds of cosmetic emulsions.

Luvigel EM is a trade name for Acrylates/C10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer.
Luvigel EM is a high molecular weight acrylic acid polymer that functions as a thickening, stabilizing, and suspending agent in cosmetic and personal care products.
Luvigel EM is typically used in the formulation of skin care, hair care, and color cosmetic products.

Luvigel EM provides a smooth and velvety texture to formulations, enhances the stability of emulsions, and allows for the suspension of insoluble particles in the final product.
Luvigel EM is supplied as a white, free-flowing powder that is easy to disperse in water or oil phases of formulations.



PROPERTIES


Appearance: White to off-white powder.
Odor: Characteristic.
Solubility: Insoluble in water and ethanol; soluble in isopropanol.
pH: 6.0 - 8.5 (1% aqueous dispersion).
Melting point: > 70°C.
Molecular weight: Approximately 350,000 g/mol.
Viscosity: Forms highly viscous and stable gels.
Stability: Stable over a wide pH range and in the presence of electrolytes and surfactants.
Compatibility: Compatible with a wide range of ingredients, including lipophilic and hydrophilic compounds.
Emulsification: Capable of producing stable oil-in-water and water-in-oil emulsions.
Thickening: Increases the viscosity of formulations, providing texture and structure to the final product.
Stabilization: Improves the physical stability of formulations by preventing phase separation and coalescence.
Film-forming: Forms a continuous film on the skin, enhancing the longevity of cosmetic products.
Moisturizing: Helps to hydrate and soften the skin.
Non-ionic: Does not ionize in water, reducing the risk of irritation and compatibility issues with other ingredients.



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If inhaled, remove the affected person to fresh air immediately.
If breathing is difficult, give oxygen.
Seek medical attention if symptoms persist.


Skin contact:

Remove contaminated clothing and shoes.
Wash affected skin with soap and water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes.
Seek medical attention if skin irritation or other symptoms develop.


Eye contact:

Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, lifting upper and lower eyelids occasionally.
Seek medical attention if irritation persists.


Ingestion:

If ingested, do not induce vomiting.
Rinse mouth and lips with water.
Seek medical attention immediately.


Note: In case of any doubt, or if symptoms persist, seek medical attention promptly.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothing.
Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves, and eye/face protection.
Use in a well-ventilated area.

Avoid inhalation of dust or mist.
Avoid prolonged or repeated exposure.
Wash hands thoroughly after handling.


Storage:

Store in a cool, dry, and well-ventilated area.
Keep container tightly closed when not in use.

Store away from incompatible materials.
Store away from sources of heat, sparks, or flames.

Store in a clean area away from potential sources of contamination.
Store in a separate area designated for flammable materials.
Store in accordance with local regulations.


Shelf life:

The recommended shelf life of Luvigel EM is two years from the date of manufacture.
Proper storage and handling can extend the shelf life of the product.


Disposal:

Dispose of Luvigel EM in accordance with local regulations.
Do not dispose of in a landfill or in water.
Consult with a licensed waste disposal company for proper disposal methods.



SYNONYMS


Polyacrylamide
Hydroxyethyl acrylate
Crosspolymer
Acrylates/C10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer
Carbomer
Ethylene glycol dimethacrylate crosspolymer
Acrylic acid polymer
Hydroxypropyl methacrylate
Methacrylic acid copolymer
Poly(acrylic acid)
Poly(methacrylic acid)
Acrylate copolymer
Sodium polyacrylate
Sodium acrylates copolymer
Polyacrylic acid sodium salt
Polymethyl methacrylate
Acrylamide copolymer
Polyvinylpyrrolidone
Ethylene glycol methacrylate
Sodium carbomer
Copolymer of acrylic acid and acrylamide
Vinyl acetate/crotonic acid copolymer
Octylacrylamide/acrylates/butylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer
Acrylate crosspolymer-4
Polysorbate 20/60/80/acrylate copolymer
Ammonium acryloyldimethyltaurate/VP copolymer
Vinylpyrrolidone copolymer
Sodium acrylate/sodium acryloyldimethyl taurate copolymer
Polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate crosspolymer
Sodium polyacrylate/styrene sulfonate copolymer
Acrylates/C10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer
Polyacrylate-10
Carbopol® Ultrez 20 polymer
Rheocare® TTA
Salcare® SC 91 polymer
Salcare® Super 7 polymer
Ultrez 20 polymer
Dovigel 200
Noveon® AA-1 polymer
Keltrol® CG-RD polymer
Pemulen™ TR-1 polymer
Polygel 110
Polygel 200
Polygel 300
Simulgel™ NS
Cosmedia® SP
Xanthan gum
Hyaluronic acid
Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose
Hydroxyethyl cellulose
LUVIGEL STAR AT 3
INCI name(s): Polyurethane-39


DESCRIPTION:
LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 is Aqueous solution of a polyurethane alkoxylate polymer with fatty alcohols as "hydrophobic" end groups.
LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 is An associative rheology modifier that provides a waxy after-feel.
Luvigel Star AT 3 is a pH insensitive non-ionic electrolyte tolerant polyurethane-based associative rheology modifier.
Luvigel Star AT 3 interacts with structured hydrophobic ingredients in the formulation, requires no neutralization or pre-swelling, and is suitable for cold process formulations.
Luvigel Star AT 3 is recommended for face care, color care, body care, and sun care applications.



Luvigel Star AT 3 is a non-ionic associative rheology modifier developed specifically for skin and sun care applications.
Because of its innovative polyurethane technology, Luvigel STAR AT 3 provides outstanding thickening efficiency under challenging conditions, such as high salt concentrations or extreme pH values.

• Urethane-based associative rheology modifier
• Thickens a broad range of formulations independent of the electrolyte / salt concentration
• Easy to use
• Flexible dosing
• Cold processable
• Designed for enriched skin and sun care formulations with highactive levels
• Wide pH range of 2-12
High stability or tolerance in presence of high salt concentration or extreme pH values.

LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 by BASF is a non-ionic, electrolyte-tolerant and polyurethane-based rheology modifier.
LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 provides enriched skin and high active levels in sun-care formulations.
Moreover, LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 is used in color cosmetics and cleansing products even when a wide pH range is required.
LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 finds application in formulating conditioners and body-care products.

PROPERTIES OF LUVIGEL STAR AT 3:

Appearance:
Transparent and viscous non-ionic aqueous dispersion
Dose of Use / Active Matter : 0.5 - 5 % / ~ 20 %
pH Range: 2 - 12
Physical Form / Type: Liquid / Non-Ionic
Preservatives:
• 1.2 % mixture of Phenoxyethanol,
• Phenylpropanol, Propanediol, Caprylyl
• Glycol and Tocopherol


FORMULATIONS:
• Powdery Soft Butter, Butter Cream (SC-FR-14-000-C001)
• Luxurious Balm, Balm (SC-FR-14-000-B001)


FIELDS OF APPLICATION:
• Face Care
• Body Care
• Color Care
• Sun Care
• AP / Deo
• Hair Styling

Performance profile
• Associative thickener that interacts with structured hydrophobic ingredients in the formulation
• No neutralization or pre-swelling needed
• Very good electrolyte tolerance
• Influence on sensory properties


SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT LUVIGEL STAR AT 3:

First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product.


LUVIMER 100 P

Luvimer 100 P is a specialized styling agent tailored for use in a variety of hair care products.
As a crucial component in hair styling formulations, Luvimer 100 P imparts essential hold and structure to various hairstyles.
Luvimer 100 P is particularly popular in aerosol hairsprays, pump sprays, lotions, and hair mousses.
Its versatile composition combines t-butyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, and methacrylic acid monomers to achieve desired styling effects.



APPLICATIONS


Luvimer 100 P finds its primary application as a styling agent in various hair care products, catering to diverse hairstyling needs.
Luvimer 100 P is extensively used in aerosol hairsprays, adding essential hold and structure to a wide range of hairstyles.

Pump sprays benefit from Luvimer 100 P's film-forming properties, enabling controlled application for sleek and textured styles.
Lotions incorporating Luvimer 100 P offer a versatile option for targeted styling effects, enhancing manageability and structure.
Hair mousses, enriched with Luvimer 100 P, help create voluminous and textured styles with enduring hold.

In the realm of pet care, this chemical is employed to achieve well-maintained and creatively styled pet fur.
The anionic film-forming agent properties of neutralized Luvimer 100 P make it indispensable for hair setting products.

Its incorporation in aerosol hairsprays ensures even distribution of fine droplets, resulting in consistent and lasting hold.
Hair care products featuring Luvimer 100 P help combat frizz and maintain sleek styles, regardless of humidity levels.
The combination of t-butyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, and methacrylic acid monomers makes Luvimer 100 P adaptable to various formulations.

Luvimer 100 P aids in achieving subtle volume, textured looks, and intricate styles, supporting a wide array of hairstyling preferences.
Its adhesive properties, attributed to the t-butyl acrylate component, ensure the longevity of diverse hairstyles.


Luvimer 100 P's film-forming properties enable it to create a protective layer over individual hair strands, ensuring longevity and shape retention of various hairstyles.
Hair care products formulated with Luvimer 100 P offer consumers a versatile range of styling options, from sleek and polished to textured and voluminous.
The neutralized anionic form of Luvimer 100 P contributes to its compatibility with a broad spectrum of hair setting formulations.

In the world of fashion and beauty, Luvimer 100 P assists hairstylists in crafting runway-worthy looks that defy gravity and showcase creative ingenuity.
The innovative use of Luvimer 100 P in pet care products reflects the growing trend of pampering pets with stylish and well-groomed fur.
Hair mousses featuring Luvimer 100 P provide a reliable tool for creating gravity-defying hairstyles that last throughout the day.
Lotions incorporating this styling agent cater to those seeking flexible and manageable hair while maintaining a structured look.
The combination of monomers in Luvimer 100 P ensures that hairstyles remain versatile, allowing for easy adjustments and restyling.

The presence of Luvimer 100 P in pet grooming products brings an element of creativity and playfulness to pet owners seeking unique fur styles.
Hair care enthusiasts appreciate the ability of Luvimer 100 P to transform ordinary hairstyles into extraordinary statements of self-expression.
The neutralized form of Luvimer 100 P helps create hair setting products that resist humidity, ensuring styles remain intact even in challenging weather.
Pump sprays enriched with Luvimer 100 P empower users to customize their hairstyles by adjusting the quantity applied for desired effects.

The terpolymer composition of Luvimer 100 P contributes to its adaptability, making it suitable for both simple everyday styles and intricate updos.
Hair care brands leverage Luvimer 100 P's unique attributes to create products that address the diverse preferences and needs of consumers.
The inclusion of Luvimer 100 P in hair styling formulations enhances the effectiveness of products designed for various hair textures and lengths.
Luvimer 100 P aligns with the modern desire for flexible yet enduring styles, offering a balance between creativity and practicality.
Luvimer 100 P enables hairstylists to push the boundaries of artistic expression, transforming hair into a canvas for their creative visions.

Consumers seeking bold, vibrant hair colors can rely on Luvimer 100 P to maintain the vibrancy and structure of their dyed hair.
In the realm of pet fashion, Luvimer 100 P assists groomers in creating themed or playful fur styles that reflect pet personalities.
Hairstyling products containing Luvimer 100 P exemplify the synergy of scientific innovation and artistic flair in the beauty industry.
Luvimer 100 P's presence in the pet care sector showcases the extension of grooming beyond functionality, embracing style and flair.
Luvimer 100 P is valued for its ability to create hairstyles that transition seamlessly from day to night, without losing hold or form.

Luvimer 100 P's compatibility with different formulations empowers manufacturers to create a diverse range of hair care solutions.
Its use in pet grooming fosters creativity, allowing pet owners to experiment with playful fur styles and themes.
Luvimer 100 P stands as a testament to the evolving landscape of hairstyling, where chemistry meets aesthetics to enable hair transformations that inspire confidence and creativity.



DESCRIPTION


Luvimer 100 P is a specialized styling agent tailored for use in a variety of hair care products.
As a crucial component in hair styling formulations, Luvimer 100 P imparts essential hold and structure to various hairstyles.
Luvimer 100 P is particularly popular in aerosol hairsprays, pump sprays, lotions, and hair mousses.
Its versatile composition combines t-butyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, and methacrylic acid monomers to achieve desired styling effects.
Luvimer 100 P exists as a fine white powder, ready to be incorporated into hair care formulations.

One of its key attributes is its film-forming ability, creating a durable layer that helps set and maintain hairstyles.
The inclusion of anionic properties in its neutralized form enhances its film-forming capabilities for hair setting products.

Luvimer 100 P's unique composition facilitates compatibility with other ingredients and additives in various styling formulations.
In the realm of hair care, it caters not only to human hair but also extends its application to pet care products.
Luvimer 100 P aids in achieving a range of hairstyles, from subtle volume to intricate textures.
Its t-butyl acrylate component contributes to the adhesive properties, ensuring styles remain intact.

to maintain hairstyle integrity even in humid conditions.
Luvimer 100 P enables hair care product manufacturers to create formulations tailored to specific styling needs.
Whether for casual day-to-day styles or elaborate updos, this chemical supports a wide range of looks.
Its adoption in pet care industry products helps groomers achieve creative and well-maintained pet fur styles.

Luvimer 100 P's properties are carefully balanced to provide effective styling without causing stiffness or discomfort.
As a versatile hair setting resin, it exemplifies the fusion of chemistry and hairstyling artistry.
Hair care professionals and enthusiasts rely on Luvimer 100 P to enhance the art of hairstyling and create stunning looks with confidence.



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If inhaled, immediately move the affected person to an area with fresh air.
Allow the person to rest in a comfortable position and keep them warm.
If breathing difficulties persist or if the person is experiencing severe symptoms, seek medical attention promptly.
If breathing stops or is compromised, administer artificial respiration and seek medical help immediately.


Skin Contact:

In case of skin contact, immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes.
Wash the affected area gently with plenty of water and mild soap for at least 15 minutes.
If irritation, redness, or discomfort occurs, seek medical attention.
If a large area of skin is affected or symptoms worsen, seek medical help promptly.


Eye Contact:

In the event of eye contact, immediately rinse the eyes with gently flowing water for at least 15 minutes.
Remove contact lenses, if applicable, during the rinsing process.
Seek immediate medical attention, even if irritation appears to be mild.


Ingestion:

If ingested accidentally, do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical professionals.
Rinse the mouth with water and drink plenty of water if the person is conscious.
Seek immediate medical attention and provide medical personnel with accurate information about the ingested substance.


General First Aid Guidelines:

Always prioritize safety and well-being.
While providing first aid measures, it is crucial to follow established safety practices.
If there is any doubt or concern about an individual's health or well-being, seek medical help.
Do not delay seeking medical attention if you suspect the exposure has resulted in serious symptoms or complications.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
Wear appropriate PPE, including chemical-resistant gloves, safety goggles, protective clothing, and respiratory protection if handling in an area with inadequate ventilation.

Ventilation:
Work in a well-ventilated area, or use local exhaust ventilation to minimize inhalation exposure to dust or vapors.

Avoid Contact:
Prevent skin contact by wearing suitable protective clothing that covers exposed skin.
In case of accidental contact, remove contaminated clothing immediately and wash the affected area with soap and water.

Inhalation Prevention:
Avoid breathing in dust or vapors.
If airborne exposure is likely, wear a suitable respiratory mask or use supplied air respiratory protection.

No Eating or Drinking:
Do not eat, drink, or smoke while handling Luvimer 100 P or in areas where it is present.

Contaminated Equipment:
Clean any equipment, tools, or surfaces that come into contact with Luvimer 100 P thoroughly before reuse.

Work Practices:
Implement good hygiene practices, such as regular hand washing, to minimize the risk of accidental ingestion.


Storage:

Cool, Dry Area:
Store Luvimer 100 P in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area, away from direct sunlight, sources of heat, ignition, and incompatible materials.

Original Containers:
Keep the substance in its original tightly closed container to prevent moisture absorption and exposure to air.

Labeling:
Clearly label containers with the appropriate hazard warnings and safety precautions.
Include the product name, manufacturer's details, and any relevant hazard symbols.

Segregation:
Store Luvimer 100 P away from incompatible substances, including strong oxidizing agents, strong acids, and bases.

Fire Prevention:
Keep away from open flames, sparks, and sources of ignition.
Store away from flammable materials.

Grounding:
If the substance is transferred, ensure proper grounding to prevent static electricity buildup, which could lead to ignition.

Storage Temperature:
Maintain storage temperatures within the recommended range to prevent degradation or alteration of the substance's properties.

Secondary Containment:
Consider using secondary containment measures to prevent leaks or spills from spreading.

Regulatory Compliance:
Adhere to local, national, and international regulations and guidelines for the storage of hazardous chemicals.

LUVIQUAT 9030
LUVIQUAT 9030 = VINYLAMINE/VINYLFORMAMIDE COPOLYMER


Chemical Name: Vinylamine/Vinylformamide Copolymer
Classification: Synthetic polymer


Luviquat 9030 is a copolymer of vinylamine and vinylformamide monomers.
Luviquat 9030 is colorless to slightly yellowish liquid.
Luviquat 9030 is a conditioning and anti-static agent.
Luviquat 9030 provides protective, wet combability improving properties and substantivity.


Luviquat 9030 is a quaternized copolymer for hair and skin care.
Luviquat 9030 is an aqueous solution of cationic polymers of different charge density and different degrees of setting and conditioning.
Luviquat 9030 is a clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquid, with a slight characteristic odor.
Luviquat 9030 has a weight composition of 5% VP, a solids content of 38-42, and a charge density of 6.1 meq/g at pH 7.



USES and APPLICATIONS of LUVIQUAT 9030:
Luviquat 9030 is used styling agent suitable for hair care products, especially mousses.
Luviquat 9030 is used for Shampoo and Hairconditioner.
Luviquat 9030 is used in hair styling products such as mousse, lotion, hair & skin conditioning like conditioning rinse, hair treatment, shampoo, shower products, body lotions and shaving preparations.


-Cosmetic Uses of Luviquat 9030:
*hair conditioning
*hair fixing agents



FUNCTIONS OF LUVIQUAT 9030:
-HAIR CONDITIONER:
*Improves the appearance and feel of hair. Leaves hair easy to comb, supple, soft and shiny and/or imparts volume, lightness, shine, texture, etc.
*Leaves hair easy to comb, supple, soft and shiny and/or gives volume, lightness and shine
-HAIR FIXATION:
*Allows physical control of the hairstyle.
*Allows to control the style of the hair



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of LUVIQUAT 9030:
Assay: 95.00 to 100.00
Food Chemicals Codex Listed: No



FIRST AID MEASURES of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Description of necessary first-aid measures:
*General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
*If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
Consult a physician.
*In case of skin contact:
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.
*In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
*If swallowed:
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.
-Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed, if necessary:
no data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Environmental precautions:
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Pick up and arrange disposal.
Sweep up and shovel.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Specific hazards arising from the chemical:
no data available



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Control parameters:
Occupational Exposure limit values: no data available
-Biological limit values:
no data available
-Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.
-Individual protection measures, such as personal protective equipment (PPE):
*Eye/face protection:
Safety glasses with side-shields.
*Skin protection:
Wear impervious clothing.
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Wash and dry hands.



HANDLING and STORAGE of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Store in cool place.
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Reactivity: no data available
-Chemical stability: Stable under recommended storage conditions.
-Possibility of hazardous reactions: no data available
-Conditions to avoid: no data available
-Incompatible materials: no data available
-Hazardous decomposition products: no data available

LUVIQUAT FC 370
Luviquat FC 370 is a quaternized copolymer for hair and skin care.
Luviquat FC 370 is an aqueous solution of cationic polymers of different charge density and different degrees of setting and conditioning.
Luviquat FC 370 is a clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquid, with a slight characteristic odor.

CAS: 95144-24-4
MF: C12H18ClN3O
MW: 255.75

Luviquat FC 370 has a weight composition of 70% VP, a solids content of 38-42, and a charge density of 2.0 meq/g at pH 7.
This product is ideally used in mouse, spray, hair and skin conditioner and shampoo, body lotion, and shaving preparations.
Luviquat FC 370 is a substantive cationic compound for use as a conditioner and styling product in hair and skin care preparations.
Luviquat FC 370 is also known as polyquaternium-16.
Luviquat FC 370 is a cationic copolymer of methylvinylimidazolium chloride and vinylpyrrolidone.

Luviquat FC 370 Chemical Properties
Density: 1.12 g/mL at 20 °C
Refractive index: n20/D 1.421
PH: 5.0-8.0 (10% in H2O, active ingredients)
EPA Substance Registry System: Luviquat FC 370 (95144-24-4)

Uses
Luviquat FC 370 may be used in cosmetics, stabilizers, lubricants, coatings, bactericides, hair care and skin care products.
LUVIQUAT FC 370 by BASF is a conditioning agent and setting polymer.
LUVIQUAT FC 370 is used in conditioners, styling products, body lotions and styling formulations.

Synonyms
D16
LuviquatFC550
Luviquat?HM552
luviquat¨fc905
Luviquat?FC370
Luviquat FC 550
LuviquatTMFC370
LuviquatTMFC905
PolyquaterniumD16
Polyquaternium-16
LUVIQUAT (R) FC 550
LuviquatTM FC 370
LuviquatTM HM 552
LuviquatTM FC 905
1-ethenyl-3-methylimidazol-3-ium
Polyquaternium D10, Poly[(3-methyl-1-vinylimidazolium chloride)-co-(1-vinylpyrrolidone)]
Polyquaternium D16, Poly[(3-methyl-1-vinylimidazolium chloride)-co-(1-vinylpyrrolidone)]
95144-24-4
Luviquat FC 550
LuviquatFC 550
UNII-1KX12A42IJ
UNII-F0W09UU9M3
SCHEMBL193281
1KX12A42IJ
F0W09UU9M3
SCHEMBL12983284
1-ethenyl-3-methylimidazol-3-ium;1-ethenylpyrrolidin-2-one;chloride
LUVIQUAT FC 370 (POLYQUATERNIUM)
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is also known as polyquaternium-16.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16)is a cationic copolymer of methylvinylimidazolium chloride and vinylpyrrolidone.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) may be used in cosmetics, stabilizers, lubricants, coatings, bactericides, hair care and skin care products.

CAS: 95144-24-4
MF: C12H18ClN3O
MW: 255.75

Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) Chemical Properties
Density: 1.12 g/mL at 20 °C
Refractive index: n20/D 1.421
PH: 5.0-8.0 (10% in H2O, active ingredients)
EPA Substance Registry System: Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) (95144-24-4)

Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is a multifunctional polymer and it is used in cosmetic formulations.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) acts as an antistatic (reduces static charges by neutralizing the electrical charge on the hair surface)and as hair conditioner and combability aid (reduces or prevents the confusion of the hair due to changes or damage to the hair surface and thus improves the combability).
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is because the molecules of the Polyquaternium-16 are positively charged.
They attach themselves to the (negatively charged) hair shaft and form a coherent film (film former) on the hair surface.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) makes the hair appear smoother and easier to comb.

Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is a quaternized copolymer for hair and skin care.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is an aqueous solution of cationic polymers of different charge density and different degrees of setting and conditioning.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is a clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquid, with a slight characteristic odor.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) has a weight composition of 5% VP, a solids content of 38-42, and a charge density of 6.1 meq/g at pH 7.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is a polymeric quaternary ammonium salt formed frommethylvinylimidazolium chloride and vinylpyrrolidone.

Synonyms
95144-24-4
Luviquat FC 550
LuviquatFC 550
UNII-1KX12A42IJ
UNII-F0W09UU9M3
SCHEMBL193281
1KX12A42IJ
F0W09UU9M3
SCHEMBL12983284
1-ethenyl-3-methylimidazol-3-ium;1-ethenylpyrrolidin-2-one;chloride
LUVIQUAT PQ 11
DESCRIPTION:
Luviquat PQ 11 can be used in hair styling products, hair and skin conditioning, and skin care.
Luviquat PQ 11 has a solids content of 19.0% min. - 21.0% max., a color (Gardner, 23°C) of max. 3.0, and a pH value (10% in water) of 5.0-7.0.
Luviquat PQ 11 is a conditioning agent for cosmetic applications, such as conditioners, styling products and body lotions.

CAS No. : 53633-54-8
Formula : C18H34N2O7S
Molecular Weight. : 422.537



Luviquat PQ 11 acts as a setting polymer and conditioning agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 is a substantive cationic copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone (VP) and quaternized vinylimidazole (QVI).
Luviquat PQ 11 finds application in formulating conditioners, shampoos, shower & bath products and hair styling aids (perms, bleaches & colorants).


LUVIQUAT PQ 11 is a conditioner and styling auxiliary.
LUVIQUAT PQ 11 possesses spreading, electrostatic charging preventing and lubricating properties.
LUVIQUAT PQ 11 offers benefits including stabilized lather, substantivity, wet combability, soft, hold, smooth feel and silky skin feel.

LUVIQUAT PQ 11 is suitable for hair care products like lotions, mousses, gels, sprays, shampoos and in skin care products like soaps, shaving foam and body lotion.
Luviquat PQ 11 is a quaternized copolymer for hair and skin care.
Luviquat PQ 11 is Conditioning agent for cosmetic applications, such as conditioners, styling products and body lotions.


APPLICATIONS OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11:
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Hair care
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Shampoo and Conditioner
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Styling product

Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Bath and Body
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Pet Care
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Pet Care TSCA
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Pet Care DSL



USES OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11:
Luviquat PQ 11 quaternary compound is a 20% solution of polyquaternium-11 in water.
Luviquat PQ 11 is preserved with 0.5 % of Phenonip [Phenoxyethanol (and) Methylparaben (and) Butylparaben (and) Ethylparaben (and) Propylparaben

The Luviquat products are aqueous solutions of cationic polymers with different charge densities.
The cationic Luviquat polymers have an affinity to keratin and are used as conditioners and styling agents in hair and skin care products.


Luviquat PQ 11 is Used in hair care like lotions, mousses, gels, sprays, shampoos, in skin care like soaps, shaving foam and body lotion.
Luviquat PQ 11 Acts as a conditioner and styling auxiliary.
Luviquat PQ 11 Possesses spreading, electrostatic charging preventing and lubricating properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 Offers benefits including stabilized lather, substantivity, wet combability, soft, hold, smooth feel and silky skin feel




FUNCTIONS OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11:
Polyquaterniums find particular application in conditioners, shampoo, hair mousse, hair spray, hair dye, and contact lens solutions.
Because they are positively charged, they neutralize the negative charges of most shampoos and hair proteins and help hair lie flat.
Their positive charges also ionically bond them to hair and skin.







CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11:
INCI Name: Polyquaternium-11
Function: Hair Fixative,Conditioner
Labeling Claims: Microplastics-free, Nanomaterials-free, Not Tested on Animals, Clean at Sephora, Antioxidants-free, Not Listed In California Proposition 65, Ulta Beauty's Conscious Beauty, Solvent-free, Radioactive-free
Certifications & Compliance: REACH (Europe), EU Cosmetic Regulation 1223/2009 Compliant, EC No.1907/2006, ISO 9001
Benefit Claims: Conditioning, Quick Setting, Substantivity, Ease of Styling, Hair Conditioning
Synonyms: N,N-Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylate-Vinylpyrrolidone Copolymer Diethyl Sulfate Salt, Poly(N-Vinylpyrrolidone 2-Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylate) Diethyl Sulfate
Appearance: Clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquids
properties Odour: Weak, characteristic
Solubility: Miscible with water and ethanol
Molecular weight: 0.8
Charge density: 1,000,000
INCI : Polyquaternium-11
Application(s) : Capillaire
Fonction(s) : Styling
Fixant


SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT LUVIQUAT PQ 11:
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product



LUVIQUAT PQ 11

Luviquat PQ 11 is a quaternized copolymer based on vinylpyrrolidone (VP) and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMAEMA).
Luviquat PQ 11 is commonly used in the cosmetics and personal care industry as a conditioning agent and film-forming polymer in hair care products such as shampoos, conditioners, hair styling products, and hair treatments.

CAS Number: 53633-54-8
EC Number: 611-022-0

Synonyms: Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, Polyquaternium-11, VP/Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Poly(vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate), Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate polymer, VP/DMAEMA copolymer, Luviquat PQ11, Polyquaternium 11, PVP/DMAEMA copolymer, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate crosspolymer, VP/DMAEMA polymer, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate graft copolymer, Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone-co-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate), VP/DMAEMA copolymer, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VP/DMAEMA copolymer, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VP/DMAEMA copolymer, Polyquaternium-11, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VP/DMAEMA copolymer, Polyquaternium-11



APPLICATIONS


Luviquat PQ 11 is widely used in shampoos to provide conditioning benefits to the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to conditioner formulations to improve detangling and manageability.

Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of hair masks and treatments by imparting softness and smoothness.
Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in leave-in conditioners to provide long-lasting hydration and frizz control.

Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair serums to add shine and protect against environmental damage.
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in styling gels and mousses to provide hold and control while maintaining flexibility.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to define curls and reduce frizz in curl-enhancing products.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to hair sprays to enhance hold and provide anti-static properties.

Luviquat PQ 11 improves the spreadability and application of hair oils and treatments.
This copolymer is used in heat protectant sprays to shield hair from damage caused by styling tools.
Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair color formulations to improve color retention and vibrancy.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to minimize color fading and maintain the integrity of dyed or bleached hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in hair relaxers and straightening treatments to improve manageability and reduce damage.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of hair volumizing products by adding body and fullness.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to dry shampoo formulations to absorb excess oil and refresh the hair between washes.

Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in pre-shampoo treatments to condition and protect the hair before cleansing.
Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair masks and deep conditioning treatments for intensive repair and hydration.

Luviquat PQ 11 is used in anti-frizz serums and creams to smooth and control unruly hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to leave-on hair treatments to provide ongoing protection and nourishment.

Luviquat PQ 11 is used in hair styling waxes and pomades to provide texture and definition.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of hair texturizing sprays and sea salt sprays by adding hold and volume.

Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in hair repair treatments to strengthen and fortify damaged hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to hair growth serums and treatments to improve scalp health and stimulate hair growth.

Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair primers to create a smooth and even surface for styling.
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in multi-benefit hair care products to provide a range of conditioning benefits in one formulation.

Luviquat PQ 11 is commonly used in hair masks to deeply nourish and repair damaged hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to split end treatments to seal and protect the hair cuticle, reducing breakage.
Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in scalp treatments to soothe irritation and promote a healthy scalp environment.

Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair glosses and shine sprays to add a glossy finish and enhance luster.
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in styling creams and lotions to provide soft hold and definition without weighing down the hair.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to improve the longevity of hairstyles by providing long-lasting hold and control.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to hair thickening products to create the appearance of fuller, thicker hair.

Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of leave-in hair treatments by locking in moisture and protecting against environmental damage.
Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in hair texturizing pastes and clays to create tousled, textured styles.

Luviquat PQ 11 is added to hair primers to smooth the hair cuticle and enhance the effectiveness of styling products.
Luviquat PQ 11 improves the efficacy of hair repair masks by delivering conditioning ingredients deep into the hair shaft.

Luviquat PQ 11 is used in overnight hair treatments to provide intensive hydration and repair while sleeping.
Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into anti-aging hair care products to minimize the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles in the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 helps to reduce static and flyaways in hair sprays and finishing sprays for a smooth, polished look.

Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in dry hair treatments to revive and refresh hair between washes.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of leave-in hair conditioners by detangling and smoothing the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to frizz-fighting serums and creams to create a sleek, frizz-free finish.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to protect the hair from UV damage and environmental stressors in sun protection hair care products.
Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into color-safe hair care products to preserve the vibrancy and integrity of colored hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 improves the elasticity and resilience of the hair in elasticity-enhancing treatments.

Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in clarifying shampoos to remove product buildup and impurities from the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of hair growth treatments by promoting a healthy scalp environment.

Luviquat PQ 11 is added to heat styling products to provide heat protection and prevent damage from styling tools.
Luviquat PQ 11 helps to control oil production and reduce greasiness in oil-controlling hair care products.
Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair fragrance mists to add a subtle scent and leave the hair smelling fresh and clean.



DESCRIPTION


Luviquat PQ 11 is a quaternized copolymer based on vinylpyrrolidone (VP) and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMAEMA).
Luviquat PQ 11 is commonly used in the cosmetics and personal care industry as a conditioning agent and film-forming polymer in hair care products such as shampoos, conditioners, hair styling products, and hair treatments.
Luviquat PQ 11 helps to improve the manageability, smoothness, and overall appearance of hair by providing conditioning benefits, enhancing combability, and reducing static charge. Additionally, Luviquat PQ 11 can contribute to the formation of a protective film on the hair surface, which helps to minimize damage from heat styling and environmental stressors.

Luviquat PQ 11 is a versatile copolymer used in hair care formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 is derived from vinylpyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate.

Luviquat PQ 11 appears as a clear or slightly cloudy liquid.
Luviquat PQ 11 has a mild odor and is soluble in water.

Luviquat PQ 11 is known for its excellent conditioning properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 forms a thin film on the hair shaft, providing smoothness and shine.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to reduce static electricity and frizz in hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the manageability of hair, making it easier to comb and style.

Luviquat PQ 11 improves the overall appearance of hair by imparting a soft and silky texture.
Luviquat PQ 11 is commonly used in shampoos, conditioners, hair serums, and styling products.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the efficacy of hair care formulations by promoting even distribution of active ingredients.
This copolymer has moisturizing properties, helping to maintain hair hydration.

Luviquat PQ 11 is compatible with a wide range of other cosmetic ingredients.
Luviquat PQ 11 provides long-lasting effects, keeping hair soft and manageable throughout the day.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to protect hair from environmental damage and heat styling.
Luviquat PQ 11 is suitable for use in both leave-on and rinse-off hair care products.
Luviquat PQ 11 is gentle on the scalp and suitable for all hair types, including chemically treated hair.

Luviquat PQ 11 contributes to the overall sensory experience of hair care products, providing a luxurious feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 improves the elasticity and strength of hair, reducing breakage and split ends.

Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the vibrancy and color retention of dyed or bleached hair.
This copolymer has been extensively tested for safety and efficacy in hair care applications.

Luviquat PQ 11 is commonly used by formulators to create high-performance hair care products.
Luviquat PQ 11 adds volume and body to hair, giving it a fuller and more youthful appearance.

Luviquat PQ 11 is pH-stable and does not interfere with the formulation's pH.
Luviquat PQ 11 is a key ingredient in achieving salon-quality results in hair care formulations.



PROPERTIES


Physical Properties:

Appearance: Clear or slightly cloudy liquid
Color: Colorless to pale yellow
Odor: Mild
Solubility: Soluble in water
pH: Typically around neutral (pH 6-8)
Density: Variable depending on concentration and temperature
Viscosity: Variable depending on concentration and temperature
Boiling Point: Not applicable (decomposition may occur at high temperatures)
Melting Point: Not applicable (remains in liquid state at room temperature)
Flash Point: Not applicable (not flammable)
Vapor Pressure: Low (not volatile)
Surface Tension: Variable depending on concentration and temperature
Stability: Stable under normal storage conditions
Miscibility: Miscible with water and many organic solvents
Hygroscopicity: Low (not prone to absorbing moisture from the air)
Specific Gravity: Variable depending on concentration and temperature
Refractive Index: Variable depending on concentration and temperature


Chemical Properties:

Chemical Formula: Variable depending on polymerization ratio
Chemical Structure: Quaternized copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate
Molecular Weight: Variable depending on polymerization ratio and degree of quaternization
Functional Groups: Quaternary ammonium, pyrrolidone, methacrylate
Polymerization: Copolymerization of vinylpyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate
Crosslinking: Possible depending on formulation and processing conditions
Reactivity: Reacts with certain reactive chemicals and functional groups
pH Stability: Stable within a wide pH range (typically pH 2-10)
Thermal Stability: Stable at normal processing temperatures



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If inhaled, remove the affected person to fresh air immediately.
If breathing is difficult, provide oxygen if available and seek medical attention promptly.
Keep the affected person calm and reassured.
Monitor breathing and provide artificial respiration if necessary.
Seek medical attention if symptoms persist or worsen.


Skin Contact:

Remove contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash the affected skin with plenty of soap and water for at least 15 minutes.
If irritation or redness develops, seek medical attention.
If irritation persists, seek medical advice from a healthcare professional.
Wash contaminated clothing and shoes before reuse.


Eye Contact:

Flush the eyes with lukewarm water or saline solution immediately, holding the eyelids open.
Continue flushing the eyes for at least 15 minutes, ensuring that the entire eye surface is rinsed.
Seek immediate medical attention from an eye care professional.
Remove contact lenses if present and easy to do so after flushing the eyes.
Do not rub the eyes, as this may exacerbate irritation or injury.


Ingestion:

Do not induce vomiting unless instructed to do so by medical personnel.
Rinse the mouth thoroughly with water and spit out the rinse water.
Do not give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Seek immediate medical attention or contact a poison control center.
Provide medical personnel with information about the ingested substance and its container if available.


General First Aid:

In all cases, provide supportive care as necessary based on the individual's symptoms and condition.
Keep the affected person warm and comfortable.
Monitor vital signs such as pulse, breathing, and blood pressure.
Do not administer any medications unless instructed to do so by medical personnel.
If medical attention is required, provide transportation to the nearest medical facility.
Follow any additional instructions provided by medical professionals or poison control authorities.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, gloves, and protective clothing, when handling Luviquat PQ 11.
Avoid direct contact with skin, eyes, and clothing.
In case of contact, follow the first aid measures outlined in the safety data sheet (SDS).
Use in a well-ventilated area to minimize inhalation exposure.
If ventilation is insufficient, use respiratory protection.
Avoid generating aerosols or dusts when handling Luviquat PQ 11 to prevent inhalation exposure.
Handle with care to prevent spills and leaks. Use spill containment measures such as absorbent materials and spill kits.
Do not eat, drink, or smoke while handling Luviquat PQ 11.
Wash hands thoroughly after handling.
Follow good industrial hygiene practices and workplace safety procedures when handling this product.


Storage:

Store Luviquat PQ 11 in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from direct sunlight and sources of heat or ignition.
Keep containers tightly closed when not in use to prevent contamination and moisture ingress.
Store away from incompatible materials, including strong acids, bases, oxidizing agents, and reducing agents.
Keep containers upright and secure to prevent tipping or leakage.
Use appropriate secondary containment measures if necessary.
Do not store near food, beverages, or animal feed to prevent accidental contamination.
Store Luviquat PQ 11 away from children, pets, and unauthorized personnel.
Follow all local regulations and guidelines for the storage of chemicals, including any specific requirements for quaternary ammonium compounds.
Check containers regularly for signs of damage or deterioration and replace as needed.
Keep storage areas clean and free from clutter to minimize the risk of accidents and spills.
Ensure that storage facilities are equipped with appropriate fire detection and suppression systems in case of fire or other emergencies.
Follow manufacturer recommendations and guidelines for the safe storage of Luviquat PQ 11, as specified on the product label and safety data sheet.
LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a conditioning and anti-static agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary copolymer, used for hair styling products, and as a skin and hair conditioner.


CAS Number: 53633-54-8
EC Number: 611-022-0
MDL Number: MFCD00284283
Chem/IUPAC Name: 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compd. with diethyl sulfate
Molecular Formula: C18H34N2O7S / (C8H15NO2.C6H9NO)x.xC4H10O4S



2-methylacrylic acid 2-dimethylaminoethyl ester, Poly(1-vinylpyrrolidone-co-2-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate), Polyquaternium D 11, LuviquatTM PQ 11 PN, MFCD00134019, yl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd.withdiethylsulfate, vinylpyrrolidone/ dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate/ sulfate, Luviquat PQ 11 PN,
Polyquaternium D 11, Gafquat 755N, Polyquaternium 11, Uniquat 755N, Luviquat PQ 11 PN, Ply(n-vinylpyrrolidone2 dimethylaminoethylmethacrylate)dimethylsulfate, Quaternized copolymer of VP/DMAEMA(PQ-11), PQ-22, HTH-4PQ-11, PQ 11 PN (1), poly quart 11, Luviquat PQ 11 PN, Polyquaternium-11, Polyquaternium D 11, LuviquatTM PQ 11 PN, PolyquaterniuM 11 (PQ11), Polyquaternary ammonium salt -11,
2-methylacrylic acid 2-dimethylaminoethyl ester, Poly(1-vinylpyrrolidone-co-2-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate),Polyquaternium D 11, LuviquatTM PQ 11 PN, MFCD00134019, yl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd.withdiethylsulfate, vinylpyrrolidone/ dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate/ sulfate, Luviquat PQ 11 PN, Polyquaternium D 11, 2-Propenoic acid,2-methyl-,2-(dimethylamino)ethyl ester,polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd. with diethyl sulfate, 2-Pyrrolidinone,1-ethenyl-,polymer with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methyl-2-propenoate,compd. with diethyl sulfate, Sulfuric acid,diethyl ester,compd. with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methyl-2-propenoate polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, Gafquat 734, Gafquat 755, Quaternium 23, Polyquaternium 11, Celquat 200, Polyquat 11, Luviquat PQ 11, Copolymer 755, HC Polymer 2L, N,N-Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer diethyl sulfate salt, Gafquat 755N-P, Gafquat 440, HC Polymer 1N, HC Polymer 5, Luviquat PQ 11PN, PQ 11PN, Gafquat 755N-PP, HC 1NS, Gafquat 755N-PW, Gafquat 755N, HC Polymer 1S, HC Polymer 3A, HC Polymer 1S(M), Dehyquart CC 11, Flocare C 111, HC Polymer 1NS, PQ 11, Viviprint 650, PDM Polymer, HC Polymer 1N(M), Polyquaternium D11, Luviquat PQ 11AT1, Gafquat 755N-O, HC Polymer GMR, 37348-62-2, 37348-63-3, 440634-64-0, 676999-73-8, 916899-67-7, 1254335-41-5, diethyl sulfate, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate, 1-ethenylpyrrolidin-2-one, 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compd. with diethyl sulphate, diethyl sulfate, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate, 1-ethenylpyrrolidin-2-one, 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compd. with diethyl sulfate, UNII-0B44BS5IJS, Quaternium-23, 0B44BS5IJS, SCHEMBL444003, CS-0453451, Dehyquart CC 11, Flocare C 111, Gafquat 440, Gafquat 734, Gafquat 755, Gafquat 755N, Gafquat 755N-P, Gafquat 755N-PP, Gafquat 755N-PW, HC 1NS, HC Polymer 1N, HC Polymer 1NS, HC Polymer 1S, HC Polymer 1S(M), HC Polymer 2L, HC Polymer 3A, HC Polymer 5, Luviquat PQ 11, Luviquat PQ 11PN, PQ-22, HTH-4PQ-11, PQ 11 PN (1), poly quart 11, Luviquat PQ 11 PN, Polyquaternium-11, Polyquaternium D 11, LuviquatTM PQ 11 PN, PolyquaterniuM 11 (PQ11), polyquaternium-11, PQ 11, PQ 11PN, Polyquat 11, Polyquaternium 11, Quaternium 23, 2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl methacrylate compound with diethyl sulfate and 1-vinylpyrrolidin-2-one (1:1:1), 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl esterpolymer with1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compd. with diethyl sulfate, 2-Pyrrolidinone, 1-ethenyl-, polymer with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl2-methyl-2-propenoate, compd. with diethyl sulfateSulfuric acid, diethyl ester, compd. with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl2-meth, 2-Propenoicacid,2-methyl-,2-(dimethylamino)ethylester,polymerwith1-ethenyl-2-yrrolidinone, compd.withdiethylsulfate, 2-Propenol acid, 2-methyl-2-(dimethlamino) ethyl ester, polymer and 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compound with diethyl sulfate, 2-Pyrrolidinone, 1-ethenyl-, polymer and 2-(dimethylamino) ethyl 2-methyl-2-propenoate, compound with diethyl sulfate, Poly[(2-ethyldimethylammonioethyl methacrylate ethyl sulfate)-co-(1-vinylpyrrolidone)] average Mw <1,000,000 by GPC, 20 wt. % in H2O, 2-Propenoicacid,2-methyl-,2-(dimethylamino)ethylester,polymerwith1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd.withdiethylsulfate, poly(1-vinylpyrrolidone-co-2-dimethylaminoethylmethacrylate), quaternizedsolution, yl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd.withdiethylsulfate, N,N-Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer diethyl sulfate salt, N-VINYLPYRROLIDONE/DIMETHYLAMINOETHYL METHACRYLATE COPOLYMER, QUATERNIZED, POLY(1-VINYLPYRROLIDONE-CO-2-DIMETHYLAMINOETHYL METHACRYLATE), QUATERNIZED, poly(n-vinylpyrrolidone 2-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate) diethyl sulfate, POLY(N-VINYLPYRROLIDONE/2-DIMETHYLAMINOETHYL METHACRYLATE), DIMETHYL SULFATE QUATERNARY, Polyquaternium-11, 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-2-(dimethylamino) ethyl ester, polymer and 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compd. with diethyl sulfate Quaternium-23, Vinylpyrrolidonedimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymerdiethyl sulfate reaction product, 2-Propenoic acid,2-methyl-,2-(dimethylamino)ethyl ester,polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd. with diethyl sulfate, 2-Pyrrolidinone,1-ethenyl-,polymer with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methyl-2-propenoate,compd. with diethyl sulfate, Sulfuric acid,diethyl ester,compd. with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methyl-2-propenoate polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, 1-Ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone Polymer With 2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl 2-Methyl-2-propenoate Compound With Diethyl Sulfate, Sulfuric Acid Diethyl Ester Compound With 2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl 2-Methyl-2-propenoate Polymer With 1-Ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, Celquat 200, Copolymer 755, N,N-Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylate-vinylpyrrolidone Copolymer Diethyl Sulfate Salt, Gafquat 734, Gafquat 755, Quaternium 23, Polyquaternium 11, Celquat 200, Polyquat 11, Luviquat PQ 11, Copolymer 755, HC Polymer 2L, N,N-Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate vinylpyrrolidone copolymer diethyl sulfate salt, Gafquat 755N-P, Gafquat 440, HC Polymer 1N, HC Polymer 5, Luviquat PQ 11PN, PQ 11PN, Gafquat 755N-PP, HC 1NS, Gafquat 755N-PW, Gafquat 755N, HC Polymer 1S, HC Polymer 3, HC Polymer 1S(M), Dehyquart CC 11, Flocare C 111, HC Polymer 1NS, PQ 11, Viviprint 650, PDM Polymer, HC Polymer 1N(M), Polyquaternium D11, Luviquat PQ 11AT1, Gafquat 755N-O, HC Polymer GMR, 37348-62-2, 37348-63-3, 440634-64-0, 676999-73-8, 916899-67-7, 1254335-41-5, PQ-22, HTH-4PQ-11, PQ 11 PN (1), poly quart 11, Luviquat PQ 11 PN, Polyquaternium-11, Polyquaternium D 11, LuviquatTM PQ 11 PN, PolyquaterniuM 11 (PQ11), Polyquaternary ammonium salt -11



Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1, with the chemical formula (C10H24N2O)n and CAS registry number 53633-54-8, is a compound known for its applications in the personal care industry.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary ammonium compound that provides mild conditioning when rinsing and styling hair, protecting the hair by forming a flexible film on the surface of the hair.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides shine, detangling and de-frizzing benefits to hair conditioners and shampoos by coating the hair in a clear film that adds visible and sensorial volume
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary ammonium compound that forms flexible films with mild conditioning benefits in rinse off and styling applications.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a conditioning and anti-static agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers protective & wet combability improving properties and substantivity.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is readily dissolved in water and thus it is easiest to dissolve into the water stage of formulation.


When used in surfactant based formulation we advise adding the Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 before surfactants for ease of dispersal.
When formulating in hot process applications, add to the water phase and disperse.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is resilient to heat.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is best known for its conditioning properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form clear, non-tacky, continuous films.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides conditioning and styling effects, with minimum build-up for hair substantively.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 improves wet and dry combability, gloss, smoothness and manageability for hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a film forming and form fixing agent.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary copolymer, used for hair styling products, and as a skin and hair conditioner.
Especially recommended of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 for use in hair styling products such as Hair Mousses & lotions
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary ammonium compound that forms flexible films with mild conditioning benefits in rinse off and styling applications.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to light yellow viscous liquid with characteristic odour.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to light yellow viscous liquid with characteristic odour. Supplied as 20% active in water
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a unique cationic polymer with a very high film-forming power and excellent substantivity to hair and skin.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is ideally suited to improved both conditioning and hold in hair care products and to improve conditioning and skin-feel in skin care and cleansing products.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternized copolymer that can be used in hair styling products, hair and skin conditioning, and skin care.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has a solids content of 19.0% min. – 21.0% max., a color (Gardner, 23°C) of max. 3.0, and a pH value (10% in water) of 5.0-7.0.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a hazy highly viscous liquid.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form a clear, uniform liquid film on the surface of the object, and the film is basically not sticky.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is in the chemical class known as quaternary ammonium compounds (generally referred to as a "Quat").
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a high viscous aqueous solution, Miscible with water and ethanol, Slightly characteristic odor.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is found to suppress melanin elution in shampoo thus may prevent hair from dulling after repeated shampoo use.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has cationic properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a setting polymer and conditioning agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a conditioning agent for cosmetic applications, such as conditioners, styling products and body lotions.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and quaternized vinylimidazole
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1’s high molecular weight and their specific composition provide a good setting effect.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to light yellow viscous liquid with characteristic odour.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is the polymeric quaternary ammonium salt formed by the reaction of diethyl sulfate and a copolymer of vinyl pyrrolidone and dimethyl aminoethylmethacrylate.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a polymeric quaternary ammonium salt formed by reaction of diethyl sulfate and a copolymer of diethyl sulfate and dimethyl aminoethylmethacrylate.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary ammonium compound that forms flexible films with mild conditioning benefits in rinse off and styling applications.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquid.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternized copolymer that can be used in hair styling products, hair and skin conditioning, and skin care.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has a solids content of 19.0% min. – 21.0% max., a color (Gardner, 23°C) of max. 3.0, and a pH value (10% in water) of 5.0-7.0.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants and rheology modifiers.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is excellent combined with carbomer to produce smooth and easily applied gels.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can enhance the stability of surfactant, cream and lotion based formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to light yellow viscous liquid with characteristic odour.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides shine,detangling and de-frizzing benefits to hair conditioners and shampoos by coating the hair in a clear film that adds visible and sensorial volume.


Especially recommended of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 for styling products, e.g. hair mousses and lotions.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1’s high molecular weight and their specific composition provide a good setting effect.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a conditioner and styling auxiliary.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 possesses spreading, electrostatic charging preventing and lubricating properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers benefits including stabilized lather, substantivity, wet combability, soft, hold, smooth feel and silky skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a cloud, straw-colored film former and anti-static agent.It acts as a conditioning agent and film-former,styling auxiliary.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary ammonium compound that forms flexible films with mild conditioning benefits in rinse off and styling applications.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a setting polymer and conditioning agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a substantive cationic copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone (VP) and quaternized vinylimidazole (QVI).


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 finds application in formulating conditioners, shampoos, shower and bath products, and hair styling aids (perms, bleaches, and colorants).
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has a solids content of 19.0% min. - 21.0% max., a color (Gardner, 23°C) of max. 3.0, and a pH value (10% in water) of 5.0-7.0.



USES and APPLICATIONS of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in hair styling products such as mousse, lotion, conditioning rinse, hair treatment products, shampoo and shower products, skin care products like body lotion & shaving preparations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Shampoo, oil conditioner, hair styling, shaving foam, etc.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in hair styling agents, hair conditioners and skin care applications.
Applications of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1: Conditioning, Shower/Bath Products, and Styling.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 which functions as a surfactant, conditioner, and cationic surfactant, claims to be self-emulsifying and effective in hair conditioning.


In the personal care market, focusing on beauty and care, especially hair care, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is suited for creams and rinse-off products, catering to applications like hair conditioner and hair treatment and repair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants and rheology modifiers.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is excellent combined with carbomer to produce smooth and easily applied gels.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can enhance the stability of surfactant, cream and lotion based formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is particularly effective in hair styling products, including spray on conditioners and detanglers.


Excellent for use with blow drying and straighteners where Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can provide thermal protection for the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in skincare products also for improved skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works well in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, liquid soap and bars of soap.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in hair care like lotions, mousses, gels, sprays, shampoos, in skin care like soaps, shaving foam and body lotion.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a conditioner and styling auxiliary. Possesses spreading, electrostatic charging preventing and lubricating properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers benefits including stabilized lather, substantivity, wet combability, soft, hold, smooth feel and silky skin feel


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has a large molecular weight & its structural composition helps bring good styling results.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in combination with anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a conditioning agent and film-former.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers characteristics such as substantivity, shine and control.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in hair care like lotions, mousses, gels, sprays, shampoos, in skin care like soaps, shaving foam and body lotion.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a conditioner and styling auxiliary. Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 pocesses spreading, electrostatic charging preventing and lubricating properties.


Because of its cationic properties, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used as a hair care agent to improve the combing and flexibility of hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in combination with anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form a clear and uniform liquid film on the surface of the object, and the film basically does not show stickiness.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has cationic characteristics.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is commonly used as a conditioning agent in hair care products, providing benefits such as improved manageability, enhanced shine, and reduced static.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with a wide range of hair types and can be found in shampoos, conditioners, styling products, and hair sprays.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as an adjusting agent in long-acting curling fluid, shampoo and cleaning products.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Film forming agent in hair styling products.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as an additive to increase comfort in products such as moisturizer, body lotion and shaving lotion.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form a clear and uniform liquid film on the surface of the object, and the film is basically not sticky.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works by forming a thin film on the hair, which helps to smooth the cuticle and reduce frizz.


Additionally, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has been found to have antimicrobial properties, making it useful in certain cosmetic formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Film-forming agent in styling products.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used conditioning agent in conditioning shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as a conditioning agent in shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides instant detangling whilst adding volume and body to the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 makes the hair easier to comb.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in skincare products also for improved skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works well in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, liquid soap and bars of soap.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is supplied as a viscous liquid, though supplied in a jar for ease of use as the liquid is very thick.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is gently warming can help with the usability in formulation.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is readily dissolved in water and thus it is easiest to dissolve into the water stage of formulation.
When used in surfactant based formulation we advise adding the Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 before surfactants for ease of dispersal.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is designed for styling mousses sprays, and conditioners, and can also be used for hair conditioning/styling resins for aerosol sprays, pump sprays, mousses, setting lotions, hair gels, glazes, lotions, and shampoos.
Overall, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a versatile ingredient that contributes to the performance and aesthetics of hair care products.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in hair styling products, hair and skin conditioning, and skin care.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has a solids content of 19.0% min. - 21.0% max., a color (Gardner, 23°C) of max. 3.0, and a pH value (10% in water) of 5.0-7.0.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in mousse, hair sprays, shampoos, hair conditioners and hair dyes.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in hair care like mousses, gels, pump sprays and spritzes.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers benefits including stabilized lather, substantivity, wet combability, soft, hold, smooth feel and silky skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 when used in a foaming product such as a shampoo or shower gel will enhance the foam levels.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 makes the hair easier to comb.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in skincare products also for improved skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works well in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, liquid soap and bars of soap.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can enhance the stability of surfactant, cream and lotion based formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternized copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and dimethyl aminoethylmethacrylate, acts as a fixative,film-forming and conditioning agent.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides excellent lubricity on wet hair and ease of combing and detangling on dry hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as an additive to increase comfort in products such as moisturizers, body lotions and aftershaves.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used conditioning agent in conditioning shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides instant detangling while adding volume and body.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used film former in styling products, such as aerosol mousses, gels and glazes.
Spray on products (Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1) for conditioning and blow-drying.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used additive for improved skin feel in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, deodorants and antiperspirants, liquid and bar soaps.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides thermal/mechanical protection in styling products.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as a conditioning agent in shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides instant detangling whilst adding volume and body to the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used cationic styling polymer with good hold / stiffness, fair HHCR, good hair conditioning benefits.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as a conditioning agent in shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides instant detangling whilst adding volume and body to the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 makes the hair easier to comb.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 forms clear, non-tacky, continuous films and helps build body to hair while leaving it manageable.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 improves skin feel, provides smoothness during application and skin conditioning.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is suggested for use in mousses, gels, styling sprays , novelty stylers, leave-in conditioning lotions, body care, color cosmetics, and facial care applications.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as a conditioning agent in shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides instant detangling whilst adding volume and body to the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 may want to use in combination with other stronger holding polymers for improved HHCR.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used conditioning agent for cosmetic applications, such as conditioners, styling products and body lotions.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 forms transparent, non-sticky and continuous membrane.
Its cationic nature has an affinity to hair, so Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 possesses a very fine conditioning and firm effects.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 makes the hair more easily to be combed, lustrous, neat, flattening and also easily forms hair pattern.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has thickening effect and is compatible with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has no irritation to eyes and skin, with exceedingly low accumulation character.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 makes the hair easier to comb.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is particularly effective in hair styling products, including spray on conditioners and detanglers.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is excellent for use with blow drying and straighteners where it can provide thermal protection for the hair.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in skincare products also for improved skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works well in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, liquid soap and bars of soap.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 when used in a foaming product such as a shampoo or shower gel will enhance the foam levels.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is widely used in personal care, home care, and industrial sectors.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used compatible with various surfactants and offers distinctive performance versatility.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used shampoos & conditioners, styling products, body washes, antiperspirants & deodorants, and household cleaning products.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Cationic styling polymer with good hold / stiffness, fair HHCR, good hair conditioning benefits.
May want to use in combination with other stronger holding polymers for improved HHCR.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 also can be used to improve the skin feeling in skin care products.


When formulating in hot process applications, add Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 to the water phase and disperse.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is resilient to heat.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Conditioning, Shower/Bath Products, and Styling.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a setting polymer and conditioning agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a substantive cationic copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone (VP) and quaternized vinylimidazole (QVI).
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 finds application in formulating conditioners, shampoos, shower & bath products and hair styling aids (perms, bleaches & colorants).


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in conditioners, styling products, body lotions and shower/bath formulations.
Applications of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1: Hair care, Shampoo and Conditioner, Styling product, Bath and Body, Pet Care, Pet Care TSCA, and Pet Care DSL.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants and rheology modifiers.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is excellent combined with carbomer to produce smooth and easily applied gels.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used with anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as a long-acting curl fluid, setting agent in shampoos and cleaning products.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used ilm-forming substance in hair styling products.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Body Care, Face Care, Hair Care, Hair Cleansing, Hair Conditioning, Hair Styling, Hair Treatment, Hand & Nail Care, Shaving, Skin Care.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Hair Care, Hair Cleansing, Hair Conditioning, Hair Styling, Hair Treatment, Skin Care
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can enhance the stability of surfactant, cream and lotion based formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form a transparent and homogeneous liquid film on the surface of the object, and the film does not show stickiness.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has cationic properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in combination with anions and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used as a conditioner in shampoo, hair cream, etc., to rapidly improve the flexibility of hair.


Because of its film-forming property, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used as a styling agent in hair gel and mousse to improve the brightness and combability of hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is suitable for hair care products like lotions, mousses, gels, sprays, shampoos and in skin care products like soaps, shaving foam and body lotion.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in hair styling products, hair and skin conditioning, and skin care.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in combination with anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form a clear and uniform liquid film on the surface of the object, and the film does not show stickiness.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is particularly effective in hair styling products, including spray on conditioners and detanglers.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has cationic properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in combination with anionic and amphoteric surfactants.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in shaving cream, bath liquid, bath milk, antiperspirant and solid soap and other skin care products, greatly improving the comfort of skin when contacting with such products.
The addition of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also improve the thermal stability and shear resistance of the product.


-Hair care uses of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form transparent, non-sticky and flexible continuous film; it has affinity to hair, provides conditioning and firm effect, and accumulates very little, which makes hair easier to comb, shiny, smooth and easy to make hairstyle.
When used in a shampoos, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 enhances the foam levels


-Skin care uses of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in skincare products for improved skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works well in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, liquid soap and bars of soap.

When used in a foaming product such as a shower gel, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 will enhance the foam levels.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants and rheology modifiers.
When combined with carbomer, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 forms smooth and easily applied gels.

Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can enhance the stability of surfactant, cream and lotion based formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 also finds use in shaving creams



HOW TO USE LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is supplied as a viscous liquid, though supplied in a jar for ease of use as the liquid is very thick.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is gently warming can help with the usability in formulation.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is readily dissolved in water and thus it is easiest to dissolve into the water stage of formulation.
When used in surfactant based formulation we advise adding the Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 before surfactants for ease of dispersal.
When formulating in hot process applications, add to the water phase and disperse.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is resilient to heat.



ORIGIN OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is positively charged tetra-substituted nitrogen derivatives



FUNCTIONS OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
*Conditioning Polymer
*Hair Conditioner
*Setting Polymer
*Surfactant,
*Conditioner,
*Surfactant (Cationic)



FEATURES OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
*Conditioning agent for cosmetic applications, such as conditioners, styling products and body lotions.



GROUPS OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Product groups
*Conditioning Polymers
*Hair Conditioners
*Setting Polymers



HOW TO USE LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is supplied as a viscous liquid, though supplied in a jar for ease of use as the liquid is very thick.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 gently warming can help with the usability in formulation.



CHARACTER OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a cationic copolymer.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form transparent, non-sticky and flexible continuous film.

Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has an affinity for the hair, provides a softening and firming effect and accumulates very little, which makes it easier to comb the hair, making it shiny, smooth and shiny.

Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be compatible with anionic, non-ionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 does not irritate eyes and skin.



LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1, PRODUCTS TO USE IN:
*Hair Conditioner
*Shampoo
*Hair Styling Products
*Aftershave Balms
*Creams and Lotions
*Gels, especially those based upon Carbomer



SAFETY PROFILE OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is generally considered to be safe for topical use.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is mild, non-irritant and non-sensitizing to the skin, hence used in a wide range of cosmetic products.



ALTERNATIVES OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
*HYDROXYPROPYLTRIMONIUM HONEY,
*POLYQUATERNIUM6,
*POLYQUATERNIUM7,
*POLYQUATERNIUM10,
*HYDROXYPROPYL GUAR HYDROXYPROPYLTRIMONIUM CHLORIDE



LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1 - HIGH QUALITY PHARMACEUTICAL GRADE INGREDIENT FOR DIVERSE INDUSTRIES
Polyquaternium-11 (PQ-11) is a versatile material with usage across a multitude of industries owing to its unique properties.
This pharmaceutical grade product, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1, echoes superior performance and safety standards, ensuring a top-quality experience for the end users.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquid, with a mild characteristic odor.

This visual and olfactory description is an exact manifestation of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1's high-quality construction.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1's impressively compatible with a variety of surfactants, including nonionic, anionic, and amphoteric variants, enhancing its application range within the formulation of multiple products.

Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is an internationally appreciated product being widely distributed across regions including North America, Central/South America, Western Europe, Eastern Europe, Australasia, Asia, Middle East, and Africa.
This is due to its reliable performance and superior quality standards.

One core feature of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is its pharmaceutical grade quality.
This signals stringent quality control measures, ensuring that your operations are graced with only the best product in its category.
With Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1, you can expect exceptional performance in a diverse range of applications.



FUNCTION OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Polyquaterniums find particular application in conditioners, shampoo, hair mousse, hair spray, hair dye, and contact lens solutions.
Because they are positively charged, they neutralize the negative charges of most shampoos and hair proteins and help hair lie flat.
Their positive charges also ionically bond them to hair and skin.



KEY FEATURES OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
*Skin and Hair Care:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is commonly utilized in cosmetic products such as shampoos, conditioners, and hair styling products.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 helps improve manageability, shine, and overall aesthetic appeal.

*Pharmaceuticals:
As a pharmaceutical grade ingredient, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 finds use in various medical formulations including creams, gels, and ointments.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 aids in drug delivery, stability, and enhances the overall efficacy of the product.

*Personal Care:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers exceptional benefits when incorporated into personal care items such as body washes, soaps, and lotions.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides a luxurious feel, improves texture, and enhances the overall sensory experience.

*Textiles:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is also employed in the textile industry for fabric softeners, conditioners, and anti-static finishes.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 imparts a soft touch, reduces static cling, and helps maintain fabric appearance even after multiple washes.

*Household Products:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be found in a variety of household items including fabric care products, air fresheners, and cleaning solutions.
Its versatile nature allows Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 to provide excellent product performance and consumer satisfaction.



ORIGIN OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternized copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate.



WHAT DOES LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1 DO IN A FORMULATION?
*Film forming
*Foaming



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Density: 1.05 g/mL at 25°C
pH: 5.0-7.0 (10% solution)
CBNumber:CB8262152
Molecular Formula:C42H72N6O9X2
Molecular Weight:805.06
MDL Number:MFCD00284283
MOL File:53633-54-8.mol
Density: 1.05 g/mL at 25 °C
refractive index: n20/D 1.369
solubility: soluble in Water
form: Clear Colourless Solution
LogP: 1.500 (est)
EWG's Food Scores: 1
FDA UNII: 0B44BS5IJS
EPA Substance Registry System: 2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl methacrylate
N-vinylpyrrolidone polymer compd. with diethyl sulfate (53633-54-8)

Cosmetics Info: Polyquaternium-11
Boiling Point: No Data
Auto-ignition Temperature: Not Available
Flash Point (COC): No Data
Decomposition Temperature: Not Available
Evaporation Rate: Not Applicable
Viscosity (cP): 20,000 ~ 60,000cps (25°C)
Flammability (solid, gas): Not Applicable
Explosion Properties: None
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: Not Applicable
Oxidizing Properties: None
Molecular Weight: 422.5
Hydrogen Bond Donor Coun: 0
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 8
Rotatable Bond Count: 10

Exact Mass: 422.20867260
Monoisotopic Mass: 422.20867260
Topological Polar Surface Area: 111 Ų
Heavy Atom Count: 28
Formal Charge: 0
Molecular Weight : 422.5
Appearance: Colorless to yellowish transparent liquid
Viscosity(25°2%C/mpa.s): 20000-60000
Solid content(%): 20.0±1.0
Residual monomer: ≤0.1
Ph: 5~7
Heavy Metal: ≤0.002
ASH(%): ≤0.1
Density: 1.05 g/mL at 25 °C

Boiling Point: 70.6ºC
Molecular Formula: (C8H15NO2.C6H9NO)x.xC4H10O4S
Molecular Weight: 422.537
Flash Point: 70.6ºC
Exact Mass: 422.208679
PSA: 110.83000
LogP: 2.74250
Index of Refraction: n20/D 1.369
Assay: 95.00 to 100.00
Food Chemicals Codex Listed: No
Boiling Point: 187.00 °C. @ 760.00 mm Hg (est)
Vapor Pressure: 0.644000 mmHg @ 25.00 °C. (est)
Flash Point: 159.00 °F. TCC ( 70.60 °C. ) (est)
logP (o/w): 1.500 (est)
Soluble in: water, 61.44 mg/L @ 25 °C (est)
Appearance: Clear viscous liquid

Vapor Pressure: Not determined
Odor: Slight characteristic odor
Vapor Density: Not determined
Odor Threshold: No data available
Specific Gravity: No Data
pH: 5.0-7.0 Water Solubility: Soluble
Melting Point / freezing point: -7°C
Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water: Not Available
Complexity: 402
Isotope Atom Count: 0
Defined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Defined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0

Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 3
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes
Molecular Weight: 422.5
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 8
Rotatable Bond Count: 10
Exact Mass: 422.20867260
Monoisotopic Mass: 422.20867260
Topological Polar Surface Area: 111
Heavy Atom Count: 28
Complexity: 402
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 3
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes
Melting Point: N/A
Boiling Point: 70.6ºC
Flash Point: 70.6ºC

Molecular Formula: (C8H15NO2.C6H9NO)x.xC4H
Molecular Weight: 422.537
Density: 1.05 g/mL at 25 °C
Molecular Weight:805.06
Exact Mass422.208679
EC Number:611-022-0
DSSTox ID:DTXSID0041303
HScode:29239000
PSA:110.83000
XLogP3:2.74250
Appearance:colorless to light yellow viscous liquid
Density:1.05 g/mL at 25 °C
Boiling Point:70.6ºC
Flash Point:70.6ºC
Refractive Index:n20/D 1.369
Molecular Weight:422.5
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count:8

Rotatable Bond Count:10
Exact Mass:422.20867260
Monoisotopic Mass:422.20867260
Topological Polar Surface Area:111
Heavy Atom Count:28
Complexity:402
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count:3
Compound Is Canonicalized:Yes
Density: 1.05 g/mL at 25 °C
Boiling Point: 70.6ºC
Molecular Formula: (C8H15NO2.C6H9NO)x.xC4H10O4S
Molecular Weight: 422.537
Flash Point: 70.6ºC
Exact Mass: 422.208679
PSA: 110.83000
LogP: 2.74250
Index of Refraction: n20/D 1.369



FIRST AID MEASURES of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Description of First Aid Measures:
*Eye Contact:
Wash eyes immediately with large amounts of water or normal saline.
Get medical attention immediately.
*Skin Contact:
Remove contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash with soap or mild detergent and large amounts of water.
Get medical attention, if needed
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Environmental Precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and Material for Containment and Cleaning Up:
Sweep up and shovel.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Suitable Extinguishing Media:
Use water spray, alcohol resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Exposure Controls:
--Individual protection measures, such as personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use chemical goggles or face shield.
*Hand Protection:
Use chemical resistant gloves.
*Body Protection:
Wear appropriate chemical resistant clothing.
*Other:
An eye wash facility should be available in the work area.
Launder contaminated clothing before re-use.
--Environmental Exposure Controls:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.



HANDLING and STORAGE of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Precautions for Safe Handling:
Normal measures for preventive fire protection.
-Conditions for Safe Storage, Including any Incompatibilities:
Keep container in a cool, well-ventiatled place.
-Specific end use(s):
Active ingredient in cosmetic and personal care applications.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Reactivity:
Not reactive under normal conditions of use.
-Chemical Stability:
Stable at normal temperatures and pressure.
-Possibility of Hazardous Reactions:
Possible hazardous reactions at normal temperatures and pressure are not reported.

LUVISKOL K 17 Powder
LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is a film former, thickener and emulsifier.
LUVISKOL K 17 Powder offers hold and possesses lubricant and binding properties.
LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is used in hair gels, particularly wet look gels, hair mousses, pump sprays, liquid hair setting preparation, creams, shampoos and hair dyes.

CAS Number: 9003-39-8
EC Number: 618-363-4
Monomer Unit Molar Mass: 111.14 g/mol

LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is styling agent suitable for hair gels, hair creams, mousses, pump sprays and liquid hair styling preparations.

LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is a nonionic vinylpyrrolidone homopolymer mainly used as a film former, but also as a thickener.
Readily soluble in water and compatible with almost all anionic, cationic and other non-ionic cosmetic polymers.

Also compatible with Carbomer-type thickeners and other crosslinked polyacrylates for gel-type applications.
Ideal for use in water based applications where a high degree of clarity is required in the finished product.

LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is used in hair gels, particularly wetlook gels.
Possesses lubricant and binding properties.

LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is polyvinylpyrrolidone for use in cosmetic applications.

LUVISKOL K products are mainly used as film formers, but also as thickeners.
The molecular weight determines the setting and adhesive properties of PVP polymers.

The higher the molecular weight, the greater the setting.
They are ideal for use in water-based applications where a high degree of clarity is required in the finished product (e.g. gels).
For hair-styling applications K 30, K 80, K 85 and K 90 are the best of the various molecular weights.

Applications and Technical Properties of LUVISKOL K Grades:
The LUVISKOL K grades are used in cosmetics for various applications.
They are mainly used as fi lm formers, but also as thickeners.

The LUVISKOL K products are nonionic vinylpyrrolidone homopolymers of different molecular weight.
The molecular weight determines the setting properties of PVP polymers.

The higher the molecular weight, the greater the setting.
The LUVISKOL K products are readily soluble in water and are compatible with almost all anionic, cationic, and other non-ionic cosmetic polymers.

They are compatible with Carbomer-type thickeners and other crosslinked polyacrylates for gel-type applications.
LUVISKOL K grades are ideal for use in water-based applications where a high degree of clarity is required in the fi nished products (e.g. gels).

Hair styling is the main application for the LUVISKOL K grades.
In hair gels, particularly wetlook gels, hair mousses, pump sprays, and liquid hair setting preparations they provide normal to strong hold.

LUVISKOL K 30 Powder can be used when manufacturing hair care products such as styling gels or solutions.
Besides the use in hair gel formulations, LUVISKOL K 30 can be used in pump sprays with normal hold, when low viscosity is important.

LUVISKOL K 80 and K 90 are for products with a strong hold and high viscosity, e.g. hair gels and hair mousses.
LUVISKOL K grades can also be used as thickening agents, emulsifi ers, lubricants, and binders.

They are particularly suitable for addition to cosmetic products that cleanse, dye or otherwise enhance the appearance of the skin or hair.
LUVISKOL K 30 Powder and LUVISKOL K 90 Powder can be used in the formulation of certain creams, both with an oil base and with an oil-free base.

LUVISKOL K 30 acts as a stiffening agent in hair setting preparations and improves the consistency of shampoos, hair dyes and similar preparations.
In contrast to anionic colloids, the LUVISKOL K grades can be combined with cationic substances, e.g. disinfectants or basic dyes, though of LUVISKOL K Grades: must be taken into account that LUVISKOL K 30 Powder tends to bind dyes.

Applications of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:
Styling product,
Pet Care,
Pet Care TSCA,
Pet Care DSL,
Bath & Shower,
Body Care,
Body Color,
Color Cosmetics,
Hair Care,
Hair Colorants,
Hair Conditioning,
Hair Styling,
Hair Treatment,
Hand Cleansing,
Liquid Soap,
Skin Care,
Skin Cleansing.

The use of LUVISKOL K in pharmaceutical preparations:
The LUVISKOL K products are not intended for use in pharmaceutical pre parations.
The range of Kollidon products (please ask for technical literature) is available especially for such applications.
They are manufactured for this purpose and are subject to special quality and purity controls.

Properties of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:
Water-soluble in high concentrations to form clear solutions.
At low relative humidity the films are hard and brittle.
At high relative humidity they are elastic and soft.
High water-absorption capacity.
Non-ionic, no neutralization required.
Compatible with anionic and cationic ingredients.

Storage/Stability of LUVISKOL K Grades:
LUVISKOL K 17, K 30, K 80 and K 90 powders have a shelf life of at least three years in the unopened original packaging below 25°C.
LUVISKOL K 30, K 80, K 85 CQ and K 90 solutions have a shelf life of at least two years in the unopened original pack aging below 20°C (preferably at 4°C).

First Aid of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:

Eyes:
First check the victim for contact lenses and remove if present.
Flush victim's eyes with water or normal saline solution for 20 to 30 minutes while simultaneously calling a hospital or poison control center.

Do not put any ointments, oils, or medication in the victim's eyes without specific instructions from a physician.
IMMEDIATELY transport the victim after flushing eyes to a hospital even if no symptoms (such as redness or irritation) develop.

Skin:
IMMEDIATELY flood affected skin with water while removing and isolating all contaminated clothing.
Gently wash all affected skin areas thoroughly with soap and water.
If symptoms such as redness or irritation develop, IMMEDIATELY call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital for treatment.

Inhalation:
IMMEDIATELY leave the contaminated area; take deep breaths of fresh air.
If symptoms (such as wheezing, coughing, shortness of breath, or burning in the mouth, throat, or chest) develop, call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital.

Provide proper respiratory protection to rescuers entering an unknown atmosphere.
Whenever possible, Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) should be used.
If not available, use a level of protection greater than or equal to that advised under Protective Clothing.

Ingestion:
DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING.
If the victim is conscious and not convulsing, give 1 or 2 glasses of water to dilute the chemical and IMMEDIATELY call a hospital or poison control center.

Be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital if advised by a physician.
If the victim is convulsing or unconscious, do not give anything by mouth, ensure that the victim's airway is open and lay the victim on his/her side with the head lower than the body.
IMMEDIATELY transport the victim to a hospital.

Identifiers of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:
CAS: 9003-39-8
EC number: 618-363-4
Monomer Unit Molar Mass: 111.14 g/mol

Physicochemical Properties of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:
Appearance: The aqueous solutions are clear and colorless to slightly yellowish. The powder products are white.
Odor: Slight, characteristic
Solubility: Soluble in water, ethanol, and isopropanol.

Other Descriptions of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:

Product Categories:
Film Former,
Polymer,
Thickener.

Chemical Function:
Film Former,
Polymer,
Thickener.

Other LUVISKOL K range:
LUVISKOL K 30 Super Powder
LUVISKOL K 30 Super Solution
LUVISKOL K 60 45% Solution
LUVISKOL K 85 20% Solution
LUVISKOL K 115 CQ 11% Solution
LUVISKOL K 30 solution approx. 30%
LUVISKOL K 30 powder
LUVISKOL K 80 powder
LUVISKOL K 85 CQ solution approx. 20%
LUVISKOL K 90 solution approx. 20%
LUVISKOL K 90 powder

Other LUVISKOL Products:
LUVISKOL Plus
LUVISKOL VA 28 E
LUVISKOL VA 28 I
LUVISKOL VA 37 E
LUVISKOL VA 37 I
LUVISKOL VA 55 E
LUVISKOL VA 55 I
LUVISKOL VA 64 E
LUVISKOL VA 64 Powder
LUVISKOL VA 64 W
LUVISKOL VA 73 E
LUVISKOL VA 73 W
LUVISKOL VA 281
LUVISKOL VA 551
LUVISKOL VA 731

Alternate Chemical Names of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:
AGENT AT 717
AGRIMER 30
AGRIMER K 30
ALBIGEN A
ALDACOL Q
ANTARON P 804
ANTITOX VANA
AT 717
B 7509
BOLINAN
CEVIAN A 88036
CROSPOVIDONE
DIVERGAN RS
1-ETHENYL-2-PYRROLIDINONE, HOMOPOLYMER (9CI)
GAFTEX AE-K 15
GANEX P 804
HEMODESIS
HEMODEZ
HUEPER'S POLYMER NO.5
K 115
K 115 (VINYL POLYMER)
K 120
K 120 (POLYMER)
K 15
K 15 (POLYMER)
K 25
K 25 (SURFACTANT)
K 30
K 60
K 60 (POLYMER)
K 90
KOLLIDON
KOLLIDON 12PF
KOLLIDON 17
KOLLIDON 17PF
KOLLIDON 25
KOLLIDON 30
KOLLIDON 90
KOLLIDON 90F
KOLLIDON CE 50/50
KOLLIDON K 25
KOLLIDON K 30
KOLLIDON K 90
LFC
LUMITEN PR 8450
LUVISKOL K 12
LUVISKOL K 17
LUVISKOL K 25
LUVISKOL K 30
LUVISKOL K 60
LUVISKOL K 80
LUVISKOL K 90
LUVISKOL KPO
MPK 90
N-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDONE HOMOPOLYMER
N-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDONE POLYMER
N-VINYLBUTYROLACTAM POLYMER
N-VINYLPYRROLIDINONE POLYMER
N-VINYLPYRROLIDONE HOMOPOLYMER
N-VINYLPYRROLIDONE POLYMER
NEOCOMPENSAN
NP-K 30
NPK 15
NPK 90
P 0696
PAK-K 15
PEREGAL ST
PERISTON
PERISTON N
PEVISTON
PLASDONE
PLASDONE 4
PLASDONE C
PLASDONE C 15
PLASDONE K 15
PLASDONE K 29-32
PLASDONE K 30
PLASDONE K 90
PLASDONE XL
PLASMOSAN
POLY(1-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDINONE)
POLY(1-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDONE)
POLY(1-VINYLPYRROLIDINONE)
POLY(N-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDINONE)
POLY(N-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDONE)
POLY(N-VINYL-GAMMA-BUTYROLACTAM)
POLY(N-VINYLBUTYROLACTAM)
POLY(N-VINYLPYRROLIDINONE)
POLY(N-VINYLPYRROLIDONE)
POLY(VINYLPYRROLIDINONE)
POLY(VINYLPYRROLIDONE)
POLY-(1-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDONE)
POLYCLAR AT
POLYCLAR H
POLYCLAR L
POLYPLASDONE
POLYPLASDONE INF 10
POLYPLASDONE XL
POLYPLASDONE XL 10
LUVISKOL VA 37 E
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is a styling agent and thickener suitable for hair gels, hair creams, mousses, pump sprays and liquid hair styling preparations.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is solution of a copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and vinylacetate in ethanol.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is VP/VA Copolymer.

CAS Number: 25086-89-9
EC Number: 607-540-1
Molecular Formula: (C6H9NO.C4H6O2)x
Molecular Weight: 591.69

LUVISKOL VA 37 E is a setting polymer and styling agent.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E finds application in hair gels, hair creams, mousses, pump sprays and liquid hair styling preparations.

LUVISKOL VA 37 E is a film-forming agents and fixatives in hair care, particularly in aerosol sprays, pump sprays, liquid products, mouses and gels.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is an easy-to-use aqueous solution that is compatible with carbomers, and is particularly suitable for alcohol-free formulations, forming a clear solution in water.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E has a K-Value (1% in ethanol) of 28.0-38.0, a solids content of 48.0-52.0%, and a water content of <0.50%.

The LUVISKOL VA grades are polymeric film-forming agents that are used as hair fixatives particularly in aerosol sprays, pump sprays, liquid products, mousses and gels.

LUVISKOL VA 37 E resin is a 50% solution of a copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and vinylacetate in ethanol.

LUVISKOL VA 37 E is a white to yellowish-white amorphous powder.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is typically spray-dried with a relatively fine particle size.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E has a slight odor and a faint taste.

Solubility of LUVISKOL VA Grades:
The solubility of the LUVISKOL VA grades in water depends on the VP:VA ratio.
Products with a high proportion of vinylpyrrolidone (LUVISKOL VA 64 and LUVISKOL VA 73) form clear solutions in water.

The other grades can be dispersed in water.
The solutions are slightly acidic.

The polymers are nonionic and thus do not need to be neutralized.
All the LUVISKOL grades are soluble in ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol, glycerin, methylene chloride, esters and ketones.

Any precipitates that occur in solutions in ethanol or isopropanol in the cold disappear again on heating.
LUVISKOL VA 37 forms clear solutions in ethanol abs., ethanol 96% and ethanol/ water (VOC 80% and VOC 55%).

Solutions in isopropanol are clear, sometimes with a bluish tint.
Without a solubilizer, LUVISKOL VA Grades are not soluble in ether or aliphatic hydrocarbons.

Suitability for hair sprays of LUVISKOL VA Grades:
The LUVISKOL VA grades are used as film-forming agents and fixatives in hair care.
They possess excellent properties both for aerosol sprays and for non-aerosol products.

The higher the proportion of vinylpyrrolidone, the more hygroscopic the LUVISKOL VA grade is.
The adhesion of LUVISKOL VA films (e.g. LUVISKOL VA 64 and VA 73) to the hair also increases with the proportion of vinylpyrrolidone, without adversely affecting their excellent combing-out and washing-out properties, thanks to the nonionic nature of the polymer.

LUVISKOL VA 37 and VA 55 grades are particularly suitable for hair sprays whose films LUVISKOL VA Grades must be possible to remove from the hair by brushing.
The hair is even degreased on brushing, as the grease is effectively removed together with the LUVISKOL film.

The LUVISKOL VA 64 grades and the LUVISKOL VA 55 grades, by contrast, are preferable for hairsprays that are to have a particularly hydrophilic character, e.g. for use in dry climates.
They are also suitable for sprays with a high water content.

Hair sprays for dry and brittle hair should include a small quantity of plasticizer (0.1 – 0.2%), such as a polyethylene glycol like Pluracare E 400, or Palatinol M (dimethyl phthalate),
Luvitol EHO, silicone oils or other plasticizers frequently used in cosmetics.

Propellant Compatibility of LUVISKOL VA Grades:
Solutions of the LUVISKOL VA grades are readily compatible with dimethyl ether (DME).
Propane, butane, isobutane, pentane DME/pentane and DME/butane mixtures can be used together with solvents such as ethanol and methylene chloride.

Suitability for hair-setting solutions, gels and mousses:
Because of their good solubility in water, the LUVISKOL VA 64 and LUVISKOL VA 73 grades are particularly suitable for liquid hair setting products, gels and mousses.
Further, these polymers possess excellent setting properties.

All the LUVISKOL VA grades can be completely removed from the hair by straightforward washing.
The easy-to-use aqueous LUVISKOLVA solutions (VA 64 W and VA 73 W) as well as LUVISKOL VA 64 Powder are particularly suitable for alcohol-free formulations.

In the usual concentrations (1- 5% solid polymer), they form clear solutions in water and are very compatible with carbomers.
The moderate hydrocarbon compatibility of LUVISKOL VA 37 can be greatly improved by adding small quantities of water.
This makes LUVISKOL VA Grades possible to achieve cloud points below 0°C.

Uses of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is styling agent suitable for hair gels, hair creams, mousses, pump sprays and liquid hair styling preparations.
All important hair styling applications, such as LUVISKOL VA 37 E, pump sprays, setting lotions (all LUVISKOL VA grades), mousses and gels (mainly LUVISKOL VA 64/VA 73).

The main raw material of cosmetics, used in hair gel, mousse, shampoo, etc., also used in surfactants, medicine and other industries.
Mainly used as water-soluble adhesive and dry adhesive in granulation and direct compression technology, as The film-forming material is used in film coating and used as a pore former in taste masking agents.

LUVISKOL VA 37 E is used in sugar coating to prevent splitting, bottom coating is used for moisture-proof purposes.
VP/VA copolymer series products are mainly used as film-forming agents and setting agents in the cosmetics field, especially in hairspray, hair spray, mousse and shampoo products.

They play an important role as film formers and hair styling agents.
If used in conjunction with PVPK 30, they will enhance their effectiveness.

Applications of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
Bath & Shower,
Body Care,
Face Care,
Hair Care,
Hair Cleansing,
Hair Conditioning,
Hair Styling,
Hair Treatment,
Hand & Nail Care,
Hand Cleansing,
Liquid Soap,
Shaving,
Skin Care,
Skin Cleansing,
Styling.

Properties of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
Non-ionic, no neutralization required,
Compatible with ionic (anionic as well as cationic) additives,
Ranging from water-soluble to soluble in ethanol,
Easy to handle,
Easy to comb out,
Propane/butane compatibility 20 – 45 %,
DME compatibility up to 70 %.

Storage of LUVISKOL VA Grades:

At room temperature in the original sealed containers, LUVISKOL VA Grades can be stored as follows:
LUVISKOL VA 37 E - 2 years
LUVISKOL VA 37 I - 2 years
Luvksol VA 55 I - 2 years
LUVISKOL VA 73 E - 2 years
LUVISKOL VA 64 P - 2 years
LUVISKOL VA 64 W - 1 year
LUVISKOL VA 73 W - 1 year

Aqueous solutions of the VA grades with a pH value below 7 can tend to develop mould.
This can be prevented by adding one of the preservatives commonly used in cosmetics, e.g. a hydroxybenzoate.

Identifers of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
CAS No: 25086-89-9
Formula: (C6H9NO.C4H6O2)x
Molecular Weight: 591.69
Exact Mass: 486.370911
EC Number: 607-540-1
NSC Number: 114026|114025|114024|114023
HScode: 29349990

Typical Properties of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
Molecular Weight: 197.23
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 3
Rotatable Bond Count: 3
Exact Mass: 197.10519334
Monoisotopic Mass: 197.10519334
Topological Polar Surface Area: 46.6
Heavy Atom Count: 14
Complexity: 186
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 2
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes

Appearance of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
Clear, colorless to slightly yellowish liquid with faint characteristic odor.
The solutions are clear and colorless to slightly yellowish.
The powder is white.

Specifications of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
PSA: 46.61000
XLogP3: 9.76
Appearance: powder
Density: 1.0±0.1 g/cm3
Boiling Point: 536.7±50.0 °C at 760 mmHg
Flash Point: 72 °F
Refractive Index: 1.517
Storage Conditions: Copovidone is stable and should be stored in a well-closed containerin a cool, dry place.
Vapor Pressure: 0.132mmHg at 25°C
Toxicity: LD50 orl-rat: >630 mg/kg JACTDZ 2(5),141,83

Other Descriptions of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:

Functions:
Setting Polymer

INCI:
VP / VA Copolymer

Product groups:
Setting Polymers

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Product Categories:
Film Former, Polymer

Other LUVISKOL Products:
LUVISKOL K 17 Powder
LUVISKOL K 30, 30% Solution
LUVISKOL K 30 Powder
LUVISKOL K 30 Super Powder
LUVISKOL K 30 Super Solution
LUVISKOL K 60 45% Solution
LUVISKOL K 80 Powder
LUVISKOL K 85 20% Solution
LUVISKOL K 85 CQ Solution
LUVISKOL K 90 20% Solution
LUVISKOL K 90 Powder
LUVISKOL K 115 CQ 11% Solution
LUVISKOL Plus
LUVISKOL VA 28 E
LUVISKOL VA 28 I
LUVISKOL VA 37 I
LUVISKOL VA 55 E
LUVISKOL VA 55 I
LUVISKOL VA 64 E
LUVISKOL VA 64 Powder
LUVISKOL VA 64 W
LUVISKOL VA 73 E
LUVISKOL VA 73 W
LUVISKOL VA 281
LUVISKOL VA 551
LUVISKOL VA 731

Synonyms of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
D9C330MD8B
25086-89-9
Copovidone [BAN:NF]
Acetic acid ethenyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone
Copovidone
Vinyl acetate N-vinyl-pyrrolidone polymer
Poly(vinylpyrrolidone-co-vinyl-acetate)
UNII-D9C330MD8B
Ethenyl acetate, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone
GAF-S 630
Ganex E 535
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidone polymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidone polymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer
Gantron S 630
Gantron S 860
Gantron PVP
LUVISKOL VA 28I
LUVISKOL VA 37I
LUVISKOL VA 55E
LUVISKOL VA 55I
LUVISKOL VA 64
LUVISKOL VA 73E
NSC 114023
Polectron 845
PVP-VA
PVP-VA-E 735
Kolima 10
Kolima 35
Kolima 75
Kollidon VA 64
Vinyl acetate-1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone polymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidinone polymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidinone polymer
Vinylpyrrolidinone-vinyl acetate copolymer
Vinylpyrrolidinone-vinyl acetate polymer
Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer
1-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer
Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate polymer
N-Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate polymer
PVP/VA-S 630
PVP/VA copolymer
2-Pyrrolidinone, 1-ethenyl-, polymer with ethenyl acetate
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidinone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidinone copolymer
I 635
I 735
S 630
Acetic acid vinyl ester, polymer with 1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone
Copolyvidon
E 335
E 535
I 535
Acetic acid, ethenyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone
1-Ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, polymer with acetic acid ethenyl ester
1-Ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, polymer with ethenyl acetate
Polyvinylpyrrolidone - vinyl acetate copolymer
NSC 114024
Acetic acid ethenyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone
Acetic acid vinyl ester, polymer with 1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone
2-Pyrrolidinone,1-vinyl-, polymer with vinyl acetate
2-Pyrrolidinone, 1-ethenyl-, polymer with ethenyl acetate
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidinone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer
Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer
LUVISKOL VA 64
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidinone polymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidinone polymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidone polymer
Vinylpyrrolidinone-vinyl acetate copolymer
Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate polymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidinone copolymer
Kolima 10
Gantron S 860
N-Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate polymer
Vinyl acetate-1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone polymer
Polectron 845
Vinylpyrrolidinone-vinyl acetate polymer
Kolima 35
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer
LUVISKOL VA 37E
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidone polymer
PVP-VA
Vinyl acetate-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone copolymer
S 630
LUVISKOL VA 28I
GAF-S 630
I 735
I 635
I 535
1-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer
PVP/Va copolymer
Ganex E 535
E 335
N-Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer
Poly(vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidinone)
LUVISKOL VA 55I
LUVISKOL VA 37I
Vinyl acetate-1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone copolymer
Kollidon VA 64
PVP/VA-S 630
Kolima 75
LUVISKOL VA 55
EPVP-VA-E 735
Gantron PVP
Gantron S 630
8013-98-7
37359-37-8
89335-67-1
1257874-67-1
1427441-60-8
1832636-70-0
LUVOMAXX 6PPD
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is a purple flake.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is turns dark brown on exposure to light.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is a polluting antioxidant.

CAS Number: 793-24-8
EC Number: 212-344-0
Molecular Formula: C18H24N2
Molecular Weight: 268.39700

In addition to LUVOMAXX 6PPD good antioxidant performance, LUVOMAXX 6PPD also has the function of anti-ozone, anti-bending and anti-cracking, and inhibiting harmful metals such as copper and manganese.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD performance is similar to that of antioxidant 4010NA, but LUVOMAXX 6PPD toxicity and skin irritation are less than 4010NA, and LUVOMAXX 6PPD solubility in water is better than 4010NA (wash loss rate: 4010NA is 50%, while 4020 is only 20% of 15-chemicalbook15).

LUVOMAXX 6PPD can be widely used in tire, tape and many other industrial rubber products preparation, the general dosage is 0.5-1.5%.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is not suitable for making light colored products because of serious pollution.

Antioxidant 4020 is one of the main types of LUVOMAXX 6PPD.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is the main good variety commonly used in rubber industry at home and abroad, and also the development direction of antioxidant in the future.

The aqueous solubility of LUVOMAXX 6PPD is approximately 1 mg/L (50°C), the partition coefficient (1-octanol/water) (log Kow) is 4.68 (calculated value), and the vapor pressure is 4.93×10-6 mmHg (= 6.57×10-5 Pa) (25°C, calculated value).
Biodegradability (aerobic degradation) is characterized by a BOD degradation rate of approximately 2%, and bioaccumulation is thought to be low.

LUVOMAXX 6PPD is designated as a Class 1 Designated Chemical Substance under the Law Concerning Reporting, etc. of Releases to the Environment of Specific Chemical Substances and Promoting Improvements in Their Management (PRTR Law).
The main use of LUVOMAXX 6PPD is as a rubber antioxidant.

The production quantity of LUVOMAXX 6PPD in fiscal 2012 was 10,000 t, and that of LUVOMAXX 6PPD (C3–10) in fiscal 2012 was less than 1,000 t.
The production and import category under the PRTR Law is more than 100 t.

Applications of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
As a kind of ursol rubber antioxidant, LUVOMAXX 6PPD has better compatibility with rubbers, seldom blooming, low volatility, low toxicity, with excellent antioxidant, anti-ozone, anti-flex cracks , anti-insolation cracks, strong inhibition on copper ormanganese and other toxic metals, applicable to all types of synthetic rubber and natural rubber.
With good dispensability in sizing material and little effect on vulcanization, LUVOMAXX 6PPD can soften sizing material, so can be used for tires and other kinds of rubber products, also can be used as heat oxygen stabilizer for polyethylene, polypropylene and acrylic resin.

Uses of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is a polluting antioxidant.
In addition to LUVOMAXX 6PPD good antioxidant properties, LUVOMAXX 6PPD also has the effects of anti-ozone, anti-bending and cracking, and inhibiting harmful metals such as copper and manganese.

LUVOMAXX 6PPD performance is similar to that of antioxidant 4010NA, but LUVOMAXX 6PPD toxicity and skin irritation are less than 4010NA, and LUVOMAXX 6PPD solubility in water is better than 4010NA (water washing loss rate: 4010NA is 50%, while 4020 is only 15-20%).
LUVOMAXX 6PPD can be widely used in the preparation of tires, tapes and many other industrial rubber products.

The general dosage is 0.5-1.5%.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is not suitable for making light-colored products due to serious pollution.

Anti-aging agent 4020 is one of the main varieties of LUVOMAXX 6PPD anti-aging agents.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is the main good varieties commonly used in the rubber industry at home and abroad, and they are also the development direction of antioxidants in the future.

LUVOMAXX 6PPD is used as an antiozonant and antioxidant for natural rubber and synthetic rubber.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD has excellent protection against ozone cracking and flex fatigue.

Industry Uses:
Antioxidant,
Chemical reaction regulator,
Elasticizer,
Fuel,
Not Known or Reasonably Ascertainable,
Other,
Other (specify),
Processing aids, not otherwise listed.

Consumer Uses:
Antioxidant,
Elasticizer,
Fuel,
Not Known or Reasonably Ascertainable,
Other,
Other (specify),
Processing aids, not otherwise listed.

Handling and Storage of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:

Precautions for safe handling:
NO open flames.
Handling in a well ventilated place.

Wear suitable protective clothing.
Avoid contact with skin and eyes.

Avoid formation of dust and aerosols.
Use non-sparking tools.
Prevent fire caused by electrostatic discharge steam.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Provision to contain effluent from fire extinguishing.
Store in an area without drain or sewer access.
Separated from strong oxidants.

Storage Conditions of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
Keep in a cool, dry, dark location in a tightly sealed container or cylinder.
Keep away from incompatible materials.

Nonfire Spill Response of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:

Small Spills And Leakage:
Should a spill occur while you are handling this chemical, FIRST REMOVE ALL SOURCES OF IGNITION, then you should dampen the solid spill material with 60-70% ethanol and transfer the dampened material to a suitable container.
Use absorbent paper dampened with 60-70% ethanol to pick up any remaining material.

Seal the absorbent paper, and any of your clothes, which may be contaminated, in a vapor-tight plastic bag for eventual disposal.
Solvent wash all contaminated surfaces with 60-70% ethanol followed by washing with a soap and water solution.
Do not reenter the contaminated area until the Safety Officer (or other responsible person) has verified that the area has been properly cleaned.

Storage Precautions:
You should keep this material in a tightly closed container under an inert atmosphere, and store LUVOMAXX 6PPD at refrigerated temperatures.
STORE AWAY FROM SOURCES OF IGNITION.

Reactivity of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:

Reactive Group:
Amines, Phosphines, and Pyridines

Reactivity Profile:
You should protect N-(1,3-DIMETHYLBUTYL)-N'-PHENYL-P-PHENYLENEDIAMINE from exposure to strong oxidizing agents such as chlorine or hydrogen peroxide.
This material will ignite if heated strongly.

Autoignition Temperature:
~500 °C

Safety of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
Packing level: I; II; III
Hazard category: 9
Transport codes: 3077
wgk germany: 2
Hazard class code: 9
Safety instructions: 36/37-60-61
RTECS Number: ST0900000
Marks: Xn,N

Storage features:
Provision to contain effluent from fire extinguishing. Store in an area without drain or sewer access. Separated from strong oxidants.

Precautionary statement(s):
P273-P280-P501

Hazard Statements:
H302-H317-H410

Vapor Pressure:
Vapour pressure at 25°C: negligible

Toxicity:
LD50 oral in rat: 3580mg/kg

Air and Water Reactions:
This chemical may be sensitive to prolonged exposure to air. Insoluble in water.

First Aid of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:

Eyes:
First check the victim for contact lenses and remove if present.
Flush victim's eyes with water or normal saline solution for 20 to 30 minutes while simultaneously calling a hospital or poison control center.

Do not put any ointments, oils, or medication in the victim's eyes without specific instructions from a physician.
IMMEDIATELY transport the victim after flushing eyes to a hospital even if no symptoms (such as redness or irritation) develop.

Skin:
IMMEDIATELY flood affected skin with water while removing and isolating all contaminated clothing.
Gently wash all affected skin areas thoroughly with soap and water.
If symptoms such as redness or irritation develop, IMMEDIATELY call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital for treatment.

Inhalation:
IMMEDIATELY leave the contaminated area.
Take deep breaths of fresh air.

If symptoms (such as wheezing, coughing, shortness of breath, or burning in the mouth, throat, or chest) develop, call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital.
Provide proper respiratory protection to rescuers entering an unknown atmosphere.

Whenever possible, Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) should be used.
If not available, use a level of protection greater than or equal to that advised under Protective Clothing.

Ingestion:
DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING.
If the victim is conscious and not convulsing, give 1 or 2 glasses of water to dilute the chemical and IMMEDIATELY call a hospital or poison control center.

Be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital if advised by a physician.
If the victim is convulsing or unconscious, do not give anything by mouth, ensure that the victim's airway is open and lay the victim on his/her side with the head lower than the body.

DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING.
IMMEDIATELY transport the victim to a hospital.

Identifiers of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
Formula: C18H24N2
InChI: InChI=1S/C18H24N2/c1-14(2)13-15(3)19-17-9-11-18(12-10-17)20-16-7-5-4-6-8-16/h4-12,14-15,19-20H,13H2,1-3H3
InChI key: InChIKey=ZZMVLMVFYMGSMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N
SMILES: C=1C=CC(=CC1)NC2=CC=C(C=C2)NC(C)CC(C)C
CAS: 793-24-8

Product Name: Antioxidant 4020
CAS No.: 793-24-8
Molecular Formula: C18H24N2
InChIKeys: InChIKey=ZZMVLMVFYMGSMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N
Molecular Weight: 268.39700
Exact Mass: 268.40
EC Number: 212-344-0
ICSC Number: 1635
UN Number: 3077
DSSTox ID: DTXSID9025114
Color/Form: Dark, violet solid
HScode: 2921519090
Categories: Antioxidants

Properties of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
PSA: 24.06000
XLogP3: 5.6
Appearance: Purple flakes.
Density: 1.07 g/cm3
Melting Point: 50 °C
Boiling Point: 260ºC
Flash Point: 204ºC
Refractive Index: 1.599
Water Solubility: H2O:
Molecular Weight: 268.4
XLogP3: 5.6
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count: 2
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 2
Rotatable Bond Count: 6
Exact Mass: 268.193948774
Monoisotopic Mass: 268.193948774
Topological Polar Surface Area: 24.1
Heavy Atom Count: 20
Complexity: 250
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count: 1
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 1
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes

Other LUVOMAXX Products:

Pure Substances:
LUVOMAXX BHT
LUVOMAXX BHP
LUVOMAXX CDPA
LUVOMAXX DTPD
LUVOMAXX IPPD
LUVOMAXX MBI/OC
LUVOMAXX MMBI/OC
LUVOMAXX ODPA
LUVOMAXX SDPA
LUVOMAXX TMQ

Polymer-Bound Preparations.
LUVOMAXX IPPD GR 80
LUVOMAXX MBI GR 80
LUVOMAXX MMBI GR 70

Dry Liquid Preparations:
LUVOMAXX SDPA DL 72 C
LUVOMAXX TNPP DL 70

Sulphenamides:
LUVOMAXX CBS
LUVOMAXX DCBS
LUVOMAXX TBBS
LUVOMAXX TBSI

Thiazoles:
LUVOMAXX MBT
LUVOMAXX MBTS
LUVOMAXX ZMBT

Dithiocarbamates:
LUVOMAXX TDEC
LUVOMAXX ZBEC
LUVOMAXX ZDBC
LUVOMAXX ZDEC

Guanidines:
LUVOMAXX DPG

Dithiophosphates:
LUVOMAXX ZDTP

Thiurams:
LUVOMAXX DPTT
LUVOMAXX TBzTD
LUVOMAXX TETD
LUVOMAXX TiBTD
LUVOMAXX TMTM

Thioureas:
LUVOMAXX ETU
LUVOMAXX MTT

Sulphur donors:
LUVOMAXX DTDM

Amine Accelerators:
LUVOMAXX HMT

Synonyms of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
1,4-Benzenediamine, N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N′-phenyl-
1,4-Benzenediamine, N1-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N4-phenyl-
1-N-(4-Methylpentan-2-yl)-4-N-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
4-(1,3-Dimethylbutylamino)diphenylamine
Accinox ZC
Antage 6C
Antigene 6C
Antioxidant 4020
Antioxidant 6C
Antioxidant 6PPD
Antioxidant 6PPD (4020)
Antioxidant CD 13
Antioxidant PD 2
Antoxidant 4020
Antoxidant 6ppd
Antozite 67
Antozite 67F
Bhtox-4020
Cd 13
Diafen 13
Diafen FDMB
Dmbpd
Dusantox 6PPD
Flexzone 7F
Flexzone 7L
Flexzone 7P
Forte 6C
Kumanox 13
Kumanox 13C
Luvomaxx 6PPD
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N-Phenyl-1,4-Benzenediamine
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N-Phenyl-p-phenylene Diamine
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N′-phenyl-1,4-phenylenediamine
N-(1.3-dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
N-(4-Methyl-2-pentyl)-N′-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
N-(4-methylpentan-2-yl)-N'-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
N-Phenyl-N′-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-1,4-phenylenediamine
N-Phenyl-N′-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-p-phenylenediamine
N1-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N4-phenyl-1,4-benzenediamine
Nocceler 6C
Nocrac 6C
Ozonone 6C
Permanax 120
Permanax 6PPD
Pilflex 13
Rubber Antioxidant 4020
Rubber Antioxidant 4020PPD
Santoflex 13
Santoflex 13F
Santoflex 6PPD
Sunsine 6PPD
Uop 562
Uop 588
Vulkanox 4020
Vulkanox 4020LG
Wingstay 300
p-Phenylenediamine, N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N′-phenyl-
4-[(4-METHYL-2-PENTYL)AMINO]DIPHENYLAMINE
6PPD
ANTOZITE 67P
N-(1,3-DIMETHYLBUTYL)-N'-PHENYL-1,4-PHENYLENEDIAMINE
N-(1,3-DIMETHYLBUTYL)-N'-PHENYL-P-PHENYLENEDIAMINE
N-(4-METHYL-2-PENTYL)-N'-PHENYL-1,4-PHENYLENEDIAMINE
SANTOFLEX(R) 13 PASTILLES
4-Benzenediamine,N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N’-phenyl-1
antage6c
Antioxidant4020
antioxidantcd13
antozite67
antozite67f
dbda
diafen13
dmbpd
dusantox6ppd
flexzone7f
flexzone7l
n-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-n’-phenyl-4-benzenediamine
793-24-8
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
N1-(4-Methylpentan-2-yl)-N4-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
Antioxidant cd
Santoflex 13
Wingstay 300
Antioxidant 4020
Flexzone 7L
Dusantox 6PPD
Permanax 120
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-1,4-phenylenediamine
1,4-Benzenediamine, N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-
N-1,3-Dimethylbutyl-N'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
N-Phenyl-N'-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-p-phenylenediamine
HJD0U67PS1
p-Phenylenediamine, N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-
4-N-(4-methylpentan-2-yl)-1-N-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
N-(4-Methyl-2-pentyl)-N'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
Flexzone 7F
Santoflex 6PPD
Diafen FDMB
Nocrane 6C
Permanax 6PPD
Santoflex 13F
Antage 6C
Antozite 67
Antozite 67F
Nocrac 6C
Ozonon 6C
Forte 6C
Nocrane 7 L
Diafen 13
Antioxidant CD 13
DBDA
DMBPD
1,4-Benzenediamine, N1-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N4-phenyl-
Ozonone 6C
CCRIS 2352
CCRIS 4801
HSDB 5755
UOP 562
UOP 588
CD 13
NCI-C56315
EINECS 212-344-0
UNII-HJD0U67PS1
BRN 2215491
N-1,3-Dimethylbutyl-N'-phenyl-p-phenylendiamine
N-Phenyl-N'-(1,3-dimethyl butyl)-para-phenylenediamine
Rubber Antioxidant 6PPD
Akrochem antiozonant pd-2
DSSTox_CID_5114
EC 212-344-0
DSSTox_RID_77672
DSSTox_GSID_25114
SCHEMBL39447
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N/'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
CHEMBL1558796
DTXSID9025114
Tox21_200890
MFCD00072248
AKOS015901311
CS-W012405
GG-0240
4-(1,3-dimethylbutylamino)diphenylamine
NCGC00091548-01
NCGC00091548-02
NCGC00091548-03
NCGC00258444-01
4-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)amino-diphenylamine
76600-84-5
CAS-793-24-8
4-[(4-Methyl-2-pentyl)amino]diphenylamine
D3331
FT-0709790
E76147
(4-anilino-phenyl)-(1,3-dimethyl-butyl)-amine
A839652
Q-201440
n-(1,3-dimethyl butyl)-n'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
n-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-n'-phenyl-1,4-benzenediamine
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N\'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
n-phenyl-n'-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-1,4-phenylenediamine
Q27279957
1,4-Benzenediamine,N1-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N1-phenyl-
N-(4-Methyl-2-pentyl)-N'-phenyl-1,4-phenylenediamine
N2-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N1-phenyl-benzene-1,2-diamine
1-N-(4-methylpentan-2-yl)-4-N-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
N-PHENYL-N'-(1,3-DIMETHYLBUTYL)-P-PHENYL DIAMINE
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine, AldrichCPR
N-PHENYL-N'-(1,3-DIMETHYL BUTYL)-PARA-PHENYLENEDIAMINE [HSDB]
50809-58-0
LUVOMAXX DCBS
LUVOMAXX DCBS, commonly referred to as DCBS, is a chemical compound used primarily as a rubber vulcanization accelerator.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is a member of the thiazole class of accelerators, which are commonly employed in the rubber industry.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is also used as a stabilizer in various industrial applications to protect against oxidative degradation.

CAS Number: 4979-32-2
Molecular Formula: C19H26N2S2
Molecular Weight: 346.55
EINECS: 225-625-8

LUVOMAXX DCBS is a chemical process that improves the properties of natural or synthetic rubber by cross-linking polymer chains, resulting in improved strength, elasticity, and resistance to wear and aging.
LUVOMAXX DCBS promotes the vulcanization reaction by facilitating the formation of cross-links between polymer chains.
This process enhances the properties of the rubber, making it suitable for various applications, including tires, automotive parts, industrial rubber goods, and footwear.

LUVOMAXX DCBS's important to note that as with any chemical compound, proper handling and safety measures should be followed when using DCBS to avoid potential hazards.
LUVOMAXX DCBS are chemical additives used to speed up the vulcanization process of rubber.
They play a crucial role in the cross-linking of polymer chains, which results in improved mechanical properties and thermal stability of the rubber.

LUVOMAXX DCBS, are part of a group of sulfur-based accelerators used in rubber vulcanization.
Other common thiazole accelerators include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole (MBT) and 2-mercaptobenzothiazole disulfide (MBTS).

LUVOMAXX DCBS are widely used in the production of various rubber products, such as tires, conveyor belts, seals, hoses, shoe soles, and automotive components.
The type and dosage of accelerator used depend on the specific rubber compound and the desired properties of the end product.

LUVOMAXX DCBS can occur using various curing systems, such as sulfur curing or peroxide curing.
Sulfur-based accelerators like LUVOMAXX DCBS are commonly used in sulfur-cured rubber compounds.

LUVOMAXX DCBS are essential for rubber manufacturing, they need to be handled with care, as some of them may pose health and safety risks.
Proper storage, handling, and protective measures should be followed according to manufacturer recommendations and safety data sheets.

LUVOMAXX DCBS may interact with other chemicals in the rubber formulation.
Formulators need to ensure compatibility and stability of the overall rubber compound to achieve desired performance characteristics.

LUVOMAXX DCBS's essential to understand that the specific properties and applications of LUVOMAXX DCBS and other chemicals may be proprietary information belonging to the manufacturers.
For detailed information about LUVOMAXX DCBS, including its applications, performance, and safety considerations, it's best to consult the technical data sheets or safety data sheets provided by the manufacturer or supplier.

Melting point: 104℃
Boiling point: 230°C (rough estimate)
Density: 1.20
vapor pressure: 0Pa at 25℃
refractive index: 1.5800 (estimate)
storage temp.: Sealed in dry,Room Temperature
solubility: Acetone (Slightly), Acetonitrile (Slightly), DMSO (Slightly)
form: Solid
pka: 0.43±0.20(Predicted)
color: Pale Yellow to Light Yellow
Water Solubility: 1.9μg/L at 25℃
LogP: 5.95

LUVOMAXX DCBS is a chemical process used to convert natural or synthetic rubber from a thermoplastic state to a thermosetting state.
The process involves forming cross-links between polymer chains, resulting in a three-dimensional network structure.
LUVOMAXX DCBS imparts several desirable properties to rubber, including increased tensile strength, hardness, resistance to abrasion, and enhanced thermal stability.

LUVOMAXX DCBS also reduces the susceptibility of rubber to swelling and degradation when exposed to heat, solvents, or environmental factors.
These are the most common type of accelerators used in rubber vulcanization.

Sulfur-based accelerators work in combination with sulfur donors to facilitate the formation of sulfur bridges between polymer chains during vulcanization.
LUVOMAXX DCBS, as a thiazole accelerator, falls into this category.

In recent years, LUVOMAXX DCBS accelerators have gained popularity due to their reduced potential for nitrosamine formation, which is a concern in certain rubber applications.
Some rubber compounds may require the use of secondary accelerators in combination with primary accelerators like LUVOMAXX DCBS to achieve the desired vulcanization rate and properties.

LUVOMAXX DCBS is critical in the production of rubber tires.
LUVOMAXX DCBS imparts the necessary durability and resilience required to withstand the stresses of road conditions.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is used to manufacture a wide range of industrial rubber products, such as conveyor belts, gaskets, seals, hoses, and O-rings.

Many automotive components, including engine mounts, suspension bushings, and seals, require LUVOMAXX DCBS rubber for optimal performance and longevity.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is commonly used in the production of shoe soles for increased durability and wear resistance.

Uses
One of the most significant uses of LUVOMAXX DCBS is in the production of rubber tires.
LUVOMAXX DCBS helps to enhance the strength, durability, and resilience of tire compounds, making them suitable for different road conditions and extending their lifespan.

LUVOMAXX DCBS is used in the manufacturing of industrial rubber products such as conveyor belts, gaskets, seals, hoses, O-rings, and other components used in machinery and equipment.
LUVOMAXX DCBS imparts superior mechanical properties to these products, making them resistant to wear, abrasion, and environmental factors.

LUVOMAXX DCBS is employed in the production of various automotive rubber components, including engine mounts, suspension bushings, seals, and grommets.
LUVOMAXX DCBS ensures these components can withstand the harsh conditions of automotive use.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is used to vulcanize rubber shoe soles.

LUVOMAXX DCBS soles offer improved durability, flexibility, and slip resistance, making them ideal for various types of footwear, including athletic shoes and casual footwear.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is used in the manufacture of rubber seals and gaskets for various industrial applications.
LUVOMAXX DCBS improves the sealing properties of rubber, making them suitable for sealing joints and connections in machinery and equipment.

LUVOMAXX DCBS are used to manufacture conveyor belts used in industries like mining, agriculture, and manufacturing.
Vulcanization enhances the strength and longevity of the belts, allowing them to handle heavy loads and resist wear and tear.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is used in some marine and aerospace applications where rubber components need to withstand challenging environmental conditions and mechanical stress.

LUVOMAXX DCBS is used in the production of rubber belts and hoses for various industrial applications, including conveying materials and fluids.
Vulcanization with LUVOMAXX DCBS ensures these rubber products can withstand mechanical stress and environmental conditions.

LUVOMAXX DCBS can be utilized in the manufacture of rubber rollers used in industrial machinery and printing presses.
LUVOMAXX DCBS improves the rollers' durability and resistance to wear and tear.

LUVOMAXX DCBS may find applications in electrical insulation components, such as cable sheathing and electrical connectors.
The vulcanization process ensures the rubber remains stable under varying electrical conditions.
LUVOMAXX DCBS can be incorporated into rubber compounds used for vibration dampeners or isolators.

LUVOMAXX DCBS can effectively absorb and reduce vibrations in machinery and equipment.
LUVOMAXX DCBS can be used in various sporting goods, such as rubber balls (e.g., basketballs, soccer balls), where improved elasticity and durability are essential.

LUVOMAXX DCBS may be used in the production of various shoe components beyond just soles, such as insoles, heel cushions, and toe caps, to provide enhanced comfort and support.
LUVOMAXX DCBS can be employed in rubberized fabrics used for various applications, including protective clothing, waterproofing materials, and inflatable structures.

Safety Considerations
When handling rubber vulcanization accelerators like LUVOMAXX DCBS, it is crucial to follow proper safety protocols.
This includes wearing appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), using adequate ventilation, and ensuring proper storage and handling procedures as specified in safety data sheets (SDS) provided by the manufacturer.

Environmental Impact
LUVOMAXX DCBS, like many chemical substances, can have environmental impacts if not properly managed.
Appropriate measures should be taken for waste disposal to avoid environmental contamination.

Fire and Explosion Hazard
LUVOMAXX DCBS is not highly flammable, but it can contribute to the intensity of a fire if involved in one.
It is essential to store LUVOMAXX DCBS away from open flames, sparks, and other sources of ignition.

Synonyms
4979-32-2
LUVOMAXX DCBS
N,N-Dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide
Soxinol DZ
N,N-Dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolsulfene amide
2-BENZOTHIAZOLESULFENAMIDE, N,N-DICYCLOHEXYL-
Accelerator DZ
Sulfenamid DC
Vulkacit DZ
Meramid DCH
Rhodifax 30
C19H26N2S2
EINECS 225-625-8
Dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazylsulfenamide
BRN 0621701
n,n-dicyclohexylbenzothiazole-2-sulfenamide
UNII-5OBS6299M8
N,N-Dicyclohexylbenzothiazole-2-sulphenamide
DTXSID3027584
M 181
N,N-Dicyklohexylbenzthiazolsulfenamid [Czech]
N-(1,3-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-N-cyclohexylcyclohexanamine
5OBS6299M8
N,N-Dicyklohexylbenzthiazolsulfenamid
N,N-Dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenam
EC 225-625-8
S-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-N,N-dicyclohexyl-thiohydroxylamine
Vulkacit-DZ
N,N-Dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazole sulphenamide
4-ethoxysalicylanilide
SCHEMBL212831
DTXCID707584
CHEMBL3186869
CMAUJSNXENPPOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N
Tox21_301258
MFCD00236063
STK771201
AKOS001746624
C19-H26-N2-S2
NCGC00255324-01
AS-15580
LS-40820
CAS-4979-32-2
2-benzotiazolsulfenamida, n,n-diciclohexil-
CS-0155326
FT-0746821
N,N-dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazole sulfenamide
D82281
2-BENZOTHIAZOLYL-N,N-DICYCLOHEXYLSULFENAMIDE
W-106005
DICYCLOHEXYL-2-BENZOTHIAZOLESULFENAMIDE, N,N-
Q27262639
N~2~,N~2~-dicyclohexyl-1,3-benzothiazole-2-sulfenamide
Thiohydroxylamine, S-benzothiazol-2-yl-N,N-dicyclohexyl-
N-(1,3-benzothiazol-2-ylthio)-N-cyclohexylcyclohexanamine
LUVOMAXX DCBS
Luvomaxx DCBS The sulfenamide class accelerators include CBS, TBBS, MBS, DCBS etc. and are most popular in the tire industry due to their delayed action as well as faster cure rate offered by them during vulcanization of rubber compounds containing furnace blacks. About Luvomaxx DCBS Luvomaxx DCBS has not been registered under the REACH Regulation, therefore as yet ECHA has not received any data about Luvomaxx DCBS from registration dossiers. Luvomaxx DCBS is used by consumers, in articles, by professional workers (widespread uses), in formulation or re-packing, at industrial sites and in manufacturing. Consumer Uses of Luvomaxx DCBS Luvomaxx DCBS is used in the following products: polymers. Other release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS is likely to occur from: outdoor use resulting in inclusion into or onto a materials (e.g. binding agent in paints and coatings or adhesives), outdoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. metal, wooden and plastic construction and building materials), outdoor use in long-life materials with high release rate (e.g. tyres, treated wooden products, treated textile and fabric, brake pads in trucks or cars, sanding of buildings (bridges, facades) or vehicles (ships)) and indoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. flooring, furniture, toys, construction materials, curtains, foot-wear, leather products, paper and cardboard products, electronic equipment). Article service life Other release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS is likely to occur from: indoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. flooring, furniture, toys, construction materials, curtains, foot-wear, leather products, paper and cardboard products, electronic equipment), outdoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. metal, wooden and plastic construction and building materials) and outdoor use in long-life materials with high release rate (e.g. tyres, treated wooden products, treated textile and fabric, brake pads in trucks or cars, sanding of buildings (bridges, facades) or vehicles (ships)). Luvomaxx DCBS can be found in complex articles, with no release intended: vehicles, machinery, mechanical appliances and electrical/electronic products (e.g. computers, cameras, lamps, refrigerators, washing machines) and electrical batteries and accumulators. Luvomaxx DCBS can be found in products with material based on: rubber (e.g. tyres, shoes, toys). Widespread uses by professional workers of Luvomaxx DCBS Luvomaxx DCBS is used in the following products: polymers. Luvomaxx DCBS is used for the manufacture of: rubber products. Other release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS is likely to occur from: indoor use in long-life materials with high release rate (e.g. release from fabrics, textiles during washing, removal of indoor paints), indoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. flooring, furniture, toys, construction materials, curtains, foot-wear, leather products, paper and cardboard products, electronic equipment) and outdoor use resulting in inclusion into or onto a materials (e.g. binding agent in paints and coatings or adhesives). Formulation or re-packing Luvomaxx DCBS is used in the following products: polymers. Release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS can occur from industrial use: formulation in materials, in the production of articles, as processing aid and as processing aid. Uses at industrial sites of Luvomaxx DCBS Luvomaxx DCBS is used in the following products: polymers. Luvomaxx DCBS is used in the following areas: formulation of mixtures and/or re-packaging. Luvomaxx DCBS is used for the manufacture of: rubber products and plastic products. Release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS can occur from industrial use: as processing aid, in the production of articles, as processing aid and formulation in materials. Manufacture of Luvomaxx DCBS Release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS can occur from industrial use: manufacturing of the substance. Luvomaxx DCBS is approved for use within allergenic epicutaneous patch tests which are indicated for use as an aid in the diagnosis of allergic contact dermatitis (ACD) in persons 6 years of age and older. The teratogenicity of N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazylsulfenamide (Luvomaxx DCBS) was studied in Wistar rats. Pregnant rats were given Luvomaxx DCBS at a dosage of 0.001, 0.01, 0.1 or 0.5 % in the diet from Day 0 to Day 20 of pregnancy. Daily intakes of Luvomaxx DCBS were 0.7 mg/kg for the 0.001% group, 7.1 mg/kg for the 0.01% group, 69.6 mg/kg for the 0.1% group and 288.8 mg/kg for the 0.5% group. Maternal body weight gain during pregnancy in the 0.1 and 0.5% groups was significantly lowered. Food consumption during pregnancy in the Luvomaxx DCBS treated groups, except for the 0.5% group, did not differ from that in the control group. Neither death nor clinical signs of toxicity were noted in the pregnant females of any group. Lowered weight in fetuses and the placentae were observed in the 0.5% group. There were no significant compound related effects on the incidence of pre- and post-implantation losses and the number and ratio of live fetuses. Morphological examinations of the fetuses revealed no evidence of teratogenesis. It could he concluded that Luvomaxx DCBS possesses no adverse effects on the prenatal development of~the offspring in rats at doses employed in the present study. The invention belongs to the technical field of fine chemical engineering, and concretely relates to an oxidant-free preparation method of N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide (Luvomaxx DCBS). The Luvomaxx DCBS is synthesized from benzothiazole disulfide (a sulfuration promoter DM) and cyclohexylamine by using an inorganic or organic alkaline catalyst, no oxidant is needed in the reaction process, the added catalyst can be repeatedly used, and the addition amount of the catalyst is 5-30% of the weight of benzothiazole disulfide. The yield of the Luvomaxx DCBS product synthesized through the method stabilizes in a range of 98-99.5, methanol insoluble substances in the product are stable, the lowest content of the methanol insoluble substances is 0.1%, and the highest content of the methanol insoluble substances is 0.22%, and no wastewater is generated in the process, so the method is suitable for industrial production. N cyclohexyl 2 benzothiazole sulfenamide (hereinafter referred to as accelerator Luvomaxx DCBS) is one of important kind of sulfenamide vulcanization accelerator, have anti-incipient scorch and the big advantage of curingprocess rate fast two concurrently, in natural rubber, butadiene-styrene rubber, butadiene rubber, isoprene rubber, it is particularly suited for the furnace black sizing material that alkalescence is higher, variable color and pollution are slight, and volume of production and the consumption of the most external Luvomaxx DCBS account for the 50% of thiazoles sulfuration chemicals total amount.In recent years, along with China's radial development, the demand of accelerator Luvomaxx DCBS is also presented the longest trend. The synthetic method of Luvomaxx DCBS mainly has sodium hypochlorite oxidization, Oxygen Catalytic Oxidation method, electrolytic oxidation, chlorine oxidation process, hydrogen peroxide oxidation method etc. at present, oxidizing process has raw material and is easy to get, the advantages such as equipment requirements is the highest, and product yield is high, and technique is simple and widely used by institute both at home and abroad.This method is to carry out condensation with 2-benzothiazolyl mercaptan (hereinafter referred to as M) in the presence of an oxidizer with cyclohexylamine to generate Luvomaxx DCBS, but this technique is owing to using extra oxidant or solvent, course of reaction can produce oxidized byproduct, produces substantial amounts of reluctant waste water, seriously polluted. European patent EP 180169, proposes 1600mL water, the sodium salt of 378g50%M and the sulphuric acid mix and blend of 178.2g cyclohexylamine and 343g20%, it is warming up to 50 DEG C, then adds 457mL15% sodium hypochlorite stirring reaction 30min, obtain 223gLuvomaxx DCBS, product fusing point 102-103 DEG C, purity 99%. German patent DE 3021419, propose in aqueous 10%-30%(weight ratio) 2 one butyl cellosolve solvents in, add M, then 20-50 DEG C it is warmed up to, add cyclohexylamine, then aoxidize at 25-60 DEG C with sodium hypochlorite, be then cooled to 5-l5 DEG C of crystallization, sucking filtration drying, the Luvomaxx DCBS of available purity 99%, yield reaches 90%. Li Yan etc. (petrochemical technology and application, Vol26(1), 2008,31-33) with captax, cyclohexylamine as raw material, water as solvent, use hydrogen peroxide as oxidant to synthesize N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazole sulfonamide (Luvomaxx DCBS).And by orthogonal experiment, synthesis technique is optimized.Luvomaxx DCBS yield is 95.28% with optimal conditions, and fusing point is 99.0 DEG C. The present invention with benzothiazole disulfide (accelerator DM) and cyclohexylamine as raw material, suitable catalyst is selected to synthesize Luvomaxx DCBS, oxidizer is need not during reaction, the catalyst added can be reused, and catalyst charge is the 5-30% of the benzothiazole disulfide weight added, according to the Luvomaxx DCBS product of the inventive method synthesis, stable yield is in the range of 98.0-99.5%, in product, insoluble methyl alcohol is stable, and insoluble methyl alcohol minimum 0.1% is the highest by 0.22%. Synthesizing Luvomaxx DCBS according to the process conditions of the present invention, product appearance is white powder, and product yield is stable more than 98%, and fusing point reaches more than 99.5 DEG C, and insoluble methyl alcohol stable content is in the range of 0.1%-0.22%. Luvomaxx DCBS is a rubber accelerator chemical. The most frequent occupational categories are metal industry, homemakers, health services and laboratories, and building industries. Production In the European Union (EU-15), Luvomaxx DCBS is produced at three sites. One additional company is solely importing. According to the data supplied by these four companies, 16 101 t/a are produced, 431 t/a are imported and 10 524 t/a exported outside of the EU. Thus 6 008 t/a of this substance flow are consumed within Europe. In addition, HPV-scale import not subject to the Regulation 93/793/EEC occurs in the EU-15. A total market volume of 20 000 t/a is assumed in this assessment. Luvomaxx DCBS and other benzothiazole sulphenamides are obtained by oxidation of a mixture of MBT or NaMBT and cyclohexylamine or other amines. Uses Luvomaxx DCBS is exclusively used as vulcanization accelerator in rubber goods manufacture. Vulcanization transforms the rubber from the thermoplastic into the elastomeric state at temperatures between 150 and 200 °C. Luvomaxx DCBS is loaded to the rubber in concentrations of 0.5– 1% (ww) but it breaks down during the curing process. Beside Luvomaxx DCBS, other benzothiazole sulphenamides are used as curing agents. During vulcanization the unstable sulphur-nitrogen link of benzothiazole sulphenamides is split and in a complex reaction sequence the rubber molecules are vulcanized with an intermediate formation of a 2-mercaptobenzothiazole (MBT) radical. Products resulting from the process are basic amines, MBT (partly bound as “pending group”) and secondary reaction products (see section 3.1). The breakdown products are according to experimental data partly included into the rubber matrix and partly released in vulcanization fumes. The most important products of rubber industry are automobile tires which take about 2/3 of the total rubber production. The remaining rubber is used for various types of “rubber goods”. Of these rubber goods, 65 % of the volume is used in the automotive branch. Environmental releases The releases of Luvomaxx DCBS have been estimated for the production sites based on site specific data. The total release of Luvomaxx DCBS from production to the environment has been estimated at < 1 ton per year. Due to a rapid hydrolysis of Luvomaxx DCBS, releases of degradation products to water are also expected beside releases of Luvomaxx DCBS. The generic production site scenario of the TGD does not foresee emissions to air, but the production sites have provided site specific information on their Luvomaxx DCBS releases to air. Also the provided site specific information on benzothiazole (BT), one of the degradation products, shows that releases to air do occur. Releases to air from a generic rubber manufacturing site have been estimated according to OECD emission scenario document to be 31 kg/day expressed as unreacted Luvomaxx DCBS. It is noted, that the major part of this amount is expected to be released in form of breakdown products. In a study investigating losses and analysing substances formed in different type of curing processes, two degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS –benzothiazole and 2-methylbenzothiazole- were detected in the process fumes and a weight loss of 0.05 % was observed. At a generic rubber manufacturing site, no releases to waste water are expected. Based on several studies, the degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS can leach or volatilize out of the rubber matrix. Vulcanization products of Luvomaxx DCBS contained in rubber are released to the environment during their use in tires and rubber goods. The recipient environment for the use in tires is road border soil and surface waters receiving runoff from roads and from road borders. Tire dust entering the European environment contains degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS in an amount which corresponds to 1 149 t Luvomaxx DCBS /a. Households have also been observed to be sources of benzothiazole derivatives. Benzothiazole, 2-benzothiazolone and 2- methylthiobenzothiazole were detected in domestic waste water in Berlin. However, municipal waste water as a collective source of these substances is based on the same study not relevant regarding local risks, although the total release via municipal sewage treatment plants may be relevant for regional exposure. Releases from processing of used tires (tire shredding) and from uses of recycled rubber occur based on experimental data. BT was found in air in vapour and particulate phase of a tire shredding facility in Taiwan. However, it is not possible to estimate environmental concentrations based on the study. Sites where recycled rubber is used are, e.g., sport halls, asphalt, playgrounds and outdoor sport grounds. Landfills release Luvomaxx DCBS degradation products in leachate based on measured data. The source of this release can be assumed to be landfilled tires and rubber goods. For the degradation products no representative estimate of total or local releases could be calculated so far based on the information on the use volume of Luvomaxx DCBS, as the formation of each degradation product cannot be quantified. Environmental concentrations Due to the fact that the quantities of each degradation product formed from Luvomaxx DCBS cannot be estimated, the exposure assessment of the degradation products has to rely on measured data. For the Luvomaxx DCBS production sites aquatic concentrations of Luvomaxx DCBS and its degradation products were derived based on measured data in the effluents (see Tables 3.4, 3.5). Clocalair of 0.66 µg/m3 for Luvomaxx DCBS was estimated based on the site specific information provided on the emissions to air. This would correspond to 0.31 µg BT/m3, if it would be assumed, that all Luvomaxx DCBS degrades in air completely to BT. Regional concentration of Luvomaxx DCBS in air is negligible (Clocal ≈ PEClocal). The highest measured concentration of BT in air around one production site is 0.03 mg/m3. Clocalair of BT for the other two production sites is ≤ 0.02 µg/m3 based on the information provided on the emissions of BT. For a generic rubber manufacturing site, PEClocalair of 8.62 µg /m3 as Luvomaxx DCBS -equivalent has been estimated according to the OECD emission scenario document. It is noted, that the majority of this amount is expected to be present as degradation products. Releases to waste water are expected not to occur. A Clocalair of 0.06 µg/m3 has been estimated for BT based on experimental data. No environmental concentration of MeBT has been derived, but it is based on information on MeBT -releases lower than the concentration of BT. The other environmentally relevant breakdown products are due to their low vapour pressure not expected to be relevant for the air compartment. For water bodies which receive Luvomaxx DCBS breakdown products from tire abrasion from roads and road borders, a tentative PEClocalfreshwater has been derived based on measured data for BT (0.6 µg/l), BTon (0.2 µg/l), MeSBT (5.6 µg/l) and MeBT (0.6 µg/l). Accordingly, a tentative PEClocalsoil for road borders was derived for BT (336 µg/kg dw), MeSBT (86 µg/kg dw) and MeBT (34 µg/kg dw). It is noted, that the monitoring data are scarce for road borders and further measured data are needed. For road borders, no concentration in air has been derived. A Clocalair of 0.023 µg BT/m3 has been derived for air around sport halls. The concentration has been derived based on measured data on BT in sport halls in a Norwegian study. This exposure is caused by recycled tire crumb in ground material. Other benzothiazole derivatives including Luvomaxx DCBS were detected in particulate matter from air samples, but the concentrations were so low (< 1 ng/m3), that they are not considered relevant for the risk assessment. Releases from outdoor sport grounds can be expected based on further experimental data from Norway on other substances than benzothiazole derivatives. However, no measured data from surface waters receiving storm runoff from outdoor sport grounds are available for benzothiazoles and therefore no estimate of the local concentration could be derived. Occupational exposure In Western Europe N-Cyclohexylbenzothiazol-2-sulfenamide (in the following Luvomaxx DCBS) is exclusively used as a vulcanisation accelerator in rubber goods manufacture. Luvomaxx DCBS is produced by four companies in the EU. In 1993 the demand of Luvomaxx DCBS in Western Europe was estimated to 15,500 t which is about 50 % of the total accelerators demand. The world Luvomaxx DCBS production is estimated to 44,000 – 45,000 t for 1993. It is expected that the Luvomaxx DCBS demand will increase in the next years, because Luvomaxx DCBS in contrast to other vulcanisation accelerators cannot form toxic nitrosamine. There are no additional data available and no consumer products listed in the Swedish product register and in other data bases (e.g. Nordic Product Register SPIN). Detailed information on the production volumes and the use of Luvomaxx DCBS is given in chapter 2. Relevant occupational exposure scenarios are to be expected in the following areas: - Production of Luvomaxx DCBS - Use of Luvomaxx DCBS as a vulcanisation accelerator in the rubber industry (e.g. rubber goods, tires) During the vulcanisation (curing) process, Luvomaxx DCBS like any other vulcanising agent is reacting for at least 95 %. Taking into account that the maximum concentration of Luvomaxx DCBS in the uncured compounds is 3.5 % (technical rubber), the amount of Luvomaxx DCBS that can be retained in the finished product is limited to 0.2 %. Due to the resulting low concentration of Luvomaxx DCBS, a considerable exposure to Luvomaxx DCBS during the processing of rubber goods is not expected. Therefore, the processing of rubber, e.g. cutting, melting, is not considered in this report. Occupational exposure limits for Luvomaxx DCBS have not been established in Western Europe and USA. The exposure assessment is based on measured data and literature data, expert judgement and estimations according to the EASE model (Estimation and Assessment of Substance Exposure). The exposure levels should be regarded as reasonable worst case estimates representing the highly exposed workers. Luvomaxx DCBS is a slight greyish powdery substance (vapour pressure 1.5 x 10-8 hPa at 20°C) which decomposes under the influence of heat. According to information provided by industry Luvomaxx DCBS is mainly used in dust suppressed forms (granulates or master batches). But the provided information is non-sufficient, so that exposure due to the handling the powdery substance cannot be excluded. For the large-scale chemical industry, it is assumed that the production and further processing of Luvomaxx DCBS is mainly performed in closed systems. Storage and conveying Luvomaxx DCBS is performed in largely automated equipment. Where skin contact can occur, employees are supplied with work dress, safety shoes, gloves and protecting glasses. Exposure occurs if the systems are breached for certain activities, e.g. filling. Consumer exposure Almost all rubber compounds on the market contain rubber accelerator as Luvomaxx DCBS in a wide range of products, but it is difficult to know which rubber product contain which rubber accelerants. Therefore the use of Luvomaxx DCBS in consumer product cannot be ruled out completely. However, based on relevant databases such as SPIN and Nordic database no direct consumer exposure seems to occur. In addition, based on a search in Google, Current Contents and Toxline we found no indication for exposure to Luvomaxx DCBS through the use of gloves, rubber, toys and household products. Therefore consumer exposure is thought to be minimal and does not need to be further characterized. Humans exposed via the environment Total daily intake of Luvomaxx DCBS via environment is 0.0245 mg/kg bw/day. For benzothiazole, which is one of the environmentally relevant stabile degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS, a total daily intake of 0.004 mg/kg/day has been calculated. Irritation Luvomaxx DCBS has demonstrated few cases of skin irritation in human patch tests with the commercial product, when using petrolatum as a vehicle. In animal tests Luvomaxx DCBS caused slight irritation on the skin and on the conjunctivae of the eye of rabbits. Occasional signs of mild nasal irritation were observed in some Sprague-Dawley CD rats immediately after the 6-hour exposure period with atmospheric concentrations up to 0.048 mg/l Luvomaxx DCBS 5 days per week in a 28-day inhalation toxicity study. The animals recovered from symptoms within 24 hours and these findings did not correlate to histopathological effects. In light of the fact that Luvomaxx DCBS has shown slight irritations at the eye of rabbits it seems plausible that Luvomaxx DCBS leads also to slight irritations at the mucous membranes of the respiratory tract after inhalation. However, these data cannot be used to conclude a potential of Luvomaxx DCBS to cause acute respiratory irritation relevant for classification and labelling. With respect to systemic effects there is concern for repeated dose toxicity (inhalation) for scenario 1 (production of Luvomaxx DCBS). The lowest critical endpoint-specific exposure level is 2 mg/m3 which results from systemic effects after repeated inhalation. This level should be used as reference for establishing an occupational exposure limit. It is assumed that adherence to this reference level will effectively minimise the risk for respiratory tract irritation as well. Based on the marginal information on respiratory tract irritation it is assumed that respiratory tract irritation in the range of Luvomaxx DCBS concentrations tested is mild. Further testing is not considered of priority, because it is assumed that adherence to the critical Luvomaxx DCBS exposure level of 2 mg/m³, which is specifically derived for systemic effects, effectively reduces the risk of respiratory tract irritation. Based on these considerations, conclusion i (on hold) was drawn for local effects in the respiratory tract. Dermal contact is without concern regarding general systemic effects; but may elicit allergic skin reactions due to the skin sensitising potential of Luvomaxx DCBS. With respect to skin sensitisation, there is a general concern for all dermal exposure scenarios; however, because of routinely implemented control measures, the corresponding concern for scenario 1 (production of Luvomaxx DCBS) is relatively low. The releases of Luvomaxx DCBS have been estimated for the production sites based on site specific data. The total release of Luvomaxx DCBS from production to the environment has been estimated at < 1 ton per year. Due to a rapid hydrolysis of Luvomaxx DCBS, releases of degradation products to water are also expected beside releases of Luvomaxx DCBS. The generic production site scenario of the TGD does not foresee emissions to air, but the production sites have provided site specific information on their Luvomaxx DCBS releases to air. Also the provided site specific information on benzothiazole (BT), one of the degradation products, shows that releases to air do occur. Releases to air from a generic rubber manufacturing site have been estimated according to OECD emission scenario document to be 31 kg/day expressed as unreacted Luvomaxx DCBS. It is noted, that the major part of this amount is expected to be released in form of breakdown products. In a study investigating losses and analysing substances formed in different type of curing processes, two degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS –benzothiazole and 2-methylbenzothiazole- were detected in the process fumes and a weight loss of 0.05 % was observed. At a generic rubber manufacturing site, no releases to waste water are expected. Based on several studies, the degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS can leach or volatilize out of the rubber matrix. Vulcanization products of Luvomaxx DCBS contained in rubber are released to the environment during their use in tires and rubber goods. The recipient environment for the use in tires is road border soil and surface waters receiving runoff from roads and from road borders. Tire dust entering the European environment contains degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS in an amount which corresponds to 1 149 t Luvomaxx DCBS /a. Households have also been observed to be sources of benzothiazole derivatives. Benzothiazole, 2-benzothiazolone and 2- methylthiobenzothiazole were detected in domestic waste water in Berlin. However, municipal waste water as a collective source of these substances is based on the same study not relevant regarding local risks, although the total release via municipal sewage treatment plants may be relevant for regional exposure. Releases from processing of used tires (tire shredding) and from uses of recycled rubber occur based on experimental data. BT was found in air in vapour and particulate phase of a tire shredding facility in Taiwan. However, it is not possible to estimate environmental concentrations based on the study. Sites where recycled rubber is used are, e.g., sport halls, asphalt, playgrounds and outdoor sport grounds. Landfills release Luvomaxx DCBS degradation products in leachate based on measured data. The source of this release can be assumed to be landfilled tires and rubber goods. For the degradation products no representative estimate of total or local releases could be calculated so far based on the information on the use volume of Luvomaxx DCBS, as the formation of each degradation product cannot be quantified. This conclusion concerns Luvomaxx DCBS emissions from the three Luvomaxx DCBS production sites to the aquatic environment as a source of Luvomaxx DCBS and waste water treatment plants of the sites. The conclusion also covers the secondary poisoning route of Luvomaxx DCBS with present exposure levels. In addition, the combined exposure of Luvomaxx DCBS and its breakdown products in the aquatic environment and waste water treatment plants does not cause risks at any producer site. In rubber industry, no releases of vulcanisation agents to the surface waters occur. Consequently, no risks for aquatic environment are expected. This conclusion covers also the exposure of soil for the Luvomaxx DCBS production and rubber industry (emissions to air).
LUWAX A 
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUWAX AF 29 
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUWAX AF 30
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUWAX AF 31
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0